Command Reference

MODEL : CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S4000 CT-S601 CT-S651 CT-S801 CT-S851 BD2-2220 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII CT-P292 CT-P293

Revision 0.11 2010/02/15

REVISON
Rev No.
0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.11

Date
2006/09/26 2006/11/22 2007/02/26 2007/05/21 2007/08/29 2008/10/23 2009/07/31 2009/08/04 2009/10/08 2009/10/31 2010/01/07 2010/02/15 Newly isuued

Comment
Add program sample for FS p and FS q Revised page 153,155,159,169,205-207 Supported CT-S310 Supported PMU2XXX Supported PMU2XXXII CT-S281 Supported CT-S281 Label, CT-S801 Errors in writing are corrected Added MSW4 to MSW10 to CT-S280. Supported CT-S601 Supported CT-S851 and CT-S651 Supported CT-P292/293

CITIZEN is a registered trade mark of CITIZEN HOLDINGS CO., LTD., Japan. CITIZEN es una marca registrada de CITIZEN HOLDINGS CO., LTD., Japón.

TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS................................................................................... 2 1. OUTLINE................................................................................................... 8
1.1 OPERATION MODE .........................................................................................................8 1.2 CHARACTER SET .............................................................................................................8 1.3 CONTROL COMMANDS .....................................................................................................8
1.3.1 Control Command Details .................................................................................................8 1.3.2 How to Send Control Commands......................................................................................8

2. CONTROL COMMANDS ............................................................................ 9
2.1 ESC/POS COMMAND LIST .............................................................................................9
2.1.1 CT-S280...............................................................................................................................9 2.1.2 CT-S281............................................................................................................................ 12 2.1.3 CT-S300............................................................................................................................ 15 2.1.4 CT-S310............................................................................................................................ 18 2.1.5 CT-S2000 ......................................................................................................................... 21 2.1.6 CT-S4000 ......................................................................................................................... 25 2.1.7 CT-S601/651/801/851.................................................................................................. 29 2.1.8 BD2-2220......................................................................................................................... 33 2.1.9 PMU2XXX......................................................................................................................... 36 2.1.10 PMU2XXXII ................................................................................................................... 39 2.1.11 CT-P292/293................................................................................................................. 42

2.2 COMMAND DETAILS ..................................................................................................... 45
2.2.1 Description of Items ....................................................................................................... 45 2.2.2 Print Control Commands ................................................................................................ 46 LF...................................................................................................................................................46 CR ..................................................................................................................................................47 FF (At selection of PAGE MODE) .................................................................................................48 FF (valid only for Black mark/Label specification) ....................................................................48 ESC FF ...........................................................................................................................................49 ESC J n...........................................................................................................................................50 ESC d n ..........................................................................................................................................51 2.2.3 Print Character Commands............................................................................................ 52 CAN................................................................................................................................................52 ESC SP n........................................................................................................................................53 ESC ! n ...........................................................................................................................................54 ESC % n ........................................................................................................................................56 ESC & s n m [ a [p] s x a ] m-n+1 ...............................................................................................57 ESC - n...........................................................................................................................................59 ESC ? n ..........................................................................................................................................60 ESC E n ..........................................................................................................................................61 ESC G n..........................................................................................................................................62

-2-

ESC M n .........................................................................................................................................63 ESC R n..........................................................................................................................................64 ESC V n..........................................................................................................................................65 ESC t n...........................................................................................................................................66 ESC { n ..........................................................................................................................................67 ESC ~ J n (Valid in CBM-270-Compatible Mode).......................................................................68 ESC ~ J n (Valid in CBM1000-Compatible Mode) ......................................................................69 DC3 n (Valid in CBM-270-Compatible Mode).............................................................................70 DC3 n (Valid in CBM1000-Compatible Mode)............................................................................72 GS ! n .............................................................................................................................................73 GS B n............................................................................................................................................75 GS b n............................................................................................................................................76 2.2.4 Print Position Commands............................................................................................... 77 HT ..................................................................................................................................................77 ESC $ n1 n2...................................................................................................................................78 ESC D [n]k NULL...........................................................................................................................79 ESC T n ..........................................................................................................................................80 ESC W xL xH yL yH dxL dxH dyL dyH..........................................................................................81 ESC \ nL nH..................................................................................................................................83 ESC a n ..........................................................................................................................................84 GS $ nL nH ....................................................................................................................................85 GS L nL nH.....................................................................................................................................86 GS W nL nH...................................................................................................................................87 GS \ nL nH ...................................................................................................................................89 2.2.5 Line Feed Span Commands ............................................................................................ 90 ESC 2 .............................................................................................................................................90 ESC 3 n ..........................................................................................................................................91 2.2.6 Bit Image Commands..................................................................................................... 92 ESC * m n1 n2 [d] k .....................................................................................................................92 GS * n1 n2 [d] n1xn2x8...............................................................................................................93 GS / m ...........................................................................................................................................94 GS v 0 m xL xH yL yH d1 ... dk.....................................................................................................95 2.2.7 Status Commands........................................................................................................... 97 DLE EOT n .....................................................................................................................................97 ESC u n ........................................................................................................................................114 ESC v ...........................................................................................................................................115 GS a n ..........................................................................................................................................116 GS r n...........................................................................................................................................120 2.2.8 Paper Detecting Commands ........................................................................................ 122 ESC c 3 n .....................................................................................................................................122 ESC c 4 n .....................................................................................................................................123 2.2.9 Panel Switch Commands.............................................................................................. 124 ESC c 5 n .....................................................................................................................................124 2.2.10 Macro Commands ....................................................................................................... 125 GS : ..............................................................................................................................................125 GS ^ n1 n2 n3.............................................................................................................................126 2.2.11 Cutter Commands....................................................................................................... 127 ESC i ............................................................................................................................................127 ESC m ..........................................................................................................................................128 GS V m ・・・ (1) ...........................................................................................................................129

-3-

GS V m n ・・・ (2)........................................................................................................................129 2.2.12 Bar Code Commands .................................................................................................. 130 GS H n..........................................................................................................................................130 GS f n...........................................................................................................................................131 GS h n..........................................................................................................................................132 (1)GS k m [d1...dk] NUL ............................................................................................................133 (2)GS k m n [d1...dn] .................................................................................................................133 GS w n .........................................................................................................................................138 2.2.13 Commands for Non-volatile Memory ........................................................................ 139 GS ( C pL pH m fn b [c1 c2][d1...dk].........................................................................................139 fn=0、48: Function 0 Erasing Specified Record ..........................................................................................140 fn=1、49: Function 1 Storing Data to Specified Record ..............................................................................140 fn=2、50: Function 2 Sending Data Stored in Specified Record ..................................................................141 fn=3、51: Function 3 Sending Use Amount ...............................................................................................142 fn=4、52: Function 4 Sending Remaining Capacity ....................................................................................142 fn=5、53: Function 5 Sending Key Code List of Stored Record ...................................................................143 fn=6、54: Function 6 Erasing All User NV Memory Area in a Lump.............................................................144 GS ( L pL pH m fn [parameter]..................................................................................................145 GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn [parameter].......................................................................................145 fn=0、48: Function 48 Sending NV Graphics Memory Capacity ..................................................................146 fn=2、50: Function 50 Printing Graphics Data Stored in Print Buffer ...........................................................146 fn=3、51: Function 51 Sending the Remaining Amount of NV Graphics Memory ........................................147 fn=64: Function 64 Sending Key Code List of Defined NV Graphics............................................................148 fn=65: Function 65 Erasing All Data of NV Graphics in a Lump ..................................................................149 fn=66: Function 66 Erasing Specified NV Graphics Data ............................................................................149 fn=67: Function 67 Defining Raster Type Graphics Data to NV Memory.....................................................150 fn=69: Function 69 Printing Specified Graphics..........................................................................................151 fn=112: Function 112 Storing Raster Type Graphics Data to Print Buffer....................................................152 GS g 0 m nL nH...........................................................................................................................153 GS g 2 m nL nH...........................................................................................................................154 FS p n m ......................................................................................................................................155 FS q n [xL xH yL yH d1...dk]1...[xL xH yL yH d1...dk]n............................................................156 2.2.14 Kanji Control Commands ........................................................................................... 158 FS ! n............................................................................................................................................158 FS & .............................................................................................................................................159 FS - n ...........................................................................................................................................160 FS ................................................................................................................................................161 FS 2 a1 a2 [d]k ...........................................................................................................................162 FS C n ..........................................................................................................................................164 FS S n1 n2 ...................................................................................................................................166 FS W n .........................................................................................................................................167 FS ( A pL pH fn […].....................................................................................................................168 fn=48: Function 48 Set Kanji fonts............................................................................................................168 2.2.15 Black Mark Control Commands ................................................................................. 169 GS FF ...........................................................................................................................................169 GS < ............................................................................................................................................170 GS A m n......................................................................................................................................171 GS C 0 m n...................................................................................................................................172 GS C 1 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 ..........................................................................................................173 GS C 2 n1 n2 ...............................................................................................................................174 GS C ; n1 ; n2 ; n3 ; n4 ; n5 ;......................................................................................................175

-4-

GS c .............................................................................................................................................176 GS l n1L n1H n2L n2H ................................................................................................................177 GS p n..........................................................................................................................................178 2.2.16 Printer Function Setting Commands......................................................................... 179 GS ( D pL pH m [a1 b1]...[ak bk]...............................................................................................179 GS ( E pL pH fn […] ....................................................................................................................180 fn=1: Function 1 Transferring to Printer Function Setting Mode .................................................................181 fn=2: Function 2 End of Printer Function Setting Mode..............................................................................181 fn=3: Function 3 Setting Memory Switch Value .........................................................................................182 fn=4: Function 4 Sending the Set Memory Switch Value............................................................................203 fn=5: Function 5 Setting Customized Value...............................................................................................204 fn=6: Function 6 Sending the Set Customized Value .................................................................................235 fn=8: Function 8 Defining Data by the Column Format to Character Code Page of Work Area....................265 fn=9: Function 9 Defining Data in the Raster Format to the Character Code Page of Work Area.................266 fn=10: Function 10 Erasing Data of Character Code Page Data in Work Area.............................................267 fn=11: Function 11 Setting Communication Conditions..............................................................................268 fn=12: Function 12 Sending the Set Communication Conditions ................................................................269 fn=255: Function 255 Setting All Contents Set by Printer Function Setting Mode to the State at Shipment..270 GS ( K pL pH fn m .......................................................................................................................271 fn=49: Function 49 Setting Printing Density ..............................................................................................272 fn=50: Function 50 Setting Printing Speed ................................................................................................273 fn=97: Function 97 Setting Number of Divisions for Head Conducting .......................................................274 GS ( M pL pH fn m ......................................................................................................................275 fn=1、49: Function 1 Copies the set value stored in work area to the storage area.....................................276 fn=2、50: Function 2 Copies the set value stored in storage area to the work area.....................................276 fn=3、51: Function 3 Specifies the auto loading function of the set value at initialization to be valid or invalid ................................................................................................................................................................277 GS ( N pL pH fn m.......................................................................................................................278 fn=48: Function 48 Selects character color................................................................................................278 2.2.17 2-dimensional code Commands ................................................................................ 279 GS ( k pL pH cn fn [parameter] .................................................................................................279 fn=65: Function 65 Setting the number of digits of PDF417 ................................................................280 fn=66: Function 66 Setting the number of steps of PDF417.................................................................280 fn=67: Function 67 Setting module width of PDF417............................................................................281 fn=68: Function 68 Setting the height of step of PDF417.....................................................................281 fn=69: Function 69 Setting error correction level of PDF417................................................................282 fn=70: Function 70 Setting Options for PDF417 ....................................................................................283 fn=80: Function 80 Storing received data to 2-dimensional code data storage area..........................283 fn=81: Function 81 Printing 2-dimensional code data in 2-dimensional code data storage area.......284 fn=82: Function 82 Sending the size of 2-dimensional code data in 2-dimensional code data storage area.........................................................................................................................................................285 fn=65: Function 165 Specifying QRCode model.....................................................................................286 fn=67: Function 167 Sets the module width of QRCode .......................................................................286 fn=69: Function 169 Setting QRCode error correction level..................................................................287 fn=80: Function 180 Storing received data to 2-dimensional code data storage area........................287 fn=81: Function 181 Printing 2-dimensional code data in 2-dimensional code data storage area.....288 fn=82: Function 182 Sending the size of 2-dimensional code data in 2-dimensional code data storage area.........................................................................................................................................................289 2.2.18 Other Commands........................................................................................................ 290 DLE ENQ n...................................................................................................................................290 DLE DC4 fn m t (Specification of fn = 1) ..................................................................................291

-5-

DLE DC4 fn d1...d7 (Specification of fn = 8) ............................................................................292 ESC = n .......................................................................................................................................293 ESC @ ..........................................................................................................................................294 ESC L ...........................................................................................................................................295 ESC S ...........................................................................................................................................296 ESC p m n1 n2 ............................................................................................................................297 GS ( A pL pH n m ........................................................................................................................298 GS I n...........................................................................................................................................299 GS P x y .......................................................................................................................................309 ESC RS.........................................................................................................................................310

3. CHARACTER CODE TABLE ...................................................................311
3.1 CODE PAGE .............................................................................................................. 311
3.1.1 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC437 (USA、Europe Standard) ......................................... 311 3.1.2 Codepage 00H to 7FH & Katakana .............................................................................. 312 3.1.3 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC850 (Multilingual) ........................................................... 313 3.1.4 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC860 (Portuguese)............................................................ 314 3.1.5 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC863 (Canadian-French) .................................................. 315 3.1.6 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC865 (Nordic) .................................................................... 316 3.1.7 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC852 (Easern Europe)....................................................... 317 3.1.8 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC866 (Russian).................................................................. 318 3.1.9 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC857 (Turkish) .................................................................. 319 3.1.10 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC864 (ArabiC).................................................................. 320 3.1.11 Codepage 00H to 7FH & Windows Codepage .......................................................... 321 3.1.12 Codepage 00H to 7FH & Thai code 18 ...................................................................... 322

3.2 INTERNATINAL CHARACTER CODE TABLE ...................................................................... 323 3.3 KANJI CODE TABLE.................................................................................................... 324
3.3.1 JIS non-Kanji................................................................................................................. 324 3.3.2 JIS Kanji Level 1............................................................................................................ 326 3.3.3 JIS Kanji Level 2............................................................................................................ 332

4. MEMORY SWITCH................................................................................339
4.1 MEMORY SWITCHES .................................................................................................. 339
4.1.1 CT-S280.......................................................................................................................... 339 4.1.2 CT-S281.......................................................................................................................... 341 4.1.3 CT-S300.......................................................................................................................... 343 4.1.4 CT-S310.......................................................................................................................... 344 4.1.5 CT-S2000 ....................................................................................................................... 346 4.1.6 CT-S4000 ....................................................................................................................... 348 4.1.7 CT-S801/851................................................................................................................. 350 4.1.8 CT-S601/651................................................................................................................. 352 4.1.9 BD2-2220....................................................................................................................... 354 4.1.10 PMU2XXX..................................................................................................................... 355 4.1.11 PMU2XXXII ................................................................................................................. 357 4.1.12 CT-P292/293............................................................................................................... 359

4.2 DETAILS OF MEMORY SWITCHES ................................................................................. 361 -6-

4.2.1 MSW1............................................................................................................................. 361 4.2.2 MSW2............................................................................................................................. 364 4.2.3 MSW3............................................................................................................................. 367 4.2.4 MSW4............................................................................................................................. 370 4.2.5 MSW5............................................................................................................................. 373 4.2.6 MSW6............................................................................................................................. 375 4.2.7 MSW7............................................................................................................................. 376 4.2.8 MSW8............................................................................................................................. 378 4.2.9 MSW9............................................................................................................................. 379 4.2.10 MSW10......................................................................................................................... 381

5. APPENDIX ............................................................................................383
5.1 EXPLANATION ON PAGE MODE ................................................................................. 383
5.1.1 Overview........................................................................................................................ 383 5.1.2 Values Set by Each Command in STANDARD MODE and PAGE MODE..................... 383 5.1.3 Mapping of Print Data in the Print Area ...................................................................... 384 5.1.4 Example of Using PAGE MODE..................................................................................... 386

5.2 BIDIRECTIONAL PARALLEL INTERFACE ......................................................................... 390
5.2.1 Parallel Interface Communication Mode .................................................................... 390 5.2.2 Interfacing Phases........................................................................................................ 391 5.2.3 Negotiation .................................................................................................................... 392

5.3 IDENTIFICATION OF SEND STATUS ............................................................................... 399 5.4 CAUTIONS ON BLACK MARK/LABEL PAPER ............................................................... 400

-7-

As a result. They control all functions related to printing."!". 50 LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). CHR$(&H00). For details of BASIC programming. NOTE: For the contents of character set. 70 END CITIZEN CITIZEN In lines 20 and 50. a method of sending by BASIC programming is explained. 60 LPRINT A$. -8- .1 Operation Mode Our printer has ESC/POSTM as control commands. lines 30 and 60 print the same character string but line 30 prints enlarged characters and line 60 cancels the enlargement and prints in normal format. 1. 1. paper feeding. 40 LPRINT CHR$(&HA). line feeding. 1. refer to the manual for BASIC. Program List Print Result 10 A$="CITIZEN" 20 LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). sample programs are in BASIC."!". CHR$(&H11). Let’s make a program using this code.3. enlargement of characters or setting of format. * In this document. Program coding The Control Command shows that the command name for setting the size of a character is GS !.2 How to Send Control Commands Some methods are available for sending Control Commands from the host computer to the printer.1 Control Command Details Control Commands are used for controlling the operations of the printer such as starting/stopping of printing. An example is shown below. Example 1 Let’s print a character string “CITIZEN” in enlarged (double-height.3 Control Commands 1. etc. OUTLINE 1.2 Character Set All print data sent from the host computer to the printer are automatically converted to one-byte alphanumeric or katakana characters (ANK) or two-byte Kanji corresponding to the characters and symbols.1. Here. 30 LPRINT A$.3. setting and canceling of enlarging a character is sent. double-width) and in normal format. CHR$(&HA). refer to Character Code Table of this document. such as type of characters.

CONTROL COMMANDS 2.1 ESC/POS Command List 2.1.1 CT-S280 Print Control Commands Commands LF CR FF ESC FF ESC J ESC d Function Printing and paper feed Back to printing Printing in PAGE MODE and returning to STANDARD MODE (at the selection of PAGE MODE) Printing data in PAGE MODE Printing and feeding paper in minimum pitch Printing and feeding the paper by “n” lines MODE S・P S・P P P S・P S・P GS P Page 46 47 48 49 50 51 ○ Print Character Commands Command CAN ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ? ESC E ESC G ESC M ESC R ESC V ESC t ESC { ESC ~ J DC3 GS ! GS B GS b Function Canceling print data in PAGE MODE Setting the right spacing of the character Collectively specifying the printing mode Specifying/Canceling download character set Defining the download characters Specifying/canceling underline Deleting download characters Specifying/canceling emphasis printing Specifying/canceling double strike printing Selection of character fonts Selecting the international character set Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters Selecting the character code table Specifying/canceling the inverted characters Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifying the character size Specifying/canceling the black/white inverted printing Specifying/canceling the smoothing MODE P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S S・P S S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 52 53 54 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 70 73 75 76 Print Position Commands Command HT ESC $ ESC D ESC T ESC W ESC \ ESC a GS $ GS L GS W GS \ Function Horizontal tab Specifying the absolute positions Setting horizontal tab position Selecting the character printing direction in PAGE MODE Defining the print area in PAGE MODE Specifying the relative position Aligning the characters Specifying the absolute vertical position of characters in PAGE MODE Setting the left margin Setting the print area width Specifying the relative vertical position of a character in PAGE MODE MODE S・P S・P S・P P P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Page 77 78 79 80 81 83 84 85 86 87 89 -9- .2.

Line Feed Span Commands Command ESC 2 ESC 3 Function Specifying initial line feed rate Setting line feed rate of minimum pitch MODE S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 90 91 Bit Image Commands Command ESC * GS * GS / GS v 0 Function Specifying the bit image mode Defining the download bit image Printing the downloaded bit image Printing of raster bit image MODE S・P S・P S・P S GS P Page 92 93 94 95 Status Commands Command DLE EOT ESC v GS a GS r Function Sending status in real-time Sending Printer status Enabling/disabling ASB (Automatic Status Back) Sending status MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 97 115 116 120 Paper Detecting Commands Command ESC c 3 ESC c 4 Function Selecting the Paper Sensor valid for Paper-end signal output Selecting the Paper Near-end Sensor valid for print stop MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 122 123 Panel Switch Commands Command ESC c 5 Function Enabling/disabling the panel switches MODE S・P GS P Page 124 Macro Commands Command GS : GS ^ Function Starting/ending macro definition Executing the macro MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 125 126 Bar Code Commands Command GS H GS f GS h GS k GS w Function Selecting of printing position of HRI characters Selecting the font of HRI characters Specifying the height of the bar code Printing the bar code Specifying the horizontal size (magnification) of bar code MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 130 131 132 133 138 Commands for Non-volatile Memory Command FS p FS q Function Printing the download NV bit images Defining the download NV bit image MODE S S GS P Page 155 156 .10 - .

Kanji Control Commands Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W FS ( A Function Collectively setting Kanji print mode Setting Kanji mode Setting/Canceling Kanji underline Canceling Kanji mode Defining external character Selecting Kanji code system Setting Kanji space amount Setting/Canceling four times enlargement of Kanji Setting font attribute of Kanji MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 158 159 160 161 162 164 166 167 168 ○ Printer Function Setting Commands Command GS ( E GS ( K GS ( M GS ( N Function Printer function setting command Selecting print control method Customizing the printer Designating font attribute MODE S S S S GS P Page 180 271 275 278 Other Commands Command DLE ENQ DLE DC4 ESC = ESC @ ESC L ESC S GS ( A GS I GS P Function Real-time request to printer Buffer clear Data input control Initializing the printer Selecting PAGE MODE Selecting STANDARD MODE Execution of test printing Sending the printer ID Specifying the basic calculation pitch MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P Page 290 292 293 294 295 296 298 299 309 In the Mode column: S = STANDARD MODE. .11 - . P = PAGE MODE O = shows the command affected by GS P.

2 CT-S281 Print Control Commands Commands LF CR FF ESC FF ESC J ESC d Function Printing and paper feed Back to printing (1)Printing in PAGE MODE and returning to STANDARD MODE (at the selection of PAGE MODE) (2)Printing of Black mark and paper feeding to the top of the print position (with Black mark/Laebl paper selected) Printing data in PAGE MODE Printing and feeding paper in minimum pitch Printing and feeding the paper by “n” lines MODE S・P S・P P P S・P S・P GS P Page 46 47 48 49 50 51 ○ Print Character Commands Command CAN ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ? ESC E ESC G ESC M ESC R ESC V ESC t ESC { ESC ~ J DC3 GS ! GS B GS b Function Canceling print data in PAGE MODE Setting the right spacing of the character Collectively specifying the printing mode Specifying/Canceling download character set Defining the download characters Specifying/canceling underline Deleting download characters Specifying/canceling emphasis printing Specifying/canceling double strike printing Selection of character fonts Selecting the international character set Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters Selecting the character code table Specifying/canceling the inverted characters Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifying the character size Specifying/canceling the black/white inverted printing Specifying/canceling the smoothing MODE P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S S・P S S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 52 53 54 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 70 73 75 76 Print Position Commands Command HT ESC $ ESC D ESC T ESC W ESC \ ESC a GS $ GS L GS W GS \ Function Horizontal tab Specifying the absolute positions Setting horizontal tab position Selecting the character printing direction in PAGE MODE Defining the print area in PAGE MODE Specifying the relative position Aligning the characters Specifying the absolute vertical position of characters in PAGE MODE Setting the left margin Setting the print area width Specifying the relative vertical position of a character in PAGE MODE MODE S・P S・P S・P P P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Page 77 78 79 80 81 83 84 85 86 87 89 .1.12 - .2.

13 - .Line Feed Span Commands Command ESC 2 ESC 3 Function Specifying initial line feed rate Setting line feed rate of minimum pitch MODE S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 90 91 Bit Image Commands Command ESC * GS * GS / GS v 0 Function Specifying the bit image mode Defining the download bit image Printing the downloaded bit image Printing of raster bit image MODE S・P S・P S・P S GS P Page 92 93 94 95 Status Commands Command DLE EOT ESC v GS a GS r Function Sending status in real-time Sending Printer status Enabling/disabling ASB (Automatic Status Back) Sending status MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 97 115 116 120 Paper Detecting Commands Command ESC c 4 Function Selecting the Paper Near-end Sensor valid for print stop MODE S・P GS P Page 123 Panel Switch Commands Command ESC c 5 Function Enabling/disabling the panel switches MODE S・P GS P Page 124 Macro Commands Command GS : GS ^ Function Starting/ending macro definition Executing the macro MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 125 126 Cutter Commands Command ESC i ESC m GS V Function Full cut Partial cut Cutting the paper MODE S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 127 128 129 Bar Code Commands Command GS H GS f GS h GS k GS w Function Selecting of printing position of HRI characters Selecting the font of HRI characters Specifying the height of the bar code Printing the bar code Specifying the horizontal size (magnification) of bar code MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 130 131 132 133 138 Commands for Non-volatile Memory Command FS p FS q Function Printing the download NV bit images Defining the download NV bit image MODE S S GS P Page 155 156 .

Kanji Control Commands
Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W FS ( A Function Collectively setting Kanji print mode Setting Kanji mode Setting/Canceling Kanji underline Canceling Kanji mode Defining external character Selecting Kanji code system Setting Kanji space amount Setting/Canceling four times enlargement of Kanji Setting font attribute of Kanji MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 158 159 160 161 162 164 166 167 168

Black Mark and Label Control Commands
Command GS FF GS < GS A GS C 0 GS C 1 GS C 2 GS C ; GS c GS l Function Printing and ejecting Black mark paper/Label Paper Initializing the printer mechanism Correcting the leader position of Black mark paper Setting the numbering print mode Setting the numbering counter mode (A) Setting the numbering counter Setting the numbering counter mode (B) Print the counter Setting the Black mark length MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177

Printer Function Setting Commands
Command GS ( D GS ( E GS ( K GS ( M GS ( N Function Enabling or disabling real-time command Printer function setting command Selecting print control method Customizing the printer Designating font attribute MODE S S S S S GS P Page 179 180 271 275 278

2-dimensional Code Commands Command GS ( k Function Setting and printing 2-dimensional code MODE S・P GS P Page 279

Other Commands
Command DLE ENQ DLE DC4 ESC = ESC @ ESC L ESC S GS ( A GS I GS P Function Real-time request to printer Buffer clear Data input control Initializing the printer Selecting PAGE MODE Selecting STANDARD MODE Execution of test printing Sending the printer ID Specifying the basic calculation pitch MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P Page 290 292 293 294 295 296 298 299 309

In the Mode column: S = STANDARD MODE, P = PAGE MODE O = shows the command affected by GS P.

- 14 -

2.1.3 CT-S300 Print Contorl Commands
Command LF CR
FF

Function
Printing and paper feed Back to printing (1)Printing in PAGE MODE and returning to STANDARD MODE (at the selection of PAGE MODE) (2)Printing of Black mark/Label paper and feeding paper to the top of the print position (with Black mark/Label paper selected) Printing data in PAGE MODE Printing and feeding paper in minimum pitch Printing and feeding the paper by “n” lines

MODE S・P S・P
P P S・P S・P

GS P

Page 46 47
48 49 50 51

ESC FF ESC J ESC d

Print Character Commands
Command CAN ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ? ESC E ESC G ESC M ESC R ESC V ESC t ESC { ESC ~ J DC3 GS ! GS B GS b Function Canceling print data in PAGE MODE Setting the right spacing of the character Collectively specifying the printing mode Specifying/Canceling download character set Defining the download characters Specifying/canceling underline Deleting download characters Specifying/canceling emphasis printing Specifying/canceling double strike printing Selection of character fonts Selecting the international character set Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters Selecting the character code table Specifying/canceling the inverted characters Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifying the character size Specifying/canceling the black/white inverted printing Specifying/canceling the smoothing Function Horizontal tab Specifying the absolute positions Setting horizontal tab position Selecting the character printing direction in PAGE MODE Defining the print area in PAGE MODE Specifying the relative position Aligning the characters Specifying the absolute vertical position of characters in PAGE MODE Setting the left margin Setting the print area width Specifying the relative vertical position of a character in PAGE MODE MODE P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S S・P S S・P S S・P S・P S・P MODE S・P S・P S・P P P S・P S
P S S・P S・P

GS P

Page 52 53 54 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 69 72 73 75 76 Page 77 78 79 80 81 83 84
85 86 87 89

Print Position Commands Command
HT ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC $ D T W \ a

GS P

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

GS $ GS L GS W GS \

- 15 -

Line Feed Span Commands
Command ESC 2 ESC 3 Function Specifying initial line feed rate Setting line feed rate of minimum pitch MODE S・P S・P GS P

Page 90 91

Bit Image Commands
Command ESC * GS * GS / GS v 0 Function Specifying the bit image mode Defining the download bit image Printing the downloaded bit image Printing of raster bit image MODE S・P S・P S・P S GS P Page 92 93 94 95

Status Commands
Command DLE EOT
ESC u ESC v GS a GS r

Function Sending status in real-time Transmitting the status of peripheral equipment (Serial Mode Only) Sending Printer status Enabling/disabling ASB (Automatic Status Back) Sending status

MODE S・P
S・P S・P S・P S・P

GS P

Page 97
114 115 116 120

Paper Detecting Commands
Command
ESC c 3 ESC c 4

Function Selecting the Paper Sensor valid for Paper-end signal output Selecting the Paper Near-end Sensor valid for print stop

MODE
S・P S・P

GS P

Page
122 123

Panel Switch Commands
Command ESC c 5 Function Enabling/disabling the panel switches MODE S・P GS P Page 124

Macro Commands
Command GS : GS ^ Function Starting/ending macro definition Executing the macro MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 125 126

Cutter Commands
Command ESC i ESC m GS V Function
Full cut Partial cut Cutting the paper

MODE S・P S・P S・P

GS P

Page 127 128 129

Bar Code Commands
Command GS H GS f GS h GS k GS w Function Selecting of printing position of HRI characters Selecting the font of HRI characters Specifying the height of the bar code Printing the bar code Specifying the horizontal size (magnification) of bar code MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 130 131 132 133 138

- 16 -

Commands for Non-volatile Memory
Command FS p FS q Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W FS ( A Function Printing the download NV bit images Defining the download NV bit image Function Collectively setting Kanji print mode Setting Kanji mode Setting/Canceling Kanji underline Canceling Kanji mode Defining external character Selecting Kanji code system Setting Kanji space amount Setting/Canceling four times enlargement of Kanji Setting font attribute of Kanji MODE S S MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 155 156 Page 158 159 160 161 162 164 166 167 168

Kanji Control Commands
GS P

Black Mark Control Commands
Command GS FF GS < GS A GS C 0 GS C 1 GS C 2 GS C ; GS c Function Printing and ejecting Black mark/Label paper Initializing the printer mechanism Correcting the leader position of Black mark paper Setting the numbering print mode Setting the numbering counter mode (A) Setting the numbering counter Setting the numbering counter mode (B) Print the counter MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176

Printer Function Setting Commands
Command GS ( D GS ( E GS ( K GS ( M GS ( N Function Enabling or disabling real-time command Printer function setting command Selecting print control method Customizing the printer Designating font attribute MODE S S S S S GS P Page 179 180 271 275 278

Other Commands
Command DLE ENQ DLE DC4 ESC = ESC @ ESC L ESC S ESC p GS ( A GS I GS P ESC RS Function Real-time request to printer Outputting specified pulse in real-time/Buffer clear Data input control Initializing the printer Selecting PAGE MODE Selecting STANDARD MODE Generating the specified pulses Execution of test printing Sending the printer ID Specifying the basic calculation pitch Sound buzzer MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S P S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 290
291/292

293 294 295 296 297 298 299 309 310

In the Mode column: S = STANDARD MODE, P = PAGE MODE O = shows the command affected by GS P.

- 17 -

2.1.4 CT-S310 Print Contorl Commands
Command LF CR
FF

Function
Printing and paper feed Back to printing (1)Printing in PAGE MODE and returning to STANDARD MODE (at the selection of PAGE MODE) (2)Printing of Black mark/Label paper and feeding paper to the top of the print position (with Black mark/Label paper selected) Printing data in PAGE MODE Printing and feeding paper in minimum pitch Printing and feeding the paper by “n” lines

MODE S・P S・P
P P S・P S・P

GS P

Page 46 47
48 49 50 51

ESC FF ESC J ESC d

Print Character Commands
Command CAN ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ? ESC E ESC G ESC M ESC R ESC V ESC t ESC { ESC ~ J DC3 GS ! GS B GS b Function Canceling print data in PAGE MODE Setting the right spacing of the character Collectively specifying the printing mode Specifying/Canceling download character set Defining the download characters Specifying/canceling underline Deleting download characters Specifying/canceling emphasis printing Specifying/canceling double strike printing Selection of character fonts Selecting the international character set Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters Selecting the character code table Specifying/canceling the inverted characters Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifying the character size Specifying/canceling the black/white inverted printing Specifying/canceling the smoothing Function Horizontal tab Specifying the absolute positions Setting horizontal tab position Selecting the character printing direction in PAGE MODE Defining the print area in PAGE MODE Specifying the relative position Aligning the characters Specifying the absolute vertical position of characters in PAGE MODE Setting the left margin Setting the print area width Specifying the relative vertical position of a character in PAGE MODE MODE P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S S・P S S・P S S・P S・P S・P MODE S・P S・P S・P P P S・P S
P S S・P S・P

GS P

Page 52 53 54 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 69 72 73 75 76 Page 77 78 79 80 81 83 84
85 86 87 89

Print Position Commands Command
HT ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC ESC $ D T W \ a

GS P

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

GS $ GS L GS W GS \

- 18 -

Line Feed Span Commands
Command ESC 2 ESC 3 Function Specifying initial line feed rate Setting line feed rate of minimum pitch MODE S・P S・P GS P

Page 90 91

Bit Image Commands
Command ESC * GS * GS / GS v 0 Function Specifying the bit image mode Defining the download bit image Printing the downloaded bit image Printing of raster bit image MODE S・P S・P S・P S GS P Page 92 93 94 95

Status Commands
Command DLE EOT
ESC u ESC v GS a GS r

Function Sending status in real-time Transmitting the status of peripheral equipment (Serial Mode Only) Sending Printer status Enabling/disabling ASB (Automatic Status Back) Sending status

MODE S・P
S・P S・P S・P S・P

GS P

Page 97
114 115 116 120

Paper Detecting Commands
Command
ESC c 3 ESC c 4

Function Selecting the Paper Sensor valid for Paper-end signal output Selecting the Paper Near-end Sensor valid for print stop

MODE
S・P S・P

GS P

Page
122 123

Panel Switch Commands
Command ESC c 5 Function Enabling/disabling the panel switches MODE S・P GS P Page 124

Macro Commands
Command GS : GS ^ Function Starting/ending macro definition Executing the macro MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 125 126

Cutter Commands
Command ESC i ESC m GS V Function
Full cut Partial cut Cutting the paper

MODE S・P S・P S・P

GS P

Page 127 128 129

Bar Code Commands
Command GS H GS f GS h GS k GS w Function Selecting of printing position of HRI characters Selecting the font of HRI characters Specifying the height of the bar code Printing the bar code Specifying the horizontal size (magnification) of bar code MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 130 131 132 133 138

- 19 -

Commands for Non-volatile Memory
Command FS p FS q Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W FS ( A Function Printing the download NV bit images Defining the download NV bit image Function Collectively setting Kanji print mode Setting Kanji mode Setting/Canceling Kanji underline Canceling Kanji mode Defining external character Selecting Kanji code system Setting Kanji space amount Setting/Canceling four times enlargement of Kanji Setting font attribute of Kanji MODE S S MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 155 156 Page 158 159 160 161 162 164 166 167 168

Kanji Control Commands
GS P

Black Mark Control Commands
Command GS FF GS < Function Printing and ejecting Black mark/Label paper Initializing the printer mechanism MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 169 170

Printer Function Setting Commands
Command GS ( D GS ( E GS ( K GS ( M GS ( N Function Enabling or disabling real-time command Printer function setting command Selecting print control method Customizing the printer Designating font attribute MODE S S S S S GS P Page 179 180 271 275 278

2-dimensional Code Commands Command GS ( k Function Setting and printing 2-dimensional code MODE S・P GS P Page 279

Other Commands
Command DLE ENQ DLE DC4 ESC = ESC @ ESC L ESC S ESC p GS ( A GS I GS P ESC RS Function Real-time request to printer Outputting specified pulse in real-time/Buffer clear Data input control Initializing the printer Selecting PAGE MODE Selecting STANDARD MODE Generating the specified pulses Execution of test printing Sending the printer ID Specifying the basic calculation pitch Sound buzzer MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S P S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 290
291/292

293 294 295 296 297 298 299 309 310

In the Mode column: S = STANDARD MODE, P = PAGE MODE O = shows the command affected by GS P.

- 20 -

2.1.5 CT-S2000 Print Contorl Commands
Command LF CR
FF

Function
Printing and paper feed Back to printing (1)Printing in PAGE MODE and returning to STANDARD MODE (at the selection of PAGE MODE) (2)Printing of Black mark/Label paper and feeding paper to the top of the print position (with Black mark/Label paper selected) Printing data in PAGE MODE Printing and feeding paper in minimum pitch Printing and feeding the paper by “n” lines

MODE S・P S・P
P P S・P S・P

GS P

Page 46 47
48 49 50 51

ESC FF ESC J ESC d

Print Character Commands
Command CAN ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ? ESC E ESC G ESC M ESC R ESC V ESC t ESC { ESC ~ J DC3 GS ! GS B GS b Function Canceling print data in PAGE MODE Setting the right spacing of the character Collectively specifying the printing mode Specifying/Canceling download character set Defining the download characters Specifying/canceling underline Deleting download characters Specifying/canceling emphasis printing Specifying/canceling double strike printing Selection of character fonts Selecting the international character set Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters Selecting the character code table Specifying/canceling the inverted characters Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifying the character size Specifying/canceling the black/white inverted printing Specifying/canceling the smoothing MODE P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S S・P S S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P

Page 52 53 54 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 69 72 73 75 76

Print Position Commands
Command HT ESC $ ESC D ESC T ESC W ESC \ ESC a
GS $ GS L GS W GS \

Function Horizontal tab Specifying the absolute positions Setting horizontal tab position Selecting the character printing direction in PAGE MODE Defining the print area in PAGE MODE Specifying the relative position Aligning the characters Specifying the absolute vertical position of characters in PAGE MODE Setting the left margin Setting the print area width Specifying the relative vertical position of a character in PAGE MODE

MODE S・P S・P S・P P P S・P S
P S S・P S・P

GS P

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Page 77 78 79 80 81 83 84
85 86 87 89

- 21 -

Line Feed Span Commands Command ESC 2 ESC 3 Function Specifying initial line feed rate Setting line feed rate of minimum pitch MODE S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 90 91 Bit Image Commands Command ESC * GS * GS / GS v 0 Function Specifying the bit image mode Defining the download bit image Printing the downloaded bit image Printing of raster bit image MODE S・P S・P S・P S GS P Page 92 93 94 95 Status Commands Command DLE EOT ESC u ESC v GS a GS r Function Sending status in real-time Transmitting the status of peripheral equipment (Serial Mode Only) Sending Printer status Enabling/disabling ASB (Automatic Status Back) Sending status MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 97 114 115 116 120 Paper Detecting Commands Command ESC c 3 ESC c 4 Function Selecting the Paper Sensor valid for Paper-end signal output Selecting the Paper Near-end Sensor valid for print stop MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 122 123 Panel Switch Commands Command ESC c 5 Function Enabling/disabling the panel switches MODE S・P GS P Page 124 Macro Commands Command GS : GS ^ Function Starting/ending macro definition Executing the macro MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 125 126 Cutter Commands Command ESC i ESC m GS V Function Full cut Partial cut Cutting the paper MODE S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 127 128 129 Bar Code Commands Command GS H GS f GS h GS k GS w Function Selecting of printing position of HRI characters Selecting the font of HRI characters Specifying the height of the bar code Printing the bar code Specifying the horizontal size (magnification) of bar code MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 130 131 132 133 138 .22 - .

23 - .Commands for Non-volatile Memory Command GS ( C GS ( L GS 8 L GS g 0 GS g 2 FS p FS q Function Editing user NV memory Specifying graphics data Initializing maintenance counter Sending maintenance counter Printing the download NV bit images Defining the download NV bit image MODE S S S S S S GS P Page 139 145 153 154 155 156 Kanji Control Commands Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W FS ( A Function Collectively setting Kanji print mode Setting Kanji mode Setting/Canceling Kanji underline Canceling Kanji mode Defining external character Selecting Kanji code system Setting Kanji space amount Setting/Canceling four times enlargement of Kanji Setting font attribute of Kanji MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 158 159 160 161 162 164 166 167 168 ○ Black Mark and Label Control Commands Command GS FF GS < GS A GS C 0 GS C 1 GS C 2 GS C . GS c GS l Function Printing and ejecting Black mark paper/Label Paper Initializing the printer mechanism Correcting the leader position of Black mark/Label paper Setting the numbering print mode Setting the numbering counter mode (A) Setting the numbering counter Setting the numbering counter mode (B) Print the counter Setting the Black mark/Llabel length MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 Printer Function Setting Commands Command GS ( D GS ( E GS ( K GS ( M GS ( N Function Enabling or disabling real-time command Printer function setting command Selecting print control method Customizing the printer Designating font attribute MODE S S S S S GS P Page 179 180 271 275 278 2-dimensional Code Commands Command GS ( k Function Setting and printing 2-dimensional code MODE S・P GS P Page 279 .

24 - . P = PAGE MODE O = shows the command affected by GS P.Other Commands Command DLE ENQ DLE DC4 ESC = ESC @ ESC L ESC S ESC p GS ( A GS I GS P ESC RS Function Real-time request to printer Outputting specified pulse in real-time/Buffer clear Data input control Initializing the printer Selecting PAGE MODE Selecting STANDARD MODE Generating the specified pulses Execution of test printing Sending the printer ID Specifying the basic calculation pitch Sound buzzer MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S P S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 290 291/292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 309 310 In the Mode column: S = STANDARD MODE. .

25 - .1.2.6 CT-S4000 Print Contorl Commands Command LF CR FF Function Printing and paper feed Back to printing (1)Printing in PAGE MODE and returning to STANDARD MODE (at the selection of PAGE MODE) (2)Printing of Black mark/Label paper and feeding paper to the top of the print position (with Black mark/Label paper selected) Printing data in PAGE MODE Printing and feeding paper in minimum pitch Printing and feeding the paper by “n” lines MODE S・P S・P P P S・P S・P GS P Page 46 47 48 49 50 51 ESC FF ESC J ESC d ○ Print Character Commands Command CAN ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ? ESC E ESC G ESC M ESC R ESC V ESC t ESC { ESC ~ J DC3 GS ! GS B GS b Function Canceling print data in PAGE MODE Setting the right spacing of the character Collectively specifying the printing mode Specifying/Canceling download character set Defining the download characters Specifying/canceling underline Deleting download characters Specifying/canceling emphasis printing Specifying/canceling double strike printing Selection of character fonts Selecting the international character set Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters Selecting the character code table Specifying/canceling the inverted characters Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifying the character size Specifying/canceling the black/white inverted printing Specifying/canceling the smoothing MODE P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S S・P S S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 52 53 54 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 69 72 73 75 76 Print Position Commands Command HT ESC $ ESC D ESC T ESC W ESC \ ESC a GS $ GS L GS W GS \ Function Horizontal tab Specifying the absolute positions Setting horizontal tab position Selecting the character printing direction in PAGE MODE Defining the print area in PAGE MODE Specifying the relative position Aligning the characters Specifying the absolute vertical position of characters in PAGE MODE Setting the left margin Setting the print area width Specifying the relative vertical position of a character in PAGE MODE MODE S・P S・P S・P P P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Page 77 78 79 80 81 83 84 85 86 87 89 .

Line Feed Span Commands Command ESC 2 ESC 3 Function Specifying initial line feed rate Setting line feed rate of minimum pitch MODE S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 90 91 Bit Image Commands Command ESC * GS * GS / GS v 0 Function Specifying the bit image mode Defining the download bit image Printing the downloaded bit image Printing of raster bit image MODE S・P S・P S・P S GS P Page 92 93 94 95 Status Commands Command DLE EOT ESC u ESC v GS a GS r Function Sending status in real-time Transmitting the status of peripheral equipment (Serial Mode Only) Sending Printer status Enabling/disabling ASB (Automatic Status Back) Sending status MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 97 114 115 116 120 Paper Detecting Commands Command ESC c 3 ESC c 4 Function Selecting the Paper Sensor valid for Paper-end signal output Selecting the Paper Near-end Sensor valid for print stop MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 122 123 Panel Switch Commands Command ESC c 5 Function Enabling/disabling the panel switches MODE S・P GS P Page 124 Macro Commands Command GS : GS ^ Function Starting/ending macro definition Executing the macro MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 125 126 Cutter Commands Command ESC i ESC m GS V Function Full cut Partial cut Cutting the paper MODE S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 127 128 129 Bar Code Commands Command GS H GS f GS h GS k GS w Function Selecting of printing position of HRI characters Selecting the font of HRI characters Specifying the height of the bar code Printing the bar code Specifying the horizontal size (magnification) of bar code MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 130 131 132 133 138 .26 - .

Commands for Non-volatile Memory Command GS ( C GS ( L GS 8 L GS g 0 GS g 2 FS p FS q Function Editing user NV memory Specifying graphics data Initializing maintenance counter Sending maintenance counter Printing the download NV bit images Defining the download NV bit image MODE S S S S S S GS P Page 139 145 153 154 155 156 Kanji Control Commands Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W FS ( A Function Collectively setting Kanji print mode Setting Kanji mode Setting/Canceling Kanji underline Canceling Kanji mode Defining external character Selecting Kanji code system Setting Kanji space amount Setting/Canceling four times enlargement of Kanji Setting font attribute of Kanji MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 158 159 160 161 162 164 166 167 168 ○ Black Mark and Label Control Commands Command GS FF GS < GS A GS C 0 GS C 1 GS C 2 GS C . GS c GS l GS p Function Printing and ejecting Black mark paper/Label Paper Initializing the printer mechanism Correcting the leader position of Black mark/Label paper Setting the numbering print mode Setting the numbering counter mode (A) Setting the numbering counter Setting the numbering counter mode (B) Print the counter Setting the Black mark/Label length Changing the paper type MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 Printer Function Setting Commands Command GS ( D GS ( E GS ( K GS ( M GS ( N Function Enabling or disabling real-time command Printer function setting command Selecting print control method Customizing the printer Designating font attribute MODE S S S S S GS P Page 179 180 271 275 278 2-dimensional Code Commands Command GS ( k Function Setting and printing 2-dimensional code MODE S・P GS P Page 279 .27 - .

. P = PAGE MODE O = shows the command affected by GS P.28 - .Other Commands Command DLE ENQ DLE DC4 ESC = ESC @ ESC L ESC S ESC p GS ( A GS I GS P ESC RS Function Real-time request to printer Outputting specified pulse in real-time/Buffer clear Data input control Initializing the printer Selecting PAGE MODE Selecting STANDARD MODE Generating the specified pulses Execution of test printing Sending the printer ID Specifying the basic calculation pitch Sound buzzer MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S P S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 290 291/292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 309 310 In the Mode column: S = STANDARD MODE.

2.29 - .7 CT-S601/651/801/851 Print Contorl Commands Command LF CR FF Function Printing and paper feed Back to printing (1)Printing in PAGE MODE and returning to STANDARD MODE (at the selection of PAGE MODE) (2)Printing of Black mark/Label paper and feeding paper to the top of the print position (with Black mark/Label paper selected) Printing data in PAGE MODE Printing and feeding paper in minimum pitch Printing and feeding the paper by “n” lines MODE S・P S・P P P S・P S・P GS P Page 46 47 48 49 50 51 ESC FF ESC J ESC d ○ Print Character Commands Command CAN ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ? ESC E ESC G ESC M ESC R ESC V ESC t ESC { ESC ~ J DC3 GS ! GS B GS b Function Canceling print data in PAGE MODE Setting the right spacing of the character Collectively specifying the printing mode Specifying/Canceling download character set Defining the download characters Specifying/canceling underline Deleting download characters Specifying/canceling emphasis printing Specifying/canceling double strike printing Selection of character fonts Selecting the international character set Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters Selecting the character code table Specifying/canceling the inverted characters Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) Specifying the character size Specifying/canceling the black/white inverted printing Specifying/canceling the smoothing MODE P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S S・P S S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 52 53 54 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 69 72 73 75 76 Print Position Commands Command HT ESC $ ESC D ESC T ESC W ESC \ ESC a GS $ GS L GS W GS \ Function Horizontal tab Specifying the absolute positions Setting horizontal tab position Selecting the character printing direction in PAGE MODE Defining the print area in PAGE MODE Specifying the relative position Aligning the characters Specifying the absolute vertical position of characters in PAGE MODE Setting the left margin Setting the print area width Specifying the relative vertical position of a character in PAGE MODE MODE S・P S・P S・P P P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Page 77 78 79 80 81 83 84 85 86 87 89 .1.

30 - .Line Feed Span Commands Command ESC 2 ESC 3 Function Specifying initial line feed rate Setting line feed rate of minimum pitch MODE S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 90 91 Bit Image Commands Command ESC * GS * GS / GS v 0 Function Specifying the bit image mode Defining the download bit image Printing the downloaded bit image Printing of raster bit image MODE S・P S・P S・P S GS P Page 92 93 94 95 Status Commands Command DLE EOT ESC u ESC v GS a GS r Function Sending status in real-time Transmitting the status of peripheral equipment (Serial Mode Only) Sending Printer status Enabling/disabling ASB (Automatic Status Back) Sending status MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 97 114 115 116 120 Paper Detecting Commands Command ESC c 3 ESC c 4 Function Selecting the Paper Sensor valid for Paper-end signal output Selecting the Paper Near-end Sensor valid for print stop MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 122 123 Panel Switch Commands Command ESC c 5 Function Enabling/disabling the panel switches MODE S・P GS P Page 124 Macro Commands Command GS : GS ^ Function Starting/ending macro definition Executing the macro MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 125 126 Cutter Commands Command ESC i ESC m GS V Function Full cut Partial cut Cutting the paper MODE S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 127 128 129 Bar Code Commands Command GS H GS f GS h GS k GS w Function Selecting of printing position of HRI characters Selecting the font of HRI characters Specifying the height of the bar code Printing the bar code Specifying the horizontal size (magnification) of bar code MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 130 131 132 133 138 .

31 - . GS c GS l GS p Function Printing and ejecting Black mark/Label paper Initializing the printer mechanism Correcting the leader position of Black mark/Label paper Setting the numbering print mode Setting the numbering counter mode (A) Setting the numbering counter Setting the numbering counter mode (B) Print the counter Setting the Black mark/Label length Changing the paper type MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 Printer Function Setting Commands Command GS ( D GS ( E GS ( K GS ( M GS ( N Function Enabling or disabling real-time command Printer function setting command Selecting print control method Customizing the printer Designating font attribute MODE S S S S S GS P Page 179 180 271 275 278 2-dimensional Code Commands Command GS ( k Function Setting and printing 2-dimensional code MODE S・P GS P Page 279 .Commands for Non-volatile Memory Command GS ( C GS ( L GS 8 L GS g 0 GS g 2 FS p FS q Function Editing user NV memory Specifying graphics data Initializing maintenance counter Sending maintenance counter Printing the download NV bit images Defining the download NV bit image MODE S S S S S S GS P Page 139 145 153 154 155 156 Kanji Control Commands Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W FS ( A Function Collectively setting Kanji print mode Setting Kanji mode Setting/Canceling Kanji underline Canceling Kanji mode Defining external character Selecting Kanji code system Setting Kanji space amount Setting/Canceling four times enlargement of Kanji Setting font attribute of Kanji MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 158 159 160 161 162 164 166 167 168 ○ Black Mark and Label Control Commands Command GS FF GS < GS A GS C 0 GS C 1 GS C 2 GS C .

Other Commands Command DLE ENQ DLE DC4 ESC = ESC @ ESC L ESC S ESC p GS ( A GS I GS P ESC RS Function Real-time request to printer Outputting specified pulse in real-time/Buffer clear Data input control Initializing the printer Selecting PAGE MODE Selecting STANDARD MODE Generating the specified pulses Execution of test printing Sending the printer ID Specifying the basic calculation pitch Sound buzzer MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S P S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 290 291/292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 309 310 In the Mode column: S = STANDARD MODE. .32 - . P = PAGE MODE O = shows the command affected by GS P.

33 - .1.8 BD2-2220 Print Contorl Commands Command LF CR FF ESC FF ESC J ESC d Function Printing and paper feed Back to printing Printing in PAGE MODE and returning to STANDARD MODE (at the selection of PAGE MODE) Printing data in PAGE MODE Printing and feeding paper in minimum pitch Printing and feeding the paper by “n” lines MODE S・P S・P P P S・P S・P GS P Page 46 47 48 49 50 51 ○ Print Character Commands Command CAN ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ? ESC E ESC G ESC M ESC R ESC V ESC t ESC { GS ! GS B GS b Function Canceling print data in PAGE MODE Setting the right spacing of the character Collectively specifying the printing mode Specifying/Canceling download character set Defining the download characters Specifying/canceling underline Deleting download characters Specifying/canceling emphasis printing Specifying/canceling double strike printing Selection of character fonts Selecting the international character set Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters Selecting the character code table Specifying/canceling the inverted characters Specifying the character size Specifying/canceling the black/white inverted printing Specifying/canceling the smoothing MODE P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 52 53 54 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 73 75 76 Print Position Commands Command HT ESC $ ESC D ESC T ESC W ESC \ ESC a GS $ GS L GS W GS \ Function Horizontal tab Specifying the absolute positions Setting horizontal tab position Selecting the character printing direction in PAGE MODE Defining the print area in PAGE MODE Specifying the relative position Aligning the characters Specifying the absolute vertical position of characters in PAGE MODE Setting the left margin Setting the print area width Specifying the relative vertical position of a character in PAGE MODE MODE S・P S・P S・P P P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Page 77 78 79 80 81 83 84 85 86 87 89 Line Feed Span Commands Command ESC 2 ESC 3 Function Specifying initial line feed rate Setting line feed rate of minimum pitch MODE S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 90 91 .2.

34 - .Bit Image Commands Command ESC * GS * GS / GS v 0 Function Specifying the bit image mode Defining the download bit image Printing the downloaded bit image Printing of raster bit image MODE S・P S・P S・P S GS P Page 92 93 94 95 Status Commands Command DLE EOT ESC v GS a GS r Function Sending status in real-time Sending Printer status Enabling/disabling ASB (Automatic Status Back) Sending status MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 97 115 116 120 Paper Detecting Commands Command ESC c 3 ESC c 4 Function Selecting the Paper Sensor valid for Paper-end signal output Selecting the Paper Near-end Sensor valid for print stop MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 122 123 Panel Switch Commands Command ESC c 5 Function Enabling/disabling the panel switches MODE S・P GS P Page 124 Macro Commands Command GS : GS ^ Function Starting/ending macro definition Executing the macro MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 125 126 Cutter Commands Command ESC i ESC m GS V Function Full cut Partial cut Cutting the paper MODE S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 127 128 129 Bar Code Commands Command GS H GS f GS h GS k GS w Function Selecting of printing position of HRI characters Selecting the font of HRI characters Specifying the height of the bar code Printing the bar code Specifying the horizontal size (magnification) of bar code MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 130 131 132 133 138 Commands for Non-volatile Memory Command FS p FS q Function Printing the download NV bit images Defining the download NV bit image MODE S S GS P Page 155 156 .

Kanji Control Commands Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W FS ( A Function Collectively setting Kanji print mode Setting Kanji mode Setting/Canceling Kanji underline Canceling Kanji mode Defining external character Selecting Kanji code system Setting Kanji space amount Setting/Canceling four times enlargement of Kanji Setting font attribute of Kanji MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 158 159 160 161 162 164 166 167 168 ○ Printer Function Setting Commands Command GS ( E GS ( K GS ( M Function Printer function setting command Selecting print control method Customizing the printer MODE S S S GS P Page 180 271 275 Other Commands Command DLE ENQ DLE DC4 ESC = ESC @ ESC L ESC S GS ( A GS I GS P Function Real-time request to printer Buffer clear Data input control Initializing the printer Selecting PAGE MODE Selecting STANDARD MODE Execution of test printing Sending the printer ID Specifying the basic calculation pitch MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P Page 290 292 293 294 295 296 298 299 309 In the Mode column: S = STANDARD MODE. . P = PAGE MODE O = shows the command affected by GS P.35 - .

36 - .1.2.9 PMU2XXX Print Contorl Commands Command LF CR FF ESC FF ESC J ESC d Function Printing and paper feed Back to printing (1)Printing in PAGE MODE and returning to STANDARD MODE (at the selection of PAGE MODE) (2)Printing of Black mark/Label paper and feeding paper to the top of the print position (with Black mark/Label paper selected) Printing data in PAGE MODE Printing and feeding paper in minimum pitch Printing and feeding the paper by “n” lines MODE S・P S・P P P S・P S・P GS P Page 46 47 48 49 50 51 ○ Print Character Commands Command CAN ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ? ESC E ESC G ESC M ESC R ESC V ESC t ESC { GS ! GS B GS b Function Canceling print data in PAGE MODE Setting the right spacing of the character Collectively specifying the printing mode Specifying/Canceling download character set Defining the download characters Specifying/canceling underline Deleting download characters Specifying/canceling emphasis printing Specifying/canceling double strike printing Selection of character fonts Selecting the international character set Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters Selecting the character code table Specifying/canceling the inverted characters Specifying the character size Specifying/canceling the black/white inverted printing Specifying/canceling the smoothing MODE P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 52 53 54 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 73 75 76 Print Position Commands Command HT ESC $ ESC D ESC T ESC W ESC \ ESC a GS $ GS L GS W GS \ Function Horizontal tab Specifying the absolute positions Setting horizontal tab position Selecting the character printing direction in PAGE MODE Defining the print area in PAGE MODE Specifying the relative position Aligning the characters Specifying the absolute vertical position of characters in PAGE MODE Setting the left margin Setting the print area width Specifying the relative vertical position of a character in PAGE MODE MODE S・P S・P S・P P P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Page 77 78 79 80 81 83 84 85 86 87 89 .

37 - .Line Feed Span Commands Command ESC 2 ESC 3 Command ESC * GS * GS / GS v 0 Function Specifying initial line feed rate Setting line feed rate of minimum pitch Function Specifying the bit image mode Defining the download bit image Printing the downloaded bit image Printing of raster bit image MODE S・P S・P MODE S・P S・P S・P S GS P ○ Page 90 91 Page 92 93 94 95 Bit Image Commands GS P Status Commands Command DLE EOT ESC v GS a GS r Function Sending status in real-time Sending Printer status Enabling/disabling ASB (Automatic Status Back) Sending status MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 97 115 116 120 Paper Detecting Commands Command ESC c 3 ESC c 4 Function Selecting the Paper Sensor valid for Paper-end signal output Selecting the Paper Near-end Sensor valid for print stop MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 122 123 Panel Switch Commands Command ESC c 5 Function Enabling/disabling the panel switches MODE S・P GS P Page 124 Macro Commands Command GS : GS ^ Function Starting/ending macro definition Executing the macro MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 125 126 Cutter Commands Command ESC i ESC m GS V Function Full cut Partial cut Cutting the paper MODE S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 127 128 129 Bar Code Commands Command GS H GS f GS h GS k GS w Function Selecting of printing position of HRI characters Selecting the font of HRI characters Specifying the height of the bar code Printing the bar code Specifying the horizontal size (magnification) of bar code MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 130 131 132 133 138 Commands for Non-volatile Memory Command FS p FS q Function Printing the download NV bit images Defining the download NV bit image MODE S S GS P Page 155 156 .

Kanji Control Commands Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W FS ( A Function Collectively setting Kanji print mode Setting Kanji mode Setting/Canceling Kanji underline Canceling Kanji mode Defining external character Selecting Kanji code system Setting Kanji space amount Setting/Canceling four times enlargement of Kanji Setting font attribute of Kanji MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 158 159 160 161 162 164 166 167 168 ○ Black Mark Control Commands Command GS FF Function Printing and ejecting Black mark/Label paper MODE S・P GS P Page 169 Printer Function Setting Commands Command GS ( E GS ( K GS ( M Function Printer function setting command Selecting print control method Customizing the printer MODE S S S GS P Page 180 271 275 Other Commands Command DLE ENQ DLE DC4 ESC = ESC @ ESC L ESC S GS ( A GS I GS P Function Real-time request to printer Buffer clear Data input control Initializing the printer Selecting PAGE MODE Selecting STANDARD MODE Execution of test printing Sending the printer ID Specifying the basic calculation pitch MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P Page 290 292 293 294 295 296 298 299 309 In the Mode column: S = STANDARD MODE. P = PAGE MODE O = shows the command affected by GS P. .38 - .

10 PMU2XXXII Print Contorl Commands Command LF CR FF ESC FF ESC J ESC d Function Printing and paper feed Back to printing (1)Printing in PAGE MODE and returning to STANDARD MODE (at the selection of PAGE MODE) (2)Printing of Black mark/Label paper and feeding paper to the top of the print position (with Black mark/Label paper selected) Printing data in PAGE MODE Printing and feeding paper in minimum pitch Printing and feeding the paper by “n” lines MODE S・P S・P P P S・P S・P GS P Page 46 47 48 49 50 51 ○ Print Character Commands Command CAN ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ? ESC E ESC G ESC M ESC R ESC V ESC t ESC { GS ! GS B GS b Function Canceling print data in PAGE MODE Setting the right spacing of the character Collectively specifying the printing mode Specifying/Canceling download character set Defining the download characters Specifying/canceling underline Deleting download characters Specifying/canceling emphasis printing Specifying/canceling double strike printing Selection of character fonts Selecting the international character set Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters Selecting the character code table Specifying/canceling the inverted characters Specifying the character size Specifying/canceling the black/white inverted printing Specifying/canceling the smoothing MODE P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 52 53 54 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 73 75 76 Print Position Commands Command HT ESC $ ESC D ESC T ESC W ESC \ ESC a GS $ GS L GS W GS \ Function Horizontal tab Specifying the absolute positions Setting horizontal tab position Selecting the character printing direction in PAGE MODE Defining the print area in PAGE MODE Specifying the relative position Aligning the characters Specifying the absolute vertical position of characters in PAGE MODE Setting the left margin Setting the print area width Specifying the relative vertical position of a character in PAGE MODE MODE S・P S・P S・P P P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Page 77 78 79 80 81 83 84 85 86 87 89 .1.2.39 - .

Line Feed Span Commands Command ESC 2 ESC 3 Command ESC * GS * GS / GS v 0 Function Specifying initial line feed rate Setting line feed rate of minimum pitch Function Specifying the bit image mode Defining the download bit image Printing the downloaded bit image Printing of raster bit image MODE S・P S・P MODE S・P S・P S・P S GS P ○ Page 90 91 Page 92 93 94 95 Bit Image Commands GS P Status Commands Command DLE EOT ESC v GS a GS r Function Sending status in real-time Sending Printer status Enabling/disabling ASB (Automatic Status Back) Sending status MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 97 115 116 120 Paper Detecting Commands Command ESC c 3 ESC c 4 Function Selecting the Paper Sensor valid for Paper-end signal output Selecting the Paper Near-end Sensor valid for print stop MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 122 123 Panel Switch Commands Command ESC c 5 Function Enabling/disabling the panel switches MODE S・P GS P Page 124 Macro Commands Command GS : GS ^ Function Starting/ending macro definition Executing the macro MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 125 126 Cutter Commands Command ESC i ESC m GS V Function Full cut Partial cut Cutting the paper MODE S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 127 128 129 Bar Code Commands Command GS H GS f GS h GS k GS w Function Selecting of printing position of HRI characters Selecting the font of HRI characters Specifying the height of the bar code Printing the bar code Specifying the horizontal size (magnification) of bar code MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 130 131 132 133 138 Commands for Non-volatile Memory Command FS p FS q Function Printing the download NV bit images Defining the download NV bit image MODE S S GS P Page 155 156 .40 - .

41 - . P = PAGE MODE O = shows the command affected by GS P. .Kanji Control Commands Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W FS ( A Function Collectively setting Kanji print mode Setting Kanji mode Setting/Canceling Kanji underline Canceling Kanji mode Defining external character Selecting Kanji code system Setting Kanji space amount Setting/Canceling four times enlargement of Kanji Setting font attribute of Kanji MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 158 159 160 161 162 164 166 167 168 ○ Black Mark Control Commands Command GS FF Function Printing and ejecting Black mark/Label paper MODE S・P GS P Page 169 Printer Function Setting Commands Command GS ( D GS ( E GS ( K GS ( M GS ( N Function Enabling or disabling real-time command Printer function setting command Selecting print control method Customizing the printer Designating font attribute MODE S S S S S GS P Page 179 180 271 275 278 2-dimensional Code Commands Command GS ( k Function Setting and printing 2-dimensional code MODE S・P GS P Page 279 Other Commands Command DLE ENQ DLE DC4 ESC = ESC @ ESC L ESC S GS ( A GS I GS P Function Real-time request to printer Buffer clear Data input control Initializing the printer Selecting PAGE MODE Selecting STANDARD MODE Execution of test printing Sending the printer ID Specifying the basic calculation pitch MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P Page 290 292 293 294 295 296 298 299 309 In the Mode column: S = STANDARD MODE.

11 CT-P292/293 Print Contorl Commands Command LF CR FF ESC FF ESC J ESC d Function Printing and paper feed Back to printing (1)Printing in PAGE MODE and returning to STANDARD MODE (at the selection of PAGE MODE) (2)Printing of Black mark/Label paper and feeding paper to the top of the print position (with Black mark/Label paper selected) Printing data in PAGE MODE Printing and feeding paper in minimum pitch Printing and feeding the paper by “n” lines MODE S・P S・P P P S・P S・P GS P Page 46 47 48 49 50 51 ○ Print Character Commands Command CAN ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC ESC ? ESC E ESC G ESC M ESC R ESC V ESC t ESC { GS ! GS B GS b Function Canceling print data in PAGE MODE Setting the right spacing of the character Collectively specifying the printing mode Specifying/Canceling download character set Defining the download characters Specifying/canceling underline Deleting download characters Specifying/canceling emphasis printing Specifying/canceling double strike printing Selection of character fonts Selecting the international character set Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters Selecting the character code table Specifying/canceling the inverted characters Specifying the character size Specifying/canceling the black/white inverted printing Specifying/canceling the smoothing MODE P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S S・P S S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 52 53 54 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 73 75 76 Print Position Commands Command HT ESC $ ESC D ESC T ESC W ESC \ ESC a GS $ GS L GS W GS \ Function Horizontal tab Specifying the absolute positions Setting horizontal tab position Selecting the character printing direction in PAGE MODE Defining the print area in PAGE MODE Specifying the relative position Aligning the characters Specifying the absolute vertical position of characters in PAGE MODE Setting the left margin Setting the print area width Specifying the relative vertical position of a character in PAGE MODE MODE S・P S・P S・P P P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Page 77 78 79 80 81 83 84 85 86 87 89 .42 - .1.2.

Line Feed Span Commands Command ESC 2 ESC 3 Command ESC * GS * GS / GS v 0 Function Specifying initial line feed rate Setting line feed rate of minimum pitch Function Specifying the bit image mode Defining the download bit image Printing the downloaded bit image Printing of raster bit image MODE S・P S・P MODE S・P S・P S・P S GS P ○ Page 90 91 Page 92 93 94 95 Bit Image Commands GS P Status Commands Command DLE EOT ESC v GS a GS r Function Sending status in real-time Sending Printer status Enabling/disabling ASB (Automatic Status Back) Sending status MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 97 115 116 120 Paper Detecting Commands Command ESC c 3 ESC c 4 Function Selecting the Paper Sensor valid for Paper-end signal output Selecting the Paper Near-end Sensor valid for print stop MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 122 123 Panel Switch Commands Command ESC c 5 Function Enabling/disabling the panel switches MODE S・P GS P Page 124 Macro Commands Command GS : GS ^ Function Starting/ending macro definition Executing the macro MODE S・P S・P GS P Page 125 126 Cutter Commands Command ESC i ESC m GS V Function Full cut Partial cut Cutting the paper MODE S・P S・P S・P GS P ○ Page 127 128 129 Bar Code Commands Command GS H GS f GS h GS k GS w Function Selecting of printing position of HRI characters Selecting the font of HRI characters Specifying the height of the bar code Printing the bar code Specifying the horizontal size (magnification) of bar code MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 130 131 132 133 138 Commands for Non-volatile Memory Command FS p FS q Function Printing the download NV bit images Defining the download NV bit image MODE S S GS P Page 155 156 .43 - .

Kanji Control Commands Command FS ! FS & FS FS . FS 2 FS C FS S FS W FS ( A Function Collectively setting Kanji print mode Setting Kanji mode Setting/Canceling Kanji underline Canceling Kanji mode Defining external character Selecting Kanji code system Setting Kanji space amount Setting/Canceling four times enlargement of Kanji Setting font attribute of Kanji MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P S・P GS P Page 158 159 160 161 162 164 166 167 168 ○ Printer Function Setting Commands Command GS ( D GS ( E GS ( K GS ( M GS ( N Function Enabling or disabling real-time command Printer function setting command Selecting print control method Customizing the printer Designating font attribute MODE S S S S S GS P Page 179 180 271 275 278 2-dimensional Code Commands Command GS ( k Function Setting and printing 2-dimensional code MODE S・P GS P Page 279 Other Commands Command DLE ENQ DLE DC4 ESC = ESC @ ESC L ESC S GS ( A GS I GS P Function Real-time request to printer Buffer clear Data input control Initializing the printer Selecting PAGE MODE Selecting STANDARD MODE Execution of test printing Sending the printer ID Specifying the basic calculation pitch MODE S・P S・P S・P S・P S P S S・P S・P GS P Page 290 292 293 294 295 296 298 299 309 In the Mode column: S = STANDARD MODE. .44 - . P = PAGE MODE O = shows the command affected by GS P.

as required.2. For details. [The specification which is common to the model] Indicates command functions common to relevant models. the print results shown are different in scale from actual print results . * Examples are only for reference. *The defined domain may differ depending on the model or printer setting. < >B for binary numbers. Describes commands related to the command when it is used. They may vary depending on language and version. However. please refer to a manual in your language. so be sure to use the values within the defined domain.1 Description of Items XXXX support model [Function] [Code] The name of a command. and < > for decimal numbers. [Sample Program] Describes examples of coding on Quick-Basic. [ ] k denotes the number of repetition of “k” times. [Print Results] Describes the print results obtained by executing the above programs. Indicates the values (setting range) of arguments of the command. [The specification which depend on the model] Indicates the command function dependent on the model. [Range] [Outline] [Caution] [Default] [See Also] Describes important points and cautionary notes. Note: If values outside the defined domain specified with control codes are used. Initial values for the command if it has arguments. The string of codes comprising the command is represented by < >H for hexadecimal numbers.2. malfunctions could possibly occur.2 Command Details 2.45 - .

[The specification which is common to the model] • After this command is executed. CHR$(&HA).2. LPRINT "BBB". CHR$(&HA).46 - . CHR$(&HA). [Caution] [See Also] ESC 2、ESC 3 [Print Results] [Sample Program] LPRINT "AAA".2.2 Print Control Commands LF Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Printing and paper feed <0A>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Prints data inside the print buffer and feeds paper based on the line feed amount having been set. LPRINT "CCC". CHR$(&HA). the beginning of the line is taken as the start position for the next point. AAA BBB CCC Print and line feed Print and line feed Line feed only Print and line feed .

CR Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Back to printing <0D>H [The specification which is common to the model] (1) MSW* 1-5 OFF: This command is ignored. CHR$(&HD). AAA BBB CCC Print and line feed Print and line feed Line feed only Print and line feed . LPRINT "CCC". * Memory switch [See Also] LF [Print Results] In case of (2) [Sample Program] LPRINT "AAA". (2) MSW 1-5 ON: The same operation as LF is executed.47 - . LPRINT CHR$(&HD). CHR$(&HD). LPRINT "BBB". CHR$(&HD).

4 “Example of Using PAGE MODE” ESC FF、ESC L、ESC S FF (valid only for Black mark/Label specification) Support model [Function] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII At selection of Black mark/Label paper (valid only for Black mark/Label specification) [The specification which is common to the model] • This command prints the data in the printer buffer and searches for the head of the next Black mark/Label (Black mark position/Top of label) [The specification which is common to the model] • This command does not execute a paper cut. • After this command is executed. data extended to all printing area is printed in batch. After returning to the STANDARD MODE. • This command does not execute a paper cut. • After this command is executed. the beginning of the line is taken as the start position for the next print. the beginning of the line is taken as the start position for the next print. setting the start position of next label is carried out. • The print area set up by ESC W is initialized.) GS FF [Caution] [See Also] . [Caution] CT-S4000 • When selecting BM paper or label paper to specify the PAGE MODE. • This command is only effective when the PAGE MODE is selected. [See Also] Appendix 5. [The specification which is common to the model] • All mapped data is erased after printout. (Please confirm specifications for the details.FF (At selection of PAGE MODE) Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Printing in PAGE MODE and returning to STANDARD MODE (at the selection of PAGE MODE) <0C>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Executes a batch printout of the data mapped in the entire print area.or BM-supported model.48 - . • Valid only for label.1. and then returns to STANDARD MODE.

as well as the ESC T and ESC W settings.ESC FF Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Printing data in PAGE MODE <1B>H<0C>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Executes a batch printout of the data mapped in the entire print area in PAGE MODE.1 “Explanation on PAGE MODE” FF、ESC L、ESC S [Caution] [See Also] . • Mapped data. Appendix 5. [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is only effective when PAGE MODE is selected. and the character mapping position are held even after printing.49 - .

[Caution] [Default] . the command uses the horizontal (Perpendicular to the paper feed direction) basic calculation pitch (x). • This command does not affect the line feed width defined by ESC 2 or ESC 3. • The basic calculation pitch is set by GS P. (2) If the start point specified by ESC T is top right or bottom left. and the remainder is omitted.50 - . • The maximum settable line feed width is 1016 mm (40 inches). the beginning of the line is taken as the start position for the next print. A setting greater than this maximum is trimmed to the maximum. The initial value is not defined. • In STANDARD MODE. • The line feed width can be set separately for the STANDARD and PAGE MODES. [The specification which is common to the model] • After this command is executed.ESC J n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Printing and feeding paper in minimum pitch <1B>H<4A>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Prints the data held in the print buffer and feeds paper by [n×basic calculation pitch] inches. this command acts differently depending on the start point: (1) If the start point specified by ESC T is top left or bottom right. • Fractions resulting from calculation are corrected with the minimum pitch of the mechanism. this command uses the vertical (paper feed direction) basic calculation pitch (y). • In PAGE MODE. the command uses the vertical (Paper feed direction) basic calculation pitch (y).

"d".CHR$(&HA). • After this command is executed. the beginning of the line is taken as the start position for the next print. LPRINT "AAAAA". LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). • If [n×line feed width] exceeds approximately 1016 mm. this command feeds paper by approximately 1016 mm (40 inches). AAAAA AAAAA 2/6-inch line feed . The initial value is not defined. Specified lines do not remain. [Print Results] [Caution] [Default] [Sample Program] LPRINT "AAAAA".51 - .ESC d n Support model CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] Printing and feeding the paper by “n” lines <1B>H<64>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] Prints data in the print buffer and feeds paper by “n” lines.CHR$(2).

3 Print Character Commands CAN Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Canceling print data in PAGE MODE <18>H [The specification which is common to the model] Erases all data contained in the currently effective print area in PAGE MODE. • If the previously established print area overlaps the currently effective print area.2. Appendix 5.52 - . • This command is only effective when PAGE MODE is selected. the overlapped data in the previously established area will be erased.2.1 “Explanation on PAGE MODE” ESC L、ESC W [Caution] [See Also] .

• In STANDARD MODE. LPRINT "AAAAA". • The right spacing can be set separately for the STANDARD and PAGE MODES.ESC SP n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting the right spacing of the character <1B>H<20>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets the right spacing of character to [n×basic calculation pitch] inches. • In PAGE MODE. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). the command uses the vertical basic calculation pitch (y). CHR$(&HA). (2) If the start point specified by ESC T is top right or bottom left. the right spacing is not changed if the basic calculation pitch is changed by GS P. AAAAA AAAAA A A A A A 0-dot space 1-dot space 12-dots space .906 mm (255/203 inches). CHR$(&HA). LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). the command uses the horizontal basic calculation pitch (x). the right spacing increases with the magnification. CHR$(1). [The specification which is common to the model] • If the horizontal magnification of character is 2 or more. • Does not affect Kanji. LPRINT "AAAAA". • The basic calculation pitch is set by GS P. and the remainder is omitted. LPRINT "AAAAA". • Fractions resulting from calculation are corrected with the minimum pitch of the mechanism. Once defined. A setting greater than this maximum is trimmed to the maximum. • The maximum right spacing is capable of approximately 31. CHR$(12)." "." ". n=0 [The specification which depend on the model] [Caution] [Default] CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 MSW6-2 ON : n=0 MSW6-2 OFF: n=1 [See Also] GS P [Print Results] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). this command uses the horizontal basic calculation pitch (x).53 - . CHR$(0). CHR$(&HA). the basic calculation pitch used by this command depends on the start point: (1) If the start point specified by ESC T is top left or bottom right." ".

[The specification which depend on the model] CT-S300/CT-S310/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651/CT-P292/293 Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Function Character Font Undefined Undefined Emphasis Double height Double width Undefined Underline Value 0 Font A (12×24) — — Canceled Canceled Canceled — Canceled 1 Font B (9×17) — — Specified Specified Specified — Specified CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S2000/CT-S4000 /BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Function Character Font Undefined Undefined Emphasis Double height Double width Undefined Underline Value 0 Font A (12×24) — — Canceled Canceled Canceled — Canceled 1 Font B (9×24) — — Specified Specified Specified — Specified .ESC ! n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Collectively specifying the printing mode <1B>H<21>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] Printing mode is assigned.54 - .

"H". CHR$(&HB9). [Default] [See Also] n=0 ESC E、ESC -、GS ! [Print Results] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). CHR$(&H80).55 - ."!"."!"."!". which."H"."H". CHR$(&H10). Font B + Emphasis + Quadruple + Underline Font A + Underline Font A + Double width Font A + Double height Font A + Emphasis Font B Font A . however. ESC M. quadruple characters are created. • Setting memory SW 3-7 to ON allows the horizontal and vertical relations to be interchanged when 90°-right-turnning of character is specified. LPRINT CHR$(&HA). (The default setting is 1 dot width."!". ESC –."H".) • Setting by this command is invalid for Kanji except setting and canceling of enhanced printing. • In case characters with different vertical magnification ratios coexist on the same line. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). • ESC E. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). • An underline is attached to the full character width. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). LPRINT CHR$(&H1B).[Caution] • With double height and double width being specified simultaneously."!"."!"."H". Other print mode is valid only for alphanumeric and kana characters. CHR$(&H00)."H". CHR$(&H01). • The underline width is as specified by the ESC – command. is not attached to the part having been skipped by the horizontal tab (HT). CHR$(&H08)."!". Neither is it attached to 90°-right-turned characters. • Setting or canceling of enhanced 3rd bit is valid for alphanumeric and kana and kanji. they are printed on the same base line. and GS ! can individually set or cancel the mode but the command processed last is valid. CHR$(&H20)."H".

&H01 DATA &HF8.&H07.&H80.&HFF.&HFF.&H06. LPRINT "@A".&HFF [Print Results] @ A A Internal character set Download character . • “n” is valid only for the lowest bit (n0). LPRINT CHR$(3).&H00 DATA &H80.&HFF DATA &H80.&HFE.&HF9 DATA &H87. FOR J=1 TO 2 READ REP LPRINT CHR$(REP).&H01 DATA &HF8.&H01 DATA &H9F.&HFF.ESC % n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying/canceling download character set <1B>H<25>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] Specifying/canceling download characters.CHR$(&HA).&H01 DATA &H9F.&HFF. END SETCHR: LPRINT CHR$(&H1B).&HFF.&HF9 DATA &HFF.&HF9 DATA &H80.CHR$(&HA)."%".&HFF DATA &HFF.&HFE.&H06.&HF9 DATA &H80.&H06. LPRINT "@A".CHR$(1).&H00 DATA &H80.&H01 DATA &H80.&H07.&H00 DATA &HFF.&H80.56 - .&HFF."A".&HFF DATA 12 DATA &HFF.&H80. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B)."%". FOR I=1 TO REP*3 READ D LPRINT CHR$(D).&H01 DATA &H87. • Control by the lowest bit (n0) is shown as follows: n0 0 1 [Default] [See Also] n=0 ESC & Function Canceling download character set Specifying download character set [Sample Program] GOSUB SETCHR LPRINT CHR$(&H1B).&H06."@".CHR$(0).&H80. NEXT I NEXT J RETURN DATA 6 DATA &HFF.&H00 DATA &H80."&".

• The number of data to be defined is “s × a”. The rest of the pattern on the right side is filled with space. • Character codes definable includes 95 ASCII codes in total in the range of 20H to 7EH.ESC & s n m [ a [p] s x a ] m-n+1 Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Defining the download characters <1B>H<26>H<s>H<n>H<m>H[<a>H<p1>H<p2>・・・<ps×a>]m-n+1 s=3(Font A. • “a” indicates the number of dots to be defined in horizontal direction. or power OFF is performed. execution of ESC @. To define only one character. FS q. s=2(FontC) 32≦n≦m≦126 0≦a≦12(Font A) 0≦a≦9 (Font B) 0≦a≦8 (Font C) 0≦p1・・ps×a≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Defines the font of download characters of alphanumeric characters. • Download characters thus defined remain valid until redefinition. deletion by ESC ?. • “s” indicates the number of bytes in vertical direction.57 - . B). ESC %、ESC ? . which indicate a pattern equal to “a” dots in horizontal direction from the left end. set n = m. GS (A. [The specification which depend on the model] [Outline] [Caution] CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII CT-P292/293 • Running this command clears the definition of the download bit image. GS *. • “p” is the data to be defined. • “n” indicates the start character code and “m” the end character code. [Default] [See Also] Same as the internal character set. CT-S2000/CT-S4000 /CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 • Running this command doesn't clear the definition of the download bit image.

[Sample Program] Refer to Sample Program and Print Results for ESC %.[Example] p1 p2 p3 p4 p5 p6 12dot p34 p35 p36 Font A LSB MSB 24dot Create each data bit by setting “1” for a printed dot and “0” for an unprinted dot. .58 - .

"-". not attached to the part having been skipped by horizontal tab (HT) command.ESC . • Underline can also be specified/canceled by ESC ! but the setting of command last processed is valid. CHR$(0). It is. LPRINT "AAAAA".49 2. however."-". LPRINT "AAAAA". • Specifying/canceling by this command is not valid for kanji. CHR$(&HA). • Underline width is constant in the specified thickness regardless of the character size. CHR$(1). • An underline is not attached to 90°-right-turned characters and white-on-black character. AAAAAAAAAA Underline specified .48 1.59 - .50 [Caution] Function Canceling underline Setting 1-dot width underline Setting 2-dot width underline [The specification which is common to the model] • An underline is attached to the full character width. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B).n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying /canceling underline <1B>H<2D>H<n> 0≦n≦2、48≦n≦50 [The specification which is common to the model] • Specifying /canceling an underline. n 0. n=0 ESC !、FS [Print Results] Underline canceled [Default] [See Also] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B).

ESC &、ESC % [Caution] [See Also] .60 - .ESC ? n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Deleting download characters <1B>H<3F>H<n> 32≦n≦126 [The specification which is common to the model] Deletes the downloaded characters of specified code. characters are printed in the same pattern as the internal characters. [The specification which is common to the model] • The character “n” indicates the character code used to delete the defined pattern. After the deletion. • This command is ignored if the specified character code is undefined. • This command deletes the code-defined pattern of the character font selected by ESC !.

• “n” is valid only for the lowest bit (n0). • Control by the lowest bit (n0) is shown as follows: n0 0 1 [Caution] Function Canceling emphasis printing Specifying emphasis printing [The specification which is common to the model] • Emphasis printing can also be specified/canceled by ESC ! but the setting of command last processed is valid.ESC E n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying/canceling emphasis printing <1B>H<45>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Specifying/canceling the emphasized characters."E". CHR$(&HA). CHR$(1). LPRINT "AAABBB".61 - . AAABBB AAABBB Emphasis canceled Emphasis specified . LPRINT "AAABBB". LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). CHR$(&HA). n=0 ESC ! [Print Results] [Default] [See Also] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B)."E". • Valid for all character types except HRI characters. CHR$(0).

LPRINT CHR$(&H1B)."G". • Control by the lowest bit (n0) is shown as follows: n0 0 1 [Caution] Function Canceling double strike printing Specifying double strike printing [The specification which is common to the model] • With this printer. CHR$(0). AAABBB AAABBB Double strike printing canceled Double strike printing specified . CHR$(&HA). double-strike printing and emphasis printing provide completely the same results."G". CHR$(1). • Valid for all character types except HRI characters. n=0 ESC E [Print Results] [Default] [See Also] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B).62 - . LPRINT "AAABBB". CHR$(&HA). • “n” is valid only for the lowest bit (n0).ESC G n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying/canceling double strike printing <1B>H<47>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Specifying /canceling the double strike printing. LPRINT "AAABBB".

50 Function Selection of font A (12 × 24) Selection of font B (9 × 17) Selection of font C (8 × 16) CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII n 0. 49 2.ESC M n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Selection of character fonts <1B>H<4D>H<n> 0≦n≦2. 48 1. 48 1.63 - . but the setting made by the command that has last been processed becomes valid. 49 2. n=0 ESC! [Default] [See Also] . [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S300/CT-S310/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651/ CT-P292/293 n 0. 48≦n≦50 [The specification which is common to the model] • Selects character fonts. 50 Function Selection of font A (12 × 24) Selection of font B (9 × 24) Selection of font C (8 × 16) [Caution] • ESC ! can also select fonts.

2 “International Character Code Table” .S.A.A) n=0 CT-S310 (Australia)/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651 n=15 [See Also] 3.S. one of the following character sets is specified.ESC R n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Selecting the international character set <1B>H<52>H<n> [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S280/CT-S300/BD2-2220 0≦n≦13 CT-S281/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000 CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII/ CT-P292/293 0≦n≦15 [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • Depending on the value of “n”.K. n=8 (Japan) Hangul specifications: n=13 [The specification which depend on the model] Chinese specifications: CT-S300/CT-S310 (U. n 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 [Default] Character Set U.64 - . France Germany U. Denmark I Sweden Italy Spain I n 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Character Set Japan Norway Denmark II Spain II Latin America Korea Croatia China [The specification which is common to the model] standard specifications: n=0 (International).

"V". • This command does not affect PAGE MODE but setting is maintained. LPRINT "AAAAA". n=0 [Default] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B).ESC V n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters <1B>H<56>H<n> 0≦n≦1、48≦n≦49 [The specification which is common to the model] • Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters. CHR$(1). [Print Results] 90° rotation canceled 90° rotation specified .65 - .48 1.49 [Caution] Function Canceling 90°-right-turned characters Specifying 90°-right-turned characters [The specification which is common to the model] • No underlines are attached to 90°-right-turned characters. CHR$(&HA)."V". LPRINT "AAAAA". LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). CHR$(0). n 0.

CHR$(0). 40. FOR C=&HB1 TO &HB5 LPRINT CHR$(C). NEXT C LPRINT CHR$(&HA). 255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Selecting the character code table. n=26. • The character code table is selected based on the value of “n”. LPRINT "n=0 ". FOR C=&HB1 TO &HB5 LPRINT CHR$(C)."t".17 8 9. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B).ESC t n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Selecting the character code table <1B>H<74>H<n> 0≦n≦9.66 - . LPRINT "n=1 ".18 [Default] Character Code Table Codepage PC437 Katakana Codepage PC850 Codepage PC860 Codepage PC863 Codepage PC865 Codepage PC852 n 7. NEXT C LPRINT CHR$(&HA). CHR$(1). n=0 n=1 アイウエオ ."t". 16≦n≦19.16 19 26 40 255 Character Code Table Codepage PC866 Codepage PC857 Windows code Codepage PC858 Thai code 18 Codepage PC864 Space page (For user setting) n=0 (International) n=1 (Japan) [Print Results] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). n 0 1 2 3 4 5 6.

Specifying inverted characters. n=0 [Default] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B) ."{". [Print Results] Inversion canceled Inversion specified Paper feed direction . LPRINT "ELEVEN".ESC { n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying/canceling the inverted characters <1B>H<7B>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • “n” is valid only for the lowest bit (n0). CHR$(0). CHR$(&HA). [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is valid only when it is specified at the beginning of a line. CHR$(&HA). LPRINT CHR$(&H1B) ."{". • This command does not affect the PAGE MODE. LPRINT "ELEVEN".67 - . • Rotate data in the line by 180 degrees and print it. CHR$(1). CHR$(&HA). CHR$(&HA). LPRINT "TEN". • Control by the lowest bit (n0) is shown as follows: n0 0 1 [Caution] Function Canceling inverted characters. LPRINT "TEN".

Specifies or cancels printing in black on red-based thermal paper. • Red printing is valid on black-based thermal paper. Specifying red printing. this command is invalid."~".ESC ~ J n (Valid in CBM-270-Compatible Mode) Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) <1B>H<7E>H<4A>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Specifies or cancels printing in red. • This command must not be used for normal thermal paper. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). Canceling black printing. • “n” is valid only for the lowest bit (n0). CHR$(0). LPRINT "AAAAA". • Control by the lowest bit (n0) is shown as follows: n0 0 1 [Caution] Function black-based paper red-based paper Canceling red printing. CHR$(&HA)."~".68 - . [The specification which is common to the model] • Valid when 2-color paper is specified by the GS ( E command."J". [Print Results] AAAAA AAAAA Red printing Black printing * When dedicated thermal paper (black-based paper) is used."J". • At the time of setting. Specifying black printing. n=0 [Default] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). . LPRINT "AAAAA". CHR$(1). CHR$(&HA). conducting pulse amount is increased to change the coloring. • In case of MSW3-7=OFF.

• Control by the lowest bit (n0) is shown as follows: n0 0 1 [Caution] Function black-based paper red-based paper Specifying red printing.ESC ~ J n (Valid in CBM1000-Compatible Mode) Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) <1B>H<7E>H<4A>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Specifies or cancels printing in red. [The specification which is common to the model] • Valid when 2-color paper is specified by the GS ( E command. • “n” is valid only for the lowest bit (n0). [Print Results] AAAAA AAAAA Black printing Red printing * When dedicated thermal paper (black-based paper) is used. At the time of setting. Specifying black printing. Canceling red printing."~". CHR$(&HA). • In case of MSW3-7=OFF. CHR$(0)."J".69 - . this command is invalid. Specifies or cancels printing in black on red-based thermal paper. • This command must not be used for normal thermal paper. • Red printing is valid on black-based thermal paper. • Conducting pulse amount after cancellation is standard value. LPRINT "AAAAA"."J". CHR$(&HA). n=0 [Default] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). . CHR$(1). conducting pulse amount is increased to change the coloring."~". Canceling black printing. LPRINT "AAAAA".

DC3 n (Valid in CBM-270-Compatible Mode) Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) <13>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Specifies or cancels printing in red.70 - . • Red printing is valid on black-based thermal paper. • At the time of setting. the command is used. B/W reverse printing is valid. Specifies or cancels printing in black on red-based thermal paper. [Default] n=0 . • This command must not be used for normal thermal paper. Specifying black printing. Canceling black printing. B/W reverse printing is invalid. • Control by the lowest bit (n0) is shown as follows: n0 0 1 [Caution] Function black-based paper red-based paper Canceling red printing. • Valid only in standard mode. • In case of MSW3-7=OFF. it becomes2-color paper mode. • “n” is valid only for the lowest bit (n0). conducting pulse amount is increased to change the coloring. It executes command <ESC @> or becomes effective until turning off power. this command is invalid. function set by DC3 command is switched as per the table below. Specifying red printing. [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S281 When normal thermal paper mode is specified. [The specification which is common to the model] • Valid only at the top of a line. n0 0 1 MSW4-7:DC3 command function OFF=2 color printing ON=Black/White reverse 2 color printing is invalid 2 color printing is valid. CT-S280 • Depending on the setting of MSW4-7.

71 - . CHR$(&HA). CHR$(&HA). LPRINT CHR$(&H13). LPRINT "AAAAA". CHR$(1). LPRINT "AAAAA". CHR$(0). [Print Results] AAAAA AAAAA Red printing Black printing * When dedicated thermal paper (Black-based paper) is used. .[Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H13).

72 - . Specifying black printing. Canceling black printing. n=0 [Default] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H13). • Valid only at the top of a line. • Control by the lowest bit (n0) is shown as follows: n0 0 1 [Caution] Function black-based paper red-based paper Specifying red printing.DC3 n (Valid in CBM1000-Compatible Mode) Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifies/cancels printing in red (black-based paper) <13>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Specifies or cancels printing in red. • In case of MSW3-7=OFF. CHR$(&HA). • “n” is valid only for the lowest bit (n0). • Red printing is valid on black-based thermal paper. [The specification which is common to the model] • Valid when 2-color paper is specified by the GS ( E command. CHR$(0). CHR$(1). [Print Results] AAAAA AAAAA Black printing Red printing * When dedicated thermal paper (Black-based paper) is used. • At the time of setting. Specifies or cancels printing in black on red-based thermal paper. • This command must not be used for normal thermal paper. . this command is invalid. LPRINT "AAAAA". conducting pulse amount is increased to change the coloring. LPRINT "AAAAA". CHR$(&HA). Canceling red printing. LPRINT CHR$(&H13).

1≤horizontal magnification≤8 [The specification which is common to the model] • Specifies the character size (Vertical and horizontal magnification).GS ! n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying the character size <1D>H<21>H<n> 0≦n≦255 Where: 1≤vertical magnification≤8. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Function Value Decimal Number [Outline] Hex. Horizontal magnification specification Refer to Table 1. “Vertical Magnification”. Decimal Magnification 00H 10H 20H 30H 40H 50H 60H 70H 0 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 1 × (Standard) 2 × (Double width) 3× 4× 5× 6× 7× 8× 00H 01H 02H 03H 04H 05H 06H 07H 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 × (Standard) 2 × (Double ) 3× 4× 5× 6× 7× 8× . Decimal Magnification Hex.73 - . Number Vertical magnification specification Refer to Table 2. “Horizontal Magnification”. Table 1 Horizontal Magnification Table 2 Vertical Magnification Hex.

[Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is valid for all characters (alphanumeric. • In PAGE MODE. • In STANDARD MODE. the vertical direction is defined as the paper feed direction. • This command is ignored if either the vertical magnification or horizontal magnification is out of the defined range. kana. The horizontal direction means the side-to-side direction of each character. If characters of different vertical magnification are contained in a line. and the horizontal direction is defined as the direction perpendicular to the paper feed. • Horizontal and vertical magnification can also be specified/canceled by ESC ! but the setting of command last processed is valid. and kanji) except for HRI characters.74 - . • Setting memory SW 3-7 to ON allows the horizontal and vertical relations to be interchanged when 90°-right-turnning of character is specified. the vertical direction means the top-bottom direction of each character. n=0 ESC ! [Default] [See Also] . the baseline of each character is lined up.

ESC $.75 - . • The black/white inversion works also on the right spacing of characters defined by ESC SP. Underline printing specified is. therefore. however. • This command does not affect the space between lines. [The specification which is common to the model] • The black/white inversion works on internal and downloaded characters. HRI characters. or the skip area specified by HT. • Control by the lowest bit (n0) is shown as follows: n0 0 1 [Caution] Function The black/white inverted printing is canceled. bar code. • “n” is valid only for the lowest bit (n0). remains unchanged. nullified if black/white inversion is specified. The black/white inverted printing is specified. • Black/white inversion specification takes precedence over underline specification. n=0 [Default] .GS B n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying/canceling the black/white inverted printing <1D>H<42>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command specifies or cancels the black/white inverted printing. • This command does not affect the bit image. or ESC \. the underline setting. downloaded bit image.

download characters. • Smoothing is not effective to characters with either of their vertical or horizontal magnification is x1.76 - . [The specification which is common to the model] • Smoothing is effective to printer’s internal characters. • “n” is valid only for the lowest bit (n0). and non-standard characters.GS b n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying/canceling the smoothing <1D>H<62>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command specifies or cancels the smoothing. • Control by the lowest bit (n0) is shown as follows: n0 0 1 [Caution] Function The smoothing is canceled. The smoothing is specified. n=0 ESC! 、GS ! [Default] [See Also] .

25th."D". ..2. 8th.) with right space amount of a character set at 0 and horizontal enlargement rate of a character set at 1. • Ignored when the next horizontal tab position has not been set. CHR$(&HA). LPRINT CHR$(&H9). 17th. CHR$(14)."BBB". LPRINT CHR$(&H9)."BBB". LPRINT CHR$(&H1B).4 Print Position Commands HT Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Horizontal tab <09>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Shifts the printing position to the next horizontal tab position. tabs are set every 8 characters (at 9th. LPRINT CHR$(&H9). CHR$(0). [The specification which is common to the model] • The horizontal tab position is set by ESC D. and 15th columns . LPRINT CHR$(&H9). [Printing Result] 012345678901234567890 AAA BBB AAA BBB CCC Initially set horizontal tab When set to the 4th."AAA". CHR$(&HA). LPRINT CHR$(&H9). CHR$(&HA). At the selection of font A. CHR$(7)..77 - . ESC D [Caution] [Default] [See Also] [Sample Program] LPRINT "012345678901234567890". LPRINT CHR$(3).2."CCC"."AAA".

" \". this command acts differently depending on the start point: (1) If the start point specified by ESC T is top right or bottom left. if the basic calculation by GS P leaves a fraction. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B)."B". LPRINT CHR$(50). the fraction is corrected with the minimum pitch of the mechanism. and the remainder is omitted. CHR$(0). LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). the command uses the vertical (Paper feed direction) basic calculation pitch (y). CHR$(&HA). LPRINT CHR$(100). • In STANDARD MODE."$". LPRINT CHR$(&HC2)."C". LPRINT CHR$(&H1B)."B". 256 A A B B C A -62 Relative position specified . CHR$(0). CHR$(1). LPRINT CHR$(0). Specification beyond the end of the line is ignored. the printing start position is designated as n1+n2×256×basic calculation pitch from the left margin. CHR$(&HA). this command uses the horizontal (Paper feed direction) basic calculation pitch (x). the command uses the horizontal (Perpendicular to the paper feed direction) basic calculation pitch (x). • In PAGE MODE. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B).ESC $ n1 n2 Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying the absolute positions <1B>H<24>H<n1><n2> 0≦n1≦255 0≦n2≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • The printing start position is specified by the absolute position from the left margin with the number of dots divided by 256 and quotient specified as “n2” and remainder as “n1”. After the line feed width is set. ESC \、GS P、GS \、GS $ [Print Results] Absolute position specified 0 50 100 [Outline] [Caution] [See Also] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B)."A"."$"."A"."$". (2) If the start point specified by ESC T is top left or bottom right. CHR$(0)."$". Therefore. CHR$(&HFF).78 - . LPRINT CHR$(0). [The specification which is common to the model] • The basic calculation pitch is set by GS P.

as “Set column position = Maximum print columns + 1”. is input in the increasing order and ends at 00H. • <n> k. the horizontal tab command is ignored. If this is the case. [Outline] [Caution] [Default] [See Also] HT [Sample Program] Refer to Sample Program and Print Results for HT. which denotes a setting position.. 17th.) with right space amount of a character set at 0 and horizontal enlargement rate of a character set at 1. • “k” denotes the number of horizontal tab positions you want to set. tabs are set every 8 characters (at 9th. • Tab positions that can be specified are maximum 32. exceeds a 1-line print area. to set the position at 9th column. at this time. <n> k. is equal to or smaller than its preceding data. n = 8 is to be specified. • “n” indicates the number of columns from the beginning to the horizontal tab position. that “n = set position – 1”. In double width characters. it is assumed that tab setting is finished. . <n> k-1. [The specification which is common to the model] • When the data. • When the data. At the selection of font A. Specifying tab positions exceeding this limit is ignored. • The tab position is set at a position where it is “character width×n” from the beginning of a line. For example. set the horizontal tab position. • ESC D <NULL> clears all the set tab positions. Note.ESC D [n]k NULL support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting horizontal tab position <1B>H<44>H[<n>]k<00>H 1≦n≦255 0≦k≦32 [The specification which is common to the model] • Specifying a horizontal tab position.. • The horizontal tab position does not change even if the character width is altered after setting the horizontal tab position. . the next data onward will be processed as normal data. Following clearing.79 - . it is made double the ordinary case. <n> k. 25th. The character width. however. includes the space on the right.

ESC J. • Commands using x: ESC 3. GS \ • Commands using y: ESC SP. • The basic calculation pitch (x or y) used by the following commands varies with the start point. ESC \ • Commands using y: ESC 3. n 0.ESC T n support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Selecting the character printing direction in PAGE MODE <1B>H<54>H<n> 0≦n≦3. ESC \ n=0 Appendix 5. 48≦n≦51 [The specification which is common to the model] • Selects the direction and start point of character printing in PAGE MODE. this command only executes the internal flagging of the printer without affecting the printing in STANDARD MODE. 49 2. • The character mapping position will be the start point of the print area specified by ESC W.1 “Explanation on PAGE MODE” ESC $. ESC J. 48 1. GS $. GS P. 51 Printing Direction Left to right Bottom to top Right to left Top to bottom Start Point Top left (“A” in the figure) Bottom left (“B” in the figure) Bottom right (“C” in the figure) Top right (“D” in the figure) A D Paper feed direction [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • When STANDARD MODE is selected. ESC S. ESC L. GS $. GS \ [Default] [See Also] B . (1) If the start point is the top left or bottom right (The characters are mapped in the direction perpendicular to the paper feed). ESC W. GS $. ESC S. ESC \. 50 3.80 - . • Commands using x: ESC SP. GS \ (2) If the start point is the top right or bottom left (The characters are mapped in the paper feed direction).

• If the horizontal length or vertical length is 0. Dx = horizontal length. dyL. • Fractions resulting from calculations are corrected with the minimum pitch of the mechanism. dxL. Y = vertical start point. • If the “vertical start point + vertical length” is greater than the vertical printable area. (Refer to the below Table) . yL. and Dy = vertical length. where X = horizontal start point. • The basic calculation pitch is defined by GS P. this command only executes the internal flagging of the printer without affecting the printing in STANDARD MODE. the “vertical printable area – vertical start point” is taken as the vertical length. the “horizontal printable area – horizontal start point” is taken as the horizontal length. dyH ≦255 except for dxL=dxH=0 or dyL=dyH=0 [The specification which is common to the model] • Defines the location and size of the print area. The vertical start point and vertical length are calculated with the basic calculation pitch (y). • The figure below illustrates the print area. • If the “horizontal start point + horizontal length” is greater than the horizontal printable area. dxH. xH. Once defined. this command is canceled and the next data is handled as normal data. • The character mapping position will be the start point specified by ESC T in the print area.81 - . • If the horizontal start point or vertical start point is out of the printable area. • Horizontal start point = [(xL+xH×256)×basic calculation pitch] inches • Vertical start point = [(yL+yH×256)×basic calculation pitch] inches • Horizontal length = [(dxL+dxH×256)×basic calculation pitch] inches • Vertical length = [(dyL+dyH×256)×basic calculation pitch] inches [The specification which is common to the model] • When STANDARD MODE is selected. and the remainder is omitted. (X、Y) Dx Paper [Outline] [Caution] Dy Print Paper feed direction (X+Dx-1、Y+Dy-1) • The printable area is approximately 117 mm (938/203 inches) vertically. this command is canceled and the next data is handled as normal data.ESC W xL xH yL yH dxL dxH dyL dyH support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Defining the print area in PAGE MODE <1B>H<57>H<xL><xH><yL><yH><dxL><dxH><dyL><dyH> 0≦xL. • The horizontal start point and horizontal length are calculated with the basic calculation pitch (x). yH. and horizontal area depends on the model. the print area is not changed if the basic calculation pitch is changed by GS P.

1 “Explanation on PAGE MODE” CAN、ESC L、ESC T、GS P .25mm(546) 64mm/(512) 54.82 - .[Default] xL=xH=yL=yH=0 dyL=126.75mm(390) 48mm/(384) 45mm/(360) dxL 96 208 148 128 64 34 0 180 176 156 152 134 128 104 dxH 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 support model CT-S4000 CT-S4000 CT-S4000 CT-S2000/CT-S4000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/ CT-S4000/ CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII CT-P292/293 CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/ CT-S4000/ CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S2000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S2000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII/CT-P292/293 CT-S2000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-P292/293 CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000 CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 /CT-P292/293 CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/ CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651 paper width 112mm 112mm 83mm 83mm 80mm 80mm 80mm 60mm 58mm 58mm 58mm 58mm 58mm 58mm [See Also] Appendix 5. (Refer to the below Table) print width/(dot) 104mm/(832) 90mm/(720) 82.5mm/(660) 80mm/(640) 72mm/(576) 68. dyH=6 dxL.dyH depends on paper width.5mm/(436) 54mm/(432) 52.5mm/(420) 51mm/(408) 48.

ESC \ nL nH support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying the relative position <1B>H<5C>H<nL><nH> 0≦nL≦255 0≦nH≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command specifies the next print start position in a relative position with respect to the current position. using the horizontal basic calculation pitch (x). • If a new position is specified to the right of the current position in the direction of printing. . this command uses the horizontal basic calculation pitch (x). [The specification which is common to the model] • Specification of a position outside the print area is ignored.83 - . this command acts differently depending on the start point: (1) If the start point specified by ESC T is top left or bottom right. to move the position by N pitches to the left. and the remainder is omitted. it should be as negative (–). • In STANDARD MODE. ESC $、GS P [Outline] [Caution] [See Also] [Sample Program] Refer to Sample Program and Print Results for ESC $. If it is to the left. using the vertical basic calculation pitch (y). the command specifies the relative position in the paper feed direction (The character’s side-to-side direction). For example. • In PAGE MODE. • A negative value is the complement of 65536. specify it as: nL + nH x 256 = 65536 – N • Fractions resulting from calculation are corrected with the minimum pitch of the mechanism. (2) If the start point is top right or bottom left. it should be specified as positive (+). • The next print start position will be at a point of [(nL+nH×256)×basic calculation pitch] inches away from the current position. the command specifies the relative position in the direction perpendicular to the paper feed (The character’s side-to-side direction).

CHR$(1). • This command does not affect the PAGE MODE.84 - . 48 1. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). 49 2. [Print Results] AAAAA AAAAA AAAAA Paper feed direction Left-justified Centered Right-justified . n=0 [Default] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). CHR$(&HA). CHR$(&HA).ESC a n support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Aligning the characters <1B>H<61>H<n> 0≦n≦2. 50 [Caution] Position Left end alignment Centering Right end alignment [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is valid only when it is inputted at the beginning of a line. CHR$(0). • Depending on the value “n”. LPRINT "AAAAA". LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). 48≦n≦50 [The specification which is common to the model] • All the printed data within one line are aligned in the specified position. CHR$(2). LPRINT "AAAAA"."a"."a". positional alignment is carried out as shown in the table below: n 0. LPRINT "AAAAA"."a". CHR$(&HA). • Executes justification in the print area being set.

(1) When start point is set at “upper left” or “lower right”. GS P. [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is ignored except at PAGE MODE selection. • The position of vertical direction of character at the start position of next data development is the position [(nL+nH×256)×basic calculation pitch] from the start position. the absolute position of paper feed direction (vertical direction of character) is set. • The following operation occurs at the start point of ESC T.85 - . (2) When start point is set at “upper right” or “lower left”. In this case. 0≦nH≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Specifies the vertical position of character at the start point of data development in PAGE MODE using absolute position based on the start position. ESC $. • Absolute position setting exceeding the specified print area is ignored. it is corrected by the minimum pitch of mechanism and the rest is discarded. basic calculation pitch (y) of vertical direction is used. basic calculation pitch (x) of horizontal direction is used. • When fractional number is caused by the calculation. ESC W. GS \ [Caution] [See Also] . In this case. the absolute position of vertical direction of paper feed (vertical direction of character) is set. ESC \.GS $ nL nH support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying the absolute position of character vertical direction in PAGE MODE <1D>H<24>H<nL><nH> 0≦nL≦255. ESC T. • Start point used as the reference is set by ESC T. • Position in horizontal direction of character at the start position of data development is not shifted. • Basic calculation pitch is set by GS P.

0≦nH≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command sets the left margin specified by nL and nH. Once defined. but not wider than the printable area. • When you progress the first character in start of the line. downloaded bit image. • The left margin is calculated with the horizontal basic calculation pitch (x) set by GS P. • When PAGE MODE is selected. • The value of the left margin is [(nL+nH×256)×basic calculation pitch] inches. nH=0 GS P、GS W [Default] [See Also] . nL=0. A fraction resulting from the calculation is corrected with the minimum pitch of the mechanism. this command only executes the internal flagging of the printer. • The maximum settable left margin is equal to the horizontal printable area. and the remainder is omitted.).only the line for that character data is handled as follows: (1) The print area is extended toward the right to be equivalent to one character of the current font. (2) If an area for one character cannot be provided as a result of step (1). the left margin is decreased. only the line for that data is handled as follows: (1) The print area is extended toward the left (so.) • When mapping non-character data (bit image.GS L nL nH support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting the left margin <1D>H<4C>H<nL><nH> 0≦nL≦255. • The setting of this command does not affect PAGE MODE.86 - . Printable area Left margin [Caution] Print area width [The specification which is common to the model] • This command only works when it is entered at the beginning of a line. (So. the left margin is decreased) until it is 9-dot wide. A setting greater than this maximum is trimmed to the maximum. if the print area specified is not wide enough to accommodate the wide of one character(*Right space is contained. the print area is extended toward the left. but not wider than the printable area. • The basic calculation pitch is defined by GS P. if the print area specified is narrower than 9-bits. the left margin is not changed if the basic calculation pitch is changed by GS P. or bar code).

but not wider than the printable area. • The print area width will be [(nL+nH×256)×basic calculation pitch] inches. this command only executes the internal flagging of the printer. Printable area [Outline] Left margin [Caution] Print area width [The specification which is common to the model] • This command only works when it is entered at the beginning of a line. Printable area A (1) Extended toward the right Left margin Print area width . • The setting of this command does not affect PAGE MODE. the entire area except the left margin is set as the print area width. • If the value entered with this command exceeds the printable area for one line.87 - . • The print area width is calculated with the horizontal basic calculation pitch (x) defined by GS P. • When PAGE MODE is selected. • If the first character to be mapped at the beginning of a line has a width (including the right spacing) greater than the print area width. A fraction resulting from the calculation is corrected with the minimum pitch of the mechanism. and the remainder is omitted. the print area width is not changed if the basic calculation pitch is changed by GS P. Once defined. only that line is handled as follows: (1) The print area is extended toward the right to accommodate the first character.GS W nL nH Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting the print area width <1D>H<57>H<nL><nH> 0≦nL≦255 0≦nH≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets the print area width specified by nL and nH. • The basic calculation pitches are defined by GS P.

the right spacing is trimmed. but not wider than the printable area.88 - . Printable area A Left margin (2) The left margin is trimmed Print area width (1) Extended toward the right (3) If a sufficient area cannot be provided as a result of step (2). [Default] paper width 112mm 112mm 83mm 83mm 80mm 80mm 80mm 60mm 58mm 58mm 58mm 58mm 58mm 58mm [See Also] print width/(dot) 104mm/(832) 90mm/(720) 82.(2) If a sufficient area cannot be provided as a result of step (1). or one dot for double density). • When mapping a bit image (or downloaded bit image).5mm/(420) 51mm(408) 48.75mm(390) 48mm/(384) 45mm/(360) GS L、GS P nL 96 208 148 128 64 34 0 180 176 156 152 134 128 104 nH 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 support model CT-S4000 CT-S4000 CT-S4000 CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/ CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII CT-P292/293 CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000 CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S2000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S2000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII CT-S2000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-P292/293 CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000 CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 /CT-P292/293 CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/ CT-S801/CT-S601 .25mm(546) 64mm/(512) 54. only the line for that image is handled as follows: (1) The print area is extended toward the left (so. the print area is extended toward the left (so.5mm/(436) 54mm/(432) 52. the left margin is decreased) until it is equal to the minimum width of the image. the left margin is decreased). if the print area is narrower than the minimum width of the bit image (two dots for single density.5/(660) 80mm/(640) 72mm/(576) 68.

• The basic calculation pitch is set by GS P. • A negative value is the complement of 65536. and the remainder is omitted. (2) If the start point is the top right or bottom left. this command acts as follows: (1) If the start point is the top left or bottom right. the command specifies the relative position in the direction perpendicular to the paper feed (the character’s top-bottom direction) using the horizontal basic calculation pitch (x). [Caution] . [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is ignored when PAGE MODE is not selected.89 - . specify it as: nL + nH x 256 = 65536 – N • The specification of a relative position outside the specified print area is ignored. • Depending on the start point specified by ESC T.GS \ nL nH Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying the relative vertical position of a character in PAGE MODE <1D>H<5C>H<nL><nH> 0≦nL≦255. 0≦nH≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is used in PAGE MODE to specify the vertical position of a character in the data mapping start position. If it is above the current position. For example. it should be specified as positive (+). in a relative position with respect to the current position. • The next data mapping start position will be at a point [(nL+nH×256)×basic calculation pitch] inches away from the current position. • Fractions resulting from calculations are corrected with the minimum pitch of the mechanism. to move the position by N pitches up. the command specifies the relative position in the paper feed direction (the character’s top-bottom direction) using the vertical basic calculation pitch (y). • If a new position is specified for a character located beneath the current position. it should be negative (–).

5 Line Feed Span Commands ESC 2 Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying 1/6-inch line feed rate <1B>H<32>H [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII CT-P292/293 The line feed rate per line is specified by 1/6 inch.2. [The specification which depend on the model] [Default] CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII CT-P292/293 Approx. 4.23mm (2) MSW 5-2 ON: Approx. 4. 3.75 mm . CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 The line feed rate per line is specified by MSW5-2 setting.23mm (1/360 inches) CT-S2000/CT-S4000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 (1) MSW 5-2 OFF: Approx.90 - . [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • Line feed rate can be specified respectively for both STANDARD MODE and PAGE MODE.2.

4. A setting greater than this maximum is trimmed to the maximum. the command uses the vertical (paper feed direction) basic calculation pitch (y). 4. • Fractions resulting from calculation are corrected with the minimum pitch of the mechanism. 3. • The basic calculation pitch is set by GS P.91 - . Once defined. this command acts differently depending on the start point: (1) If the start point specified by ESC T is top left or bottom right. • In PAGE MODE. [The specification which depend on the model] [Caution] [Default] CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII CT-P292/293 Approx. this command uses the vertical (paper feed direction) basic calculation pitch (y). the line feed width is not changed if the basic calculation pitch is changed by GS P. • The maximum settable line feed width is 1016 mm (40 inches). [The specification which is common to the model] • The line feed width can be set separately for the STANDARD and PAGE MODES.ESC 3 n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting line feed rate of minimum pitch <1B>H<33>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] Sets the line feed width per line to [n×basic calculation pitch] inches. and the remainder is omitted. • In STANDARD MODE.23mm CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 (1) MSW 5-2 OFF: Approx.23mm (2) MSW 5-2 ON: Approx.75 mm [See Also] ESC 2、GS P . (2) If the start point specified by ESC T is top right or bottom left. the command uses the horizontal (perpendicular to the paper feed direction) basic calculation pitch (x).

92 - . the excess data are discarded. 32.75mm 48mm 45mm (1) 416 360 330 320 286 273 256 218 216 210 204 195 192 180 (1)~(4) unit: dpi (2) 832 720 660 640 576 546 512 436 432 420 408 390 384 360 (3) 416 360 330 320 286 273 256 218 216 210 204 195 192 180 (4) 832 720 660 640 576 546 512 436 432 420 408 390 384 360 [Caution] • When the value of “m” is out of the above range. “n2”.6 Bit Image Commands ESC * m n1 n2 [d] k Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying the bit image mode <1B>H<2A>H<m>H<n1><n2>[<d>]k m=0. 1). • ”d” is bit image data. 33 0≦n1≦255.2.25mm 64mm 54.2. • The number of dots printed is divided by 256.5mm 54mm 52. . the data following after “n1” is processed as normal printing data. The total number of dots printed in the horizontal direction is equal to n1+(256×n2). k=(n1+256×n2)×3 (m=32. • After completion of bit image printing. • When bit image data have been input in excess of dot positions that can be printed on one line. 0≦n2≦2 0≦d≦255 k=n1+256×n2 (m=0. 1.5mm 80mm 72mm 68.5mm 51mm 48. • The bit image modes specified by “m” are shown as follows: Vertical Direction Horizontal Direction m Mode Maximum Dot Count Dot Density Dot Density Dot Count 8 67dpi 101dpi (1) 8 dot single density 0 8 67dpi 203dpi (2) 8 dot double density 1 24 203dpi 101dpi (3) 32 24 dot single density 24 203dpi 203dpi (4) 33 24 dot double density [Outline] [The specification which depend on the model] support model CT-S4000 CT-S4000 CT-S4000 CT-S2000/CT-S4000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000 CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII/CT-P292/293 CT-S801/CT-S601 CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S2000/CT-S801/CT-S601 CT-S2000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII/CT-P292/293 CT-S2000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-P292/293 CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/ CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 paper width 112mm 112mm 83mm 83mm 80mm 80mm 80mm 60mm 58mm 58mm 58mm 58mm 58mm 58mm print width 104mm 90mm 82. 33) [The specification which is common to the model] • According to the number of dots specified in “n1”. the printer returns to normal data processing mode. whose quotient is taken as n2 and residual as “n1”. specify the bit image of mode “m”. Bits to be printed are specified as “1” and those not as “0”.

GS * n1 n2 [d] n1xn2x8 Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Defining the download bit image <1D>H<2A>H<n1><n2>[<d>]n1×n2×8 1≦n1≦255 1≦n2≦48 n1×n2≦1536 [The specification which is common to the model] • Defines download bit images of the number of dots specified by “n1” and “n2”. ESC &. ESC @. or FS q. the defined content of a downloaded character is not cleared. • The numbers of dots are n1×8 in horizontal direction and n2×8 in vertical direction. [See Also] GS / n1×8 dots d1 dn2+1 dn2×2+1 MSB d2 dn2+2 dn2×2+2 n2×8 dots LSB dn2 dn2×2 dn2×n2×8 .93 - . GS (A. or power is turned OFF. the defined content of a downloaded character is cleared. CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 • With this command executed. the download bit image remains effective until it is redefined. [The specification which depend on the model] [Outline] [Caution] CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII CT-P292/293 • With this command executed. [The specification which is common to the model] • Relations between the bit image data and the dots defined are shown below. • Once defined. is executed. • ”d” indicates bit image data.

m 0.GS / m Support model CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII [Function] [Code] [Range] [Caution] Printing the downloaded bit image <1D>H<2F>H<m> 0≦m≦3. this command is ignored. 51 Mode Name NORMAL MODE DOUBLE WIDTH MODE DOUBLE HEIGHT MODE QUADRUPLE SIZE MODE Dot Density in Vertical Direction 203DPI 203DPI 101DPI 101DPI Dot Density in Horizontal Direction 203DPI 101DPI 203DPI 101DPI [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • When a downloaded bit image has not been defined. this command is ignored. • When data exist in the print buffer. 48≦m≦51 [The specification which is common to the model] • Prints downloaded bit image in a mode specified by “m”. 49 2. 50 3. 48 1. • Modes that can be selected by “m” are shown below.94 - . ESC &、GS * [See Also] . • A portion of a downloaded bit image exceeding one line length is not printed.

• “d” denotes defined data. dk Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Printing of raster bit image <1D>H<76>H<30>H<m><xL><xH><yL><yH>〔<d>〕k 0≦m≦3. k=(xL+xH×256)×(yL+yH×256). 51 Mode Name NORMAL MODE DOUBLE WIDTH MODE DOUBLE HEIGHT MODE QUADRUPLE SIZE MODE Dot Density in Vertical Direction 203dpi 203dpi 101dpi 101dpi Dot Density in Horizontal Direction 203dpi 101dpi 203dpi 101dpi [Outline] • xL. 0≦yH≦8. • If the print area specified by GS L and GS W is narrower than a minimum width. 50). inverting. • The print start position can arbitrarily be specified with HT (horizontal tab). Dots to be printed are specified as “1”. ESC \ (specifying relative positions). 0≦xH≦255、 0≦yL≦255. ESC $ (specifying absolute position). xH specify the number of data in horizontal direction of the bit image to (xL+xH×256) bytes. however. 49 2. the print area for that line only is extended to the minimum width.95 - . • Any part of data that is out of the print area is only read and discarded in units of dot. emphasis. and GS L (setting left margins). 51). 48≦m≦51. yH specify the number of data in vertical direction of the bit image to (yL+yH×256) bytes. etc. • If this command is executed during macro definition. Note that if the print start position is not a multiple of 8. 0≦d≦255. m 0. the printing speed may decrease. and 2 dots in DOUBLE WIDTH MODE (m=1. double strike. k≠0 [The specification which is common to the model] • Prints raster bit images in mode “m”. back-to-white reversing.. • yL.. 49) and QUADRUPLE SIZE MODE(m=3. .) does not affect the raster bit image. 0≦xL≦255. The macro is left undefined. underlining. 50 3. 48) and DOUBLE HEIGHT MODE (m=2. the macro definition is suspended. 48 1. and those not to be printed as “0”. CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 • Valid only when no print data is present in the print buffer (at the top of a line).GS v 0 m xL xH yL yH d1 . [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • Any of the print modes (character size. and the processing of the command starts. The minimum width is one dot in NORMAL MODE (m=0. [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII CT-P292/293 • Valid only when no print data is present in the print buffer at the selection of STANDARD MODE. • The setting of ESC a (aligning characters) are also valid for the raster bit image.

96 - .[Example] When xL + xH × 256 = 64 (xL+xH×256)×8 dots = 512 dots ド ト ド ト 1 65 2 67 3 68 62 126 K-2 63 127 K-1 64 128 K yL+yH×256 dots 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MSB LSB .

[Example 1] Suppose a command “ESC * m nL nH [d1 . Therefore. the user should be reminded of this fact. receive-buffer full state. • If ASB (Automatic Status Back) is enabled by GS a. • With serial interface specifications. [Example 2] If the printer sends DLE EOT 3 after the host has sent up to ESC 3 in its attempt to send ESC 3 n. dk]”. • With parallel interface specifications. or error state. this command is executed in offline state. the printer does not enter Busy state in the offline state and error state.97 - . When memory SW1-3 is ON.. it is necessary to discriminate between the status due to ASB and the status due to this command • This command can be executed even if printer setting by ESC = is invalid. the printer acts the same way as with this command..7 Status Commands DLE EOT n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Sending status in real-time <10>H<04>H<n> 1≦n≦4 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sends in real-time the status specified by “n”. • This command is executed even if the printer is in offline state.2. • If another data string of 10H 04H n (1 n 4) is received. d2 = 04H. d3 = 01H. • The DLE EOT n command cannot be interleaved into the code string of another command consisting of 2 bytes or more. and error state.2. where d1 = 10H. Thus.3 “Identification of Send Status” DLE ENQ、ESC c 4、GS a、GS r . • This command is dealt with when it is received. this command cannot be executed while the printer is in Busy state. • The status is transferred without checking whether the host is ready to receive or busy. n Status 1 2 3 4 [Caution] Printer status Status caused by an offline condition Status caused by an error Continuous paper detector status • Each status represents the current status. the printer handles the ESC 3 as ESC 3 10H. It is 1 byte data. receiving buffer full state. the user should be cautious. [See Also] Appendix 5.

At this time. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 60H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 96 0 64 0 (2) Status caused by an offline condition (When n = 2 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Cover closed Cover open Not in paper feed state triggered by FEED switch In paper feed state triggered by FEED switch Fixed Printing is not stopped because of “paper out” state Printing is stopped because of “paper out” state Error not occurred Error occurred Fixed Hex. (4) Continuous paper detector status (When n = 4 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fixed Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Status Hex. At this time. or if the printer is out of paper when the Paper Near-end Sensor is enabled by ESC c 4. * If the command is executed right after power on in error status. 00H 02H 00H 00H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 0 16 0 32 0 64 0 Bit 6: If a head overheat error is detected. the printing is stopped until the head temperature falls. bit 5= 1.CT-S280 (1) Printer status (When n = 1 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Fixed Online status Offline status Fixed Not waiting online recovery Waiting online recovery FEED switch is not pressed FEED switch is pressed Fixed Hex. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor Bit 5: Printing is stopped if the Paper-end detector detects a “paper out” state. 00H 02H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 (3) Status caused by an error (when n = 3 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Unrecoverable error not occurred Unrecoverable error occurred Auto recovery error not occurred Auto recovery error occurred Fixed Hex.98 - . bit 6 = 1. correct status may not be sent out. .

00H 02H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 (3) Status caused by an error (when n = 3 is specified) Bit 0 1 Fixed Fixed Status Hex. broken wire). At BM/Label model. bit 6 = 1.(only when B. it is generated by BM/Label-error.99 - . Bit 3: If this error occurred because of a paper jam. Bit 6: If a head overheat error is detected. 00H 02H Decimal 0 2 2 3 4 5 No Mechanism error occurred. .M paper is selected) Auto cutter error not occurred Auto cutter error occurred 00H 0 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 (2) Status caused by an offline condition (When n = 2 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Status Fixed Fixed Cover closed Cover open Not in paper feed state triggered by FEED switch In paper feed state triggered by FEED switch Fixed Printing is not stopped because of “paper out” state Printing is stopped because of “paper out” state Error not occurred Error occurred Fixed Hex.(only when B. No BM detection error occurred. At this time. it is not possible to recover from any error due to a circuit problem (e.g. However. At this time.CT-S281 (1) Printer status (When n = 1 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Fixed Online status Offline status Fixed Not waiting online recovery Waiting online recovery FEED switch is not pressed FEED switch is pressed Fixed Hex.M paper is selected) A Mechanism error occurred.. bit 5 = 1. Printing is stopped if the Paper-end detector detects a “paper out” state. A BM detection error occurred. the printing is stopped until the head temperature falls. Bit 5: 7 When Paper Near-end sensor (option) is installed. or if the printer is out of paper when the Paper Near-end Sensor is enabled by ESC c 4. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 6 7 Fixed Unrecoverable error not occurred Unrecoverable error occurred Auto recovery error not occurred Auto recovery error occurred Fixed Bit 2: It is generated by cover-open. remove the cause of the error. for example. and then DLE ENQ n (1 n 2) can be used to recover from the error.

3 = 0 Bit5/6: When cover is open. .CT-S281 (4) Continuous paper detector status (When n = 4 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fixed Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Status Hex. paper end may be detected as well. At this time. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 60H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 96 0 64 0 found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor Bit 2. bit 2.100 - . 3:if the Paper-end detector is uninstalled. or if MSW2-8 = 0.

and then DLE ENQ n (1 n 2) can be used to recover from the error. At this time. it is not possible to recover from any error due to a circuit problem (e..g. No BM detection error occurred. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 6 7 Bit 2: Bit 3: Bit 6: Fixed 00H 0 Fixed 02H 2 No Mechanism error occurred. bit 6 = 1. or if the printer is out of paper when the Paper Near-end Sensor is enabled by ESC c 4.101 - . bit 5 = 1. At BM/Label model. for example. If this error occurred because of a paper jam. broken wire). .CT-S300/CT-S310 (1) Printer status (When n = 1 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Status of pin 3 of drawer kick-out connector = L Status of pin 3 of drawer kick-out connector = H Online status Offline status Fixed Not waiting online recovery Waiting online recovery FEED switch is not pressed FEED switch is pressed Fixed Hex. it is generated by BM/Label-error. Bit 5: Printing is stopped if the Paper-end detector detects a “paper out” state.(only when 04H 4 BM paper is selected) Auto cutter error not occurred 00H 0 Auto cutter error occurred 08H 8 Fixed 10H 16 Unrecoverable error not occurred 00H 0 Unrecoverable error occurred 20H 32 Auto recovery error not occurred 00H 0 Auto recovery error occurred 40H 64 Fixed 00H 0 It is generated by cover-open. A BM detection error occurred. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 (3) Status caused by an error (when n = 3 is specified) Bit Status Hex.(only when 00H 0 BM paper is selected) A Mechanism error occurred. At this time. However. If a head overheat error is detected. Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 (2) Status caused by an offline condition (When n = 2 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Cover closed Cover open Not in paper feed state triggered by FEED switch In paper feed state triggered by FEED switch Fixed Printing is not stopped because of “paper out” state Printing is stopped because of “paper out” state Error not occurred Error occurred Fixed Hex. the printing is stopped until the head temperature falls. remove the cause of the error.

CT-S300/CT-S310 (4) Continuous paper detector status (When n = 4 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fixed Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Status Hex.102 - . 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 60H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 96 0 64 0 found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor .

for example. Bit 5: Printing is stopped if the Paper-end detector detects a “paper out” state. 00H 02H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 2 No Mechanism error occurred. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 6 7 Bit 2: It is generated by cover-open. bit 5 = 1.(only when BM/Label paper is selected) A Mechanism error occurred.g.CT-S2000 (1) Printer status (When n = 1 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Status of pin 3 of drawer kick-out connector = L Status of pin 3 of drawer kick-out connector = H Online status Offline status Fixed Not waiting online recovery Waiting online recovery FEED switch is not pressed FEED switch is pressed Fixed Hex. At this time. it is generated by BM/Label-error. remove the cause of the error. bit 6 = 1. it is not possible to recover from any error due to a circuit problem (e.(only when BM/Label paper is selected) Auto cutter error not occurred Auto cutter error occurred Fixed Unrecoverable error not occurred Unrecoverable error occurred Auto recovery error not occurred Auto recovery error occurred Fixed 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 3 4 5 (2) Status caused by an offline condition (When n = 2 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Cover closed Cover open Not in paper feed state triggered by FEED switch In paper feed state triggered by FEED switch Fixed Printing is not stopped because of “paper out” state Printing is stopped because of “paper out” state Error not occurred Error occurred Fixed Hex. or if the printer is out of paper when the Paper Near-end Sensor is enabled by ESC c 4. the printing is stopped until the head temperature falls. At BM/Label model. and then DLE ENQ n (1 n 2) can be used to recover from the error. At this time. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 (3) Status caused by an error (when n = 3 is specified) Bit 0 1 Fixed Fixed Status Hex. No BM/Label detection error occurred. However.103 - . . Bit 6: If a head overheat error is detected. A BM/Label detection error occurred. broken wire). Bit 3: If this error occurred because of a paper jam..

00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 60H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 96 0 64 0 found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor .104 - .CT-S2000 (4) Continuous paper detector status (When n = 4 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fixed Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Status Hex.

At BM/Label model.CT-S4000 (1) Printer status (When n = 1 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Status of pin 3 of drawer kick-out connector = L Status of pin 3 of drawer kick-out connector = H Online status Offline status Fixed Not waiting online recovery Waiting online recovery FEED switch is not pressed FEED switch is pressed Fixed Hex. Bit 6: If a head overheat error is detected. the printing is stopped until the head temperature falls. Bit 5: Printing is stopped if the Paper-end detector detects a “paper out” state. . bit 5 = 1..(only when BM/Label paper is selected) A Mechanism error occurred. broken wire). remove the cause of the error. However. At this time. for example. or if the printer is out of paper when the Paper Near-end Sensor is enabled by ESC c 4. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 6 7 Bit 2: It is generated by cover-open. and then DLE ENQ n (1 n 2) can be used to recover from the error. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 (3) Status caused by an error (when n = 3 is specified) Bit 0 1 Fixed Fixed Status Hex. At this time. Bit 3: If this error occurred because of a paper jam.(only when BM/Label paper is selected) Auto cutter error not occurred Auto cutter error occurred Fixed Unrecoverable error not occurred Unrecoverable error occurred Auto recovery error not occurred Auto recovery error occurred Fixed 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 3 4 5 (2) Status caused by an offline condition (When n = 2 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Cover closed Cover open Not in paper feed state triggered by FEED switch In paper feed state triggered by FEED switch Fixed Printing is not stopped because of “paper out” state Printing is stopped because of “paper out” state Error not occurred Error occurred Fixed Hex. it is generated by BM/Label-error. bit 6 = 1. 00H 02H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 2 No Mechanism error occurred. No BM/Label detection error occurred.105 - . A BM/Label detection error occurred.g. it is not possible to recover from any error due to a circuit problem (e.

00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 60H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 96 0 64 0 found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor .CT-S4000 (4) Continuous paper detector status (When n = 4 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fixed Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Status Hex.106 - .

00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 6 7 Bit 2: It is generated by cover-open. Bit 6: If a head overheat error is detected.CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 (1) Printer status (When n = 1 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Status of pin 3 of drawer kick-out connector = L Status of pin 3 of drawer kick-out connector = H Online status Offline status Fixed Not waiting online recovery Waiting online recovery FEED switch is not pressed FEED switch is pressed Fixed Hex.g. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 (3) Status caused by an error (when n = 3 is specified) Bit 0 1 Fixed Fixed Status Hex. 00H 02H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 2 No Mechanism error occurred. At this time. .(only when BM/Label paper is selected) Auto cutter error not occurred Auto cutter error occurred Fixed Unrecoverable error not occurred Unrecoverable error occurred Auto recovery error not occurred Auto recovery error occurred Fixed 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 3 4 5 (2) Status caused by an offline condition (When n = 2 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Cover closed Cover open Not in paper feed state triggered by FEED switch In paper feed state triggered by FEED switch Fixed Printing is not stopped because of “paper out” state Printing is stopped because of “paper out” state Error not occurred Error occurred Fixed Hex. it is generated by BM/Label-error. bit 5 = 1. and then DLE ENQ n (1 n 2) can be used to recover from the error. it is not possible to recover from any error due to a circuit problem (e. for example. or if the printer is out of paper when the Paper Near-end Sensor is enabled by ESC c 4. the printing is stopped until the head temperature falls. remove the cause of the error. No BM/Label detection error occurred. Bit 5: Printing is stopped if the Paper-end detector detects a “paper out” state. broken wire). At this time.. A BM/Label detection error occurred.(only when BM/Label paper is selected) A Mechanism error occurred. However. At BM/Label model.107 - . Bit 3: If this error occurred because of a paper jam. bit 6 = 1.

00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 60H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 96 0 64 0 found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor .CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 (4) Continuous paper detector status (When n = 4 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fixed Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Status Hex.108 - .

g. or if the printer is out of paper when the Paper Near-end Sensor is enabled by ESC c 4. . 00H 02H 00H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 (2) Status caused by an offline condition (When n = 2 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Head-down Head-up Not in paper feed state triggered by LF-SW signal In paper feed state triggered by LF-SW signal Fixed Printing is not stopped because of “paper out” state Printing is stopped because of “paper out” state Error not occurred Error occurred Fixed Hex. for example. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 Bit 3: If this error occurred because of a paper jam.BD2-2220 (1) Printer status (When n = 1 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Fixed Online status Offline status Fixed Not waiting online recovery Waiting online recovery LF-SW signal is High-Level LF-SW signal is Low-Level Fixed Hex. the printing is stopped until the head temperature falls. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 60H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 96 0 64 0 found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor Bit 5: Printing is stopped if the Paper-end detector detects a “paper out” state. broken wire). it is not possible to recover from any error due to a circuit problem (e. bit 6 = 1. At this time. At this time.. Bit 6: If a head overheat error is detected. (4) Continuous paper detector status (When n = 4 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fixed Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Status Hex. remove the cause of the error. 00H 02H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 (3) Status caused by an error (when n = 3 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Fixed Auto cutter error not occurred Auto cutter error occurred Fixed Unrecoverable error not occurred Unrecoverable error occurred Auto recovery error not occurred Auto recovery error occurred Fixed Hex. bit 5 = 1.109 - . However. and then DLE ENQ n (1 n 2) can be used to recover from the error.

g. At this time. for example. Bit 5: Printing is stopped if the Paper-end detector detects a “paper out” state. At BM/Label model. or if the printer is out of paper when the Paper Near-end Sensor is enabled by ESC c 4. bit 6 = 1.PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII (1) Printer status (When n = 1 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Fixed Online status Offline status Fixed Not waiting online recovery Waiting online recovery LF-SW signal is High-Level LF-SW signal is Low-Level Fixed Hex. bit 5 = 1. 00H 02H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 (3) Status caused by an error (when n = 3 is specified) Bit 0 1 Fixed Fixed Status Hex. it is generated by BM/Label-error. remove the cause of the error. it is not possible to recover from any error due to a circuit problem (e. and then DLE ENQ n (1 n 2) can be used to recover from the error. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 5 6 7 Bit 2: It is generated by cover-open. the printing is stopped until the head temperature falls. A BM/Label detection error occurred.. At this time. broken wire). However. Bit 6: If a head overheat error is detected.(only when BM/Label paper is selected) Auto cutter error not occurred Auto cutter error occurred Fixed Unrecoverable error not occurred Unrecoverable error occurred Auto recovery error not occurred Auto recovery error occurred Fixed 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 3 4 (2) Status caused by an offline condition (When n = 2 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Head-down Head-up Not in paper feed state triggered by LF-SW signal In paper feed state triggered by LF-SW signal Fixed Printing is not stopped because of “paper out” state Printing is stopped because of “paper out” state Error not occurred Error occurred Fixed Hex. . 00H 02H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 2 No Mechanism error occurred.110 - .(only when BM/Label paper is selected) A Mechanism error occurred. Bit 3: If this error occurred because of a paper jam. No BM/Label detection error occurred.

00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 60H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 96 0 64 0 found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper Near-end Sensor not found by Paper Near-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor .111 - .PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII (4) Continuous paper detector status (When n = 4 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fixed Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Status Hex.

for example. remove the cause of the error. bit 6 = 1. 3 4 5 Auto cutter error not occurred Auto cutter error occurred Fixed Unrecoverable error not occurred Unrecoverable error occurred Auto recovery error not occurred Auto recovery error occurred Fixed 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 (2) Status caused by an offline condition (When n = 2 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Head-down Head-up Not in paper feed state triggered by FEED switch In paper feed state triggered by FEED switch Fixed Printing is not stopped because of “paper out” state Printing is stopped because of “paper out” state Error not occurred Error occurred Fixed Hex. At this time. Bit 3: If this error occurred because of a paper jam. and then DLE ENQ n (1 n 2) can be used to recover from the error.g.. .CT-P292/293 (1) Printer status (When n = 1 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Fixed Fixed Fixed Online status Offline status Fixed Not waiting online recovery Waiting online recovery FEED switch is not pressed FEED switch is pressed Fixed Hex. the printing is stopped until the head temperature falls. Bit 5: Printing is stopped if the Paper-end detector detects a “paper out” state. However. At this time. 00H 02H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 No Mechanism error occurred.112 - . it is not possible to recover from any error due to a circuit problem (e. 2 A Mechanism error occurred. or if the printer is out of paper when the Paper Near-end Sensor is enabled by ESC c 4. 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 6 7 Bit 2: It is generated by cover-open. 00H 02H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 (3) Status caused by an error (when n = 3 is specified) Bit 0 1 Fixed Fixed Status Hex. Bit 6: If a head overheat error is detected. bit 5 = 1. broken wire).

113 - .CT-P292/293 (4) Continuous paper detector status (When n = 4 is specified) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Paper Paper Paper Paper Fixed Status Hex. 00H 02H 04H 08H 10H 00H 60H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 2 4 8 16 0 96 0 64 0 found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor found by Paper-end Sensor not found by Paper-end Sensor .

• This command is valid only when MSW3-7 is set to ON. if host is not ready to receive (DSR signal: mark status).114 - . it waits for ready condition to receive.ESC u n Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Sending the peripheral device status <1B>H<75>H<n> [The specification which is common to the model] • Send the current drawer kick connector pin#3 status. • DTR/DSR control sends 1 byte only after checking that host is ready to receive (DSR signal: space status). . [Sample Program] OPEN "COM1:N81NN" AS #1 → PRINT #1. thus this command may be in the receive-not-ready status.CHR$(&H1B). • For DTR/DSR. • n has the type shown in the table below: n Connector Pin Drawer kick connector pin#3 0 [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • Status to be sent uses 1 byte that has the value listed in the table below.CHR$(0) A$ = INPUT$(1. • Paper-end status causes BUSY status. 1 byte is sent without checking DSR signal status. For XON/XOFF control. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Function Pin #3 level Undefined Undefined Undefined Unused Undefined Undefined Undefined Value 0 ‘L’ ― ― ― 0: Fixed ― ― ― 1 ‘H’ ― ― ― ― ― ― ― [The specification which depend on the model] CT-P292/293 • Bit 0 is fixed at 0 due to no paper near end function. #1) CLOSE #1 OPEN statement depends on types of BASIC."u".

status "No Paper (04H)" is never transmitted. #1) CLOSE #1 → OPEN statement varies with the type of BASIC. thus this command may be in the receive-not-ready status."v". as this printer goes offline.115 - . this command is not executed. if the host is not ready for reception (DSR signal in Mark state. CHR$(&H1B). • In case of DTR/DSR control. [The specification which depend on the model] CT-P292/293 ・Bit 0 is set to 00H because Paper-Nearend detecto is not supported. • In case of DTR/DSR. . only 1byte is transmitted without checking the status of DSR signal. In case of XON/XOFF control. only 1byte is transmitted after making sure the host is ready for reception (DSR signal is in the Space state). • Paper-end status causes BUSY status. • This command is valid only when MSW3-7 is set to ON. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Position Paper Near-end Undefined Paper-end Undefined Unused Undefined Undefined Undefined Value 0 With paper ― With paper ― Fixed ― ― ― 1 No paper ― No paper ― ― ― ― ― [Caution] Bit 2: In case of Paper End. Therefore. [Sample Program] OPEN "COM1:N81NN" AS #1 PRINT #1. [The specification which is common to the model] • Status is transmitted in 1byte with the content shown in the following table. A$ = INPUT$(1. wait till reception is available.ESC v Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Transmission of printer status <1B>H<76>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Transmits current printer status.

) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 [Caution] Status Item Addressed by ASB Status of pin 3 of drawer kick-out connector = Disabled Status of pin 3 of drawer kick-out connector = Enabled Online/offline status = Disabled Online/offline status = Enabled Error status = Disabled Error status = Enabled Continuous Paper Sensor = Disabled Continuous Paper Sensor = Enabled Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Hex. • Even if the printer is excluded from the selection of peripheral equipment ESC =. status items disabled for ASB may also have changed. The 4 bytes of status is a continuous string except for XOFF code. GS I. After that time on. without checking whether the host is ready to receive or busy. the status is sent to the host when this command is executed. or GS r is used. • The ASB function is disabled if all status items are disabled. the host receives the status the first time the printer gets ready for communication after it is turned on. • When DLE EOT. .116 - . 00H 01H 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H ― ― ― ― Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 ― ― ― ― [The specification which is common to the model] • If any status item is enabled. the 4 bytes of status is sent to the host whenever status changes. • If the ASB function is enabled by default.GS a n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Enabling/disabling ASB (Automatic Status Back) <1D>H<61>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command selects the status item to be addressed by ASB (Automatic Status Back. the host must discriminate between the status specified by these commands and the status due to ASB. the status is sent each time an enabled status item changes. • The printer sends 4 bytes of status shown in the tables below. • Because this command is executed when data is mapped in the receive buffer. Because each status item represents the current condition. there may be a delay between command receiving and status sending depending on the condition of the receive buffer.

00H 00H 00H 04H 00H 08H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 0 0 4 0 8 16 0 32 0 64 0 Unused Unused Status of pin 3 of drawer kick-out connector = “L” Status of pin 3 of drawer kick-out connector = “H” Online status Offline status Unused Cover closed Cover open Not in paper feed state triggered by FEED switch In paper feed state triggered by FEED switch Unused . 3 of the 3rd byte (Paper Sensor information): When covr is open.117 - . paper end may be detected as well. 1 of the 3rd byte (Paper Sensor information) is set to 00H. if the Paper-end detector is uninstalled. CT-S281 • Bit 0. CT-P292/293 ・Bit 0.[The specification which depend on the model] CT-S280/CT-S281/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII/CT-P292/293 • Bit 2 of the 1st byte (printer information) of the status sent in 4 bytes is set to 00H because drawer is not supported. ・Bit 2. 1 of the 3rd byte (Paper Sensor information): Bit is fixed at 0 due to no paper near end function. or if MSW2-8= 0. (1) 1st byte (Printer information) Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status Hex.

Decimal 0. 3 4 5 6 7 Paper found by Paper Near-end Sensor Paper not found by Paper Near-end Sensor Paper found by Paper-end Sensor Paper not found by Paper-end Sensor Unused Undefined Undefined Unused 00H 03H 00H 0CH 00H ― ― 00H 0 3 0 12 0 ― ― 0 .g.(2) 2nd byte (Error occurrence information) Bit Status 0 1 Hex. remove the cause of the error.(only when BM paper is selected) Auto cutter error not occurred 00H 0 3 Auto cutter error occurred 08H 8 4 Unused 00H 0 Unrecoverable error not occurred 00H 0 5 Unrecoverable error occurred 20H 32 Auto recovery error not occurred 00H 0 6 Auto recovery error occurred 40H 64 7 Unused 00H 0 *Bit 2: It is generated by cover-open. At this time. 1 2. bit 6 = 1. and then DLE ENQ n (1 n 2) can be used to recover from the error. *Bit 3: If this error occurred because of a paper jam. However. Decimal Undefined ― ― Undefined ― ― No Mechanism error occurred. (3) 3rd byte (Paper Sensor information) Bit Status Hex. 04H 4 A BM detection error occurred. it is generated by BM/Label-error. for example. broken wire).(only when BM paper is selected) 2 A Mechanism error occurred. 00H 0 No BM detection error occurred.118 - . it is not possible to recover from any error due to a circuit problem (e. the printing is stopped until the head temperature falls.. At BM/Label model. *Bit 6: If a head overheat error is detected.

― ― ― ― 00H ― ― 00H Decimal ― ― ― ― 0 ― ― 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Unused Undefined Undefined Unused In case of MSW3-7 OFF (CBM1000 non-compatible mode) Bit Status Hex.(4) 4th byte (Paper Sensor information) In case of MSW3-7 ON Bit Status Hex. Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Fixed Reserved Reserved Fixed 01H 02H 04H 08H 00H 00H 00H 00H 1 2 4 8 0 00 00 0 [Default] When MSW 1-3 OFF : n=0 When MSW 1-3 ON : n=2 [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 MSW1-3 OFF/ MSW6-1 OFF: n=0 MSW1-3 ON / MSW6-1 OFF: n=2 MSW1-3 OFF/ MSW6-1 ON : n=15 MSW1-3 ON / MSW6-1 ON : n=15 [See Also] DLE EOT、GS r .119 - .

[The specification which depend on the model] CT-S280/CT-S281/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII/CT-P292/293 • At the setting of MSW3-7 OFF. • Whenever the Paper-end Sensor detects a “paper out” state. 49 CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000 CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 1≦n≦2. . [The specification which depend on the model] CT-P292/293 • Status bit 0 is fixed at 0 due to no paper near end function. [The specification which is common to the model] • When the serial interface is used: For DTR/DSR control: The printer sends the status after verifying that the host is ready to receive. • If ASB (Automatic Status Back) is enabled by GS a. 49≦n≦50 [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • Sends the specified status to the host. there may be a delay between receiving the command and sending the status depending on the condition of the receive buffer. 49 2. • Because this command is executed when data is mapped in the receive buffer. the printer waits for the host to become ready to receive. Therefore. Sends the Drawer Kick-out Connector status. the printer goes offline. the printer never sends a status “No paper in Paper-end detector (0CH)”. paper sensor status is fixed to 00h.120 - . For XON/XOFF control: The printer sends the status without checking whether the host is ready to receive or busy. n 1. the host must discriminate between the status due to this command and the status due to ASB. 50 [Caution] Function Sends the Paper Sensor status.GS r n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Sending status <1D>H<72>H<n> [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S280/CT-S281/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII/CT-P292/293 n=1. and the command is not executed. If the host is not ready to receive.

00H 01H ― ― ― 00H ― ― 00H Decimal 0 1 ― ― ― 0 ― ― 0 [See Also] Appendix 5. 49) Bit 0. 3 4 5 6 7 Status Paper found by Paper Near-end Sensor Paper not found by Paper Near-end Sensor Paper found by Paper-end Sensor Paper not found by Paper-end Sensor Unused Undefined Undefined Unused Hex. 00H 03H 00H (0CH) 00H ― ― 00H Decimal 0 3 0 (12) 0 ― ― 0 • Drawer kick-out connector status (n=2.• Paper Sensor status (n=1.121 - . 50) Bit Status 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status of pin 3 of drawer kick connector = “L” Status of pin 3 of drawer kick connector = “H” Undefined Undefined Undefined Unused Undefined Undefined Unused Hex.3 “Identification of Send Status” DLE EOT、GS a . 1 2.

Each bit for “n” has the following meaning: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 [Caution] Position Paper Near-end Paper Near-end Paper-end Paper-end Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Value 0 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled — — — — 1 Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled — — — — [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is valid only for the parallel interface. [The specification which depend on the model] [Default] CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/ CT-S2000/CT-S4000/ BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXⅡ n=15 CT-P292/293 n=15 (no signal at paper near end due to no paper near end sensor.122 - .2.) CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 • MSW3-2 OFF: n=15 • MSW3-2 ON : n=12 .8 Paper Detecting Commands ESC c 3 n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Selecting the Paper Sensor valid for a Paper-end signal output <1B>H<63>H<33>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command selects by which Paper Sensor a Paper-end signal should be output.2.

• Each bit for “n” has the following meaning: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Position Paper Near-end Paper Near-end Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Value 0 Disabled Disabled ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 Enabled Enabled ― ― ― ― ― ― [The specification which depend on the model] CT-P292/293 • This command is invalid due to no paper near end sensor. [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • This printer can only select one kind of Paper Sensor. a Paper Near-end Sensor.123 - .ESC c 4 n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Selecting the Paper Near-end Sensor valid for print stop <1B>H<63>H<34>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command selects the Paper Near-end Sensor which helps to stop printing when the paper supply almost runs out. n=0 [Default] .

124 - . • Control by the lowest bit (n0) is shown as follows: n0 0 1 [Caution] Condition FEED switch (LF-SW signal) valid FEED switch (LF-SW signal) invalid [The specification which is common to the model] • When the FEED switch is disabled with this command."c5". • “n” is valid only for the lowest bit (n0).2.CHR$(1).9 Panel Switch Commands ESC c 5 n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Enabling/disabling the panel switches <1B>H<63>H<35>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Enabling/disabling the FEED switch.2. n=0 [Default] CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 • MSW3-2 OFF: n=0 • MSW3-2 ON : n=1 [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). ・・・・・ When disabling the FEED switch . ・・・・・ When enabling the FEED switch LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). • While switch operation is waited at the execution of macro.CHR$(0). the FEED switch is always enabled regardless of the setting of this command but no paper feed operation is carried out."c5". the paper cannot be fed by operating the FEED switch.

CHR$(10). LPRINT "+------+". the macro definition is stopped and the content of definition is cleared. LPRINT CHR$(2). • Normal printing operation is carried out even during macro definition. CHR$(&HA). Therefore. • When GS ^ is processed in macro definition.2. [The specification which is common to the model] • Maximum content available for macro definition is 2048 bytes. CHR$(0). [Caution] [Default] [See Also] GS ^ [Print Results] +------+ | | +------+ +------+ | | +------+ +------+ | | +------+ [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). A portion exceeding 2048 bytes is not defined. LPRINT "| |".":". Normal printing during macro definition Printing during macro execution . • Even with ESC @ (Initialization of the printer) having been executed.":"."^". LPRINT "+------+".10 Macro Commands GS : Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Starting/ending macro definition <1D>H<3A>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Specifying starting/ending macro definition. it is possible to include ESC @ into the content of macro definition. LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). defined content is not cleared. • Reception of this command during macro definition signifies ending the macro definition.2. The initial value is not defined.125 - .CHR$(&HA). CHR$(&HA).

the defined content is cleared.GS ^ n1 n2 n3 Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Executing the macro <1D>H<5E>H<n1><n2><n3> 0≦n1≦255 0≦n2≦255 0≦n3≦1 [The specification which is common to the model] • Executing contents defined in macro. n3 = 1 Execution by FEED Switch: After waiting for the time specified by “n2”. n2 is invalid. • When MSW2-3 ON Spool print valid is specified. GS : [Outline] [Caution] [See Also] [Sample Program] Refer to Sample Program and Print Results for GS:. [The specification which is common to the model] • When this command is received while in macro definition. suspension of macro definition is indicated. This action is repeated “n1” times. paper feed with the FEED switch is not available. • n3 : Macro execution mode n3 = 0 Continuous execution: The Macro is executed “n1” times continuously at the time interval specified by “n2”. When it is pressed. • n1 : The number of times of macro execution • n2 : Waiting time on macro execution: Waiting time of n2 x 100 msec is given for every execution.126 - . At this time. the ARARM LED flickers and the FEED switch is waiting to be pressed. the macro is executed once. . • No execution takes place when the macro is held undefined. • While in macro execution with n3 = 1.

the character just after printing remains before the cutter.2.2. feed the paper more than the cutting position of paper from the print position. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). this command does not function at the setting of BM paper/label paper setting. CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII • With label.127 - ."J".11 Cutter Commands ESC i Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Full cutting of paper <1B>H<69>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Executes full cutting of paper.or BM-supported model. LPRINT CHR$(150). [Sample Program] LPRINT “AAAAA”. • Before cutting paper. [Print Results] Cut state AAAAA Cut position AAAAA Paper feed direction ."i". [Caution] [The specification which depend on the model] CT-P292 ・This command does not function. [The specification which is common to the model] • This command only works it is entered at the beginning of a line. MSW4-8=ON: This command works as partial cut command. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). Without this paper feeding.

this command does not function at the setting of BM paper/label paper setting. • Before cutting paper. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). LPRINT CHR$(150)."m". CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII • With label. [Sample Program] LPRINT “AAAAA”. LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). [Print Results] Cut state AAAAA Cut position AAAAA Paper feed direction . [The specification which is common to the model] • This command only works it is entered at the beginning of a line. Without this paper feeding. the character just after printing remains before the cutter."J".128 - . feed the paper more than the cutting position of paper from the print position. [The specification which depend on the model] [Caution] CT-P292 ・This command does not function.or BM-supported model.ESC m Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Partial cutting of paper <1B>H<6D>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Executes partial cutting of paper.

and then cut. MSW4-8=ON: This command works as partial cut command only. and the remainder is omitted. this command only works when it is entered at the beginning of a line. CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII • With label. this command does not function at the setting of BM paper/label paper setting. and then cut. For (1): • Executes cutting of paper. 48≦m≦49 (2)m=65、66 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Performs the specified paper cutting.or BM-supported model. 48 1. The paper feed amount is calculated with the vertical basic calculation pitch (y). If n ≠0. . the paper is fed to the cut position. • The basic calculation pitch is set by GS P. For (2): • If n = 0. A fraction resulting from the calculation is corrected with the minimum pitch of the mechanism.129 - .GS V m ・・・ (1) GS V m n ・・・ (2) Support model [Function] [Code] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Cutting the paper (1)<1D>H<56>H<m> (2)<1D>H<56>H<m><n> (1)0≦m≦1. • Control to make the length of cut paper less than 10 mm is not executed. m 0. the paper is fed by “n x basic calculation pitch” inches past the cut position. 49 65 66 Function Full cut Partial cut (Leaving a bridge area uncut) Paper feed by “cut position + {n×basic calculation pitch}” and full cut Paper feed by “cut position + {n×basic calculation pitch}” and partial cut [Range] [Outline] [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • In STANDARD MODE. [The specification which depend on the model] CT-P292 ・This command does not function.

51 Printing Position No printing Above the bar code Below the bar code Both above and below the bar code The HRI characters refer to the bar code-turned characters so that you can read them. GOSUB BC END BC: LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). 48≦n≦51 [The specification which is common to the model] • Selecting printing position of HRI characters in printing bar codes. LPRINT CHR$(&HA).2. LPRINT CHR$(&H1D).”H”.12 Bar Code Commands GS H n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Selecting of printing position of HRI characters <1D>H<48>H<n> 0≦n≦3. [Default] [See Also] n=0 GS f、GS k [Print Results] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B).2.”H”. 50 3.”H”.”k”. n 0. CHR$(50). • “n” means the followings. CHR$(1).”h”.”3”. GOSUB BC LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). 48 1. CHR$(5). CHR$(0). CHR$(2).130 - . LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). GOSUB BC LPRINT CHR$(&H1D).”H”. LPRINT “12”. RETURN No HRI characters * 12 * Printed above Printed below *1 2 * *1 2 * Printed above and below *1 2 * . GOSUB BC LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). CHR$(3). 49 2. CHR$(0). LPRINT CHR$(4).

+CHR$(0). LPRINT CHR$(4). LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). CHR$(1). CHR$(50)."k". 49 2. RETURN * 1 2 * FONT A * 1 2 * FONT B . n=0 GS H [Print Results] [Default] [See Also] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1D).131 - . 50 Font Font A (12×24) Font B (9 ×17) Font C (8 ×16) CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII n 0."h".GS f n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Selecting the font of HRI characters <1D>H<66>H<n> 0≦n≦2. 49 2. 48 1. 48≦n≦50 [The specification which is common to the model] • Selecting the font of HRI characters in printing bar code. • The type of font can be selected with “n” as follows:・ [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651/ CT-P292/293 n 0. 48 1. LPRINT CHR$(&HA). LPRINT CHR$(&H1D)."f"."H". GOSUB BC LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). GOSUB BC END BC: LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). 50 [Caution] Font Font A (12×24) Font B (9 ×24) Font C (8 ×16) [The specification which is common to the model] • The HRI characters are printed at the position specified with GS H. CHR$(2)."f". LPRINT “12”. CHR$(0).

. • “n” denotes the number of dots in the vertical direction.132 - . [Sample Program] Refer to Sample Program and Print Results for GS w.GS h n Support model CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] Specifying the height of the bar code <1D>H<68>H<n> 1≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Selecting bar code height.

133 - .dn] Support model CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII [Function] [Code] Printing the bar code (1)<1D>H<6B>H<m>[d1…dk] NULL (2)<1D>H<6B>H<m><n> [d1…dn] (1)0≦m≦6 The definitions of “k” and “d” vary with the bar code system.(1)GS k m [d1.dk] NUL (2)GS k m n [d1. For (1): m 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 For (2): m 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 [Range] [Outline] Bar Code System UPC-A UPC-E JAN13(EAN) JAN8(EAN) CODE39 ITF CODABAR Range of “k” 11≦k≦12 11≦k≦12 12≦k≦13 7≦k≦8 1≦k 1≦k (An even number) 1≦k Range of “d” 48≦d≦57 48≦d≦57 48≦d≦57 48≦d≦57 48≦d≦57、65≦d≦90 32、36、37、43、45、46、47 48≦d≦57 48≦d≦57、65≦d≦68 36、43、45、46、47、58 Bar Code System UPC-A UPC-E JAN13(EAN) JAN8(EAN) CODE39 ITF CODABAR CODE93 CODE128 Range of “n” 11≦n≦12 11≦n≦12 12≦n≦13 7≦n≦8 1≦n≦255 1≦n≦255 (An even number) 1≦n≦255 1≦n≦255 2≦n≦255 Range of “d” 48≦d≦57 48≦d≦57 48≦d≦57 48≦d≦57 48≦d≦57、65≦d≦90 32、36、42、43、45、46、47 48≦d≦57 48≦d≦57、65≦d≦68 36、43、45、46、47、58 0≦d≦127 0≦d≦127 . [The specification which is common to the model] • Selects a bar code system and prints the bar code.... (2)65≦m≦73 The definitions of “n” and “d” vary with the bar code system..

double strike. and the subsequent data is handled as normal data. the bar code is not printed. • After the bar code is printed. • The amount of paper feed corresponds to the height of the bar code (including the HRI characters if HRI character printing is specified). the processing of the command is aborted. • If the bar code is wider than the print area. In this case.[Caution] For (1): • This command ends with a NULL code. and the subsequent data is handled as normal data. the bar code is printed when 12 bytes of bar code data have been entered. and the subsequent “n” bytes of data are handled as bar code data.134 - . • If the bar code is wider than the print area for one line. and the subsequent data is handled as normal data. • For JAN8. the dot next to the last data item of the bar code is taken as the start position for the next data mapping. • For JAN13. the bar code is not printed. For STANDARD MODE: • If “d” is out of the range. • If “n” is out of the range. • The data of ITF bar code must have an even number of columns. and the subsequent data is handled as normal data. • This command is not affected by any print modes (emphasis. and character size). irrespective of the line feed width set by a command such as ESC 2 or ESC 3. • For UPC-A or UPC-E. For PAGE MODE: • This command only maps the bar code. the data subsequent to “m” is handled as normal data. . Should the data have an odd number of columns. For (2): • Numeral “n” indicates the number of data items. the beginning of the line is taken as the start position for the next print. If any data exists in the print buffer. After the bar code is mapped. except for the inverted character mode. only a paper feed is executed. but only a paper feed is executed. the data mapping start position does not move. • If “d” is out of the range. the bar code is printed when 8 bytes of bar code data have been entered. underline. the bar code is printed when 13 bytes of bar code data have been entered. and the subsequent data is handled as normal data. but the data mapping start position is moved to the left end of the non-print area. the last column is ignored. the processing of the command is aborted. • This command only works if no data exists in the print buffer. and the subsequent data is handled as normal data. without performing a printout.

has a fixed length of 13 columns. has a variable length of even-number columns.) Original code shall be (0-ABCDE-VWXYZ)…11 digits (with no check digit specified). JAN-13(EAN) This bar code. The start/stop code “*” is automatically added by the printer. Available characters include “0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D $ + – . a 7.9 are applied to Z.[Description of Bar Codes] UPC-A This bar code.135 - . Printable patterns are as follows: 1. If the 13th-column numeral is sent from the host. The available characters include space and “$ % + – . *The last character 3 indicates that A and C are not “0” and ABC is a number of 3 digits.column number entered from the host or application software plus a check digit (8th column) automatically calculated inside the printer. When DE and VWX are “0”: “0-ABC00-000YZ”“ABCYZ3”. 4.column number entered from the host or application software plus a check digit (12th column) automatically calculated inside the printer. 3. consisting of alphanumeric. When E and VWXY are all “0”: “0-ABCD0-0000Z”“ABCDZ4”. When DE and VW are “0” and C is “0”. A start/stop code is required. a 11.column number entered from the host or application software plus a check digit (13th column) automatically calculated inside the printer. has a fixed length of 12 columns. or “2”: (1)When C=“0”: “0-AB000-00XYZ”“ABXYZ0”. If the 12th-column numeral is sent from the host. *The printer does not print bar code except the following conditions. consisting of numerals only. and D is used.Y are all “0”: “0-ABCDE-0000Z”“ABCDEZ”. B. 5. has a fixed length of 8 columns. consisting of numerals only. consisting of numerals only. consisting of upper-case alphabetic characters and numerals. If a code of odd-number columns is sent. The check digit of 12th column is automatically calculated in the printer. This bar code. . C. has a variable length of columns. UPC-E JAN-8(EAN) CODE39 ITF CODABAR(NW-7) This bar code. Ex. has a variable length of columns. This bar code. the entire bar code will be printed as it is. has a fixed length of 8 columns.or 12-digit data (with check digit) entered to 8 digits by using zero suppression of UPC-E standard and then prints the data. Indicates an example of data compression based on zero suppression. This bar code. 2. “1”. When V . a 12. *Provided only 5 . any one of A. / :”. (2)When C=“1”: “0-AB100-00XYZ”“ABXYZ1”. the entire bar code will be printed as it is. the entire bar code will be printed as it is. (3)When C=“2”: “0-AB200-00XYZ”“ABXYZ2”. This bar code. *The last character 4 indicates that maker codes A and D are not “0”. the bar code will not be printed. / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9” and upper-case alphabetic characters. consisting of numerals only. This printer compresses the 11. If the 8th-column numeral is sent from the host. consisting of only numerals.

DLE DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 NAK SYN ETB CAN EM SUB ESC FS GS RS US DEL 10H 11H 12H 13H 14H 15H 16H 17H 18H 19H 1AH 1BH 1CH 1DH 1EH 1FH 7FH HRI Character ■P ■Q ■R ■S ■T ■U ■V ■W ■X ■Y ■Z ■A ■B ■C ■D ■E ■T . NUL SOH STX ETX EOT ENQ ACK BEL BS HT LF VT FF CR SO SI 00H 01H 02H 03H 04H 05H 06H 07H 08H 09H 0AH 0BH 0CH 0DH 0EH 0FH HRI Character ■U ■A ■B ■C ■D ■E ■F ■G ■H ■I ■J ■K ■L ■M ■N ■O Control Character ASCII Hex. HRI characters for control characters (00H . consisting of alphanumeric and control characters.CODE93 This bar code. The HRI character string is preceded and followed by a “■” character. has a variable length of columns. Control Character ASCII Hex.136 - . and 7FH) are each printed as a combination of a “■” character and an alphabetic character.1FH.

which selects the first code set to use. CODE C): The code set following a code set select character is switched to code set A. special characters are available: • Shift character (SHIFT) When used in code set A.CODE128 This bar code consists of 103 bar code characters and three code sets. • Code set select characters (CODE A.7FH can be represented. enabling 128 ASCII code characters to be printed. Special characters Hex. An HRI character for either a function character or a control character is treated as a space character. (2) Every special character is specified by a combination of two characters: a brace “{” followed by one character. CODE B. or C. A brace “{” itself is sent twice consecutively. FNC2. only FNC1 is available. ASCII 7B53H 7B41H 7B42H 7B43H 7B31H 7B32H 7B33H 7B34H 7B7BH {S {A {B {C {1 {2 {3 {4 {{ Code Set A SHIFT -N/A CODE B CODE C FNC1 FNC2 FNC3 FNC4 ‘{‘ Code Set B SHIFT CODE A -N/A CODE C FNC1 FNC2 FNC3 FNC4 ‘{‘ Code Set C -N/A CODE A CODE B -N/A FNC1 -N/A -N/A -N/A ‘{‘ <Example> To print “No. CODE B. • If the printer received a character that is not available in the currently selected code set. it immediately aborts the command processing and handles the subsequent data as normal data. In addition to the above characters. it immediately aborts the command processing and handles the subsequent data as normal data. B.99 can each be represented by one character. . • Function characters (FNC1.” in code set B.137 - . FNC3. • An HRI character corresponding to either a Shift character or a code select character is not printed. When sending print data.5FH can be represented. one character next to a Shift character is treated as a character of code set B. send the following data string: GS k <73> <10> <7B>H <42>H “No. The Shift character cannot be used in code set C. note these points: (1) Each string of bar code data must begin with a code set select character (CODE A. When used in code set B. • Code set C Two-digit numbers 00 . or CODE C). • Code set B ASCII characters 20H . In code set C. followed by “123456” in code set C. one character next to a Shift character is treated as a character of code set A. FNC4): How the function characters are used depends on each application.” <7B>H <43>H <12> <34> <56> • If the printer finds a string of bar code data that does not begin with a code set select character. It has a variable length of columns. • Code set A ASCII characters 00H .

CHR$(50). LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). CHR$(0)."h". Magnification = 4 . GOSUB BC END BC: LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). LPRINT "12". Magnification = 3 Height = 80. Magnification = 2 Height = 50. CHR$(30).GS w n Support model CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/601 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] Specifying the horizontal size (magnification) of bar code <1D>H<77>H<n> 2≦n≦6 [The specification which is common to the model] • Selecting bar code width."w". RETURN [Print Results] Height = 30."h". GOSUB BC LPRINT CHR$(&H1D)."h". LPRINT CHR$(&H1D)."w".138 - . CHR$(3). CHR$(80). GOSUB BC LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). CHR$(4). CHR$(2). n=3 [Default] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1D)."k". LPRINT CHR$(4). LPRINT CHR$(&H1D)."w".

[Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • Frequent use of this command may result in damage of NV memory. data transmission (including real-time command) from host is prohibited.. Function1 Stores data in specified record. 54 Code GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 d1…dk GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 GS ( C pL pH m fn b GS ( C pL pH m fn b GS ( C pL pH m fn b GS ( C pL pH m fn b d1 d2 d3 Function Function No. . 192K]bytes by GS ( E. Function0 Erases specified record. • Following the processing of this command. 49 2.2. 50 3. Sends capacity of use Function3 (number of bytes)./day]. • pL. While the printer is Busy.dk] Support model [Function] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Editing user NV memory [The specification which is common to the model] • Erases/stores/sends data of user NV memory area and sends the use amount/remaining capacity. Function2 Sends data stored in specified record.. • c1. Default value is 192K byte. • Executes edit processing of user NV memory specified by function code (fn). PH specifies the number of bytes of “m” and the following to (pL + pH x 256). • Total capacity of user NV memory can be specified as any of [1K. Sends key code list of stored Function5 record. 128K. 51 4.139 - . Use the Write command to NV memory in consideration of [10 times max. c2 specifies key code (ID code of record). it stops receiving process. Sends remaining capacity Function4 (number of bytes). printer Busy may occur during writing data in NV memory.2. 64K. 53 6. Therefore.13 Commands for Non-volatile Memory GS ( C pL pH m fn b [c1 c2][d1. Erases all areas of user NV Function6 memory in a lump. 48 1. 52 5. fn 0.

• When the data is present in NV memory. [Outline] . it is replaced by new data.. 48 b=0 32≦c1≦126 32≦c2≦126 [The specification which is common to the model] • Erases the record specified by c1..dk] 6≦(pL+pH×256)≦65535(0≦pL≦255. [Outline] fn=1、49: Function 1 Storing Data to Specified Record GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 d1.140 - .dk [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<43>H<pL><pH><m><fn><b>[c1 c2][d1. c2.fn=0、48: Function 0 Erasing Specified Record GS ( C pL pH m fn b kc1 kc2 [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<43>H<pL><pH><m><fn><b>[c1 c2] (pL+pH×256)=5(pL=5. 0≦pH≦255) m=0 fn=1、49 b=0 32≦c1≦126 32≦c2≦126 32≦d≦254 k=(pL+pH×256)-5 [The specification which is common to the model] • Stores data to the record specified by c1. c2 stored in user NV memory... pH=0) m=0 fn=0.

Decimal Data Size Header 37H 55 1byte Identifier 70H 112 1byte Status 40H 64 1byte NUL 00H 0 1byte • When 40 or more key codes exist. 32≦c2≦126 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sends data stored in the record specified by c1. NAK 21 Cancels processing.141 - . CAN 24 In case of “Status (last block): hexadecimal number = 40H / decimal number = 64” Response Content of Processing ASCII Decimal Terminates processing. they are divided in units of 40 maximum and the rest to be sent.fn=2、50: Function 2 Sending Data Stored in Specified Record GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<43>H<pL><pH><m><fn><b> [c1 c2] (pL+pH×256)=5 (pL=5. 50 b=0 32≦c1≦126. CAN 24 . Status without a group of consecutive transmit data is 40H. In case of “Status (with continuous block): hexadecimal number = 41H / decimal number = 65”・ Response Content of Processing ASCII Decimal Sends next data group. Hex. Status with a group of consecutive transmit data groups is 41H. • After sending [Header . c2 in user NV memory. a response is received from host and next processing corresponding to the response is executed. ACK 6 Resends previous data group. pH=0) m=0 fn=2. 37H 70H 40H or41H 20H to FEH 00H Decimal 55 112 64 or 65 32 to 254 0 Data Size 1byte 1byte 0 to 80bytes 1byte 1byte [Outline] Header Identifier Status Data NUL • Transmission data in case specified record cannot be detected is as shown below. Hex. NAK 21 Cancels processing.NUL]. ACK 6 Resends previous data group.

pH=0) m=0 fn=4. [The specification which is common to the model]  This command uses 20 bytes for user NV management information beforehand and sends the remaining capacity user NV memory by 20 bytes less than actual size. 51 b=0 [The specification which is common to the model]  Sends the use amount of user NV memory (number of bytes of used area). Hex. [Outline] [Caution] Header Identifier Capacity of use NUL Hex. 52 b=0 [The specification which is common to the model]  Sends the remaining capacity of user NV memory (number of bytes of unused area). pH=0) m=0 fn=3.fn=3、51: Function 3 Sending Use Amount GS ( C pL pH m fn b [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<43>H<pL><pH><m><fn><b> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3. 37H 29H 30H to 39H 00H Decimal 55 41 48 to 57 0 Data Size 1byte 1byte 1 to 6bytes 1byte [Outline] [Caution] Header Identifier Capacity of use NUL . 37H 28H 30H to 39H 00H Decimal 55 40 48 to 57 0 Data Size 1byte 1byte 1 to 6 bytes 1byte fn=4、52: Function 4 Sending Remaining Capacity GS ( C pL pH m fn b [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<43>H<pL><pH><m><fn><b> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3.142 - . [The specification which is common to the model]  This command uses 20 bytes for user NV management information beforehand and sends the use amount of user NV memory by 20 bytes more than actual size.

Hex. 53 b=0 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sends key code list of record existing in user NV memory. Transmission data group when record is not detected is as shown below. Hex. . NAK 21 Resends previous data group.fn=5、53: Function 5 Sending Key Code List of Stored Record GS ( C pL pH m fn b [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<43>H<pL><pH><m><fn><b> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3. Decimal Data Size Header 37H 55 1byte Identifier 71H 113 1byte Status 40H 64 1byte NUL 00H 0 1byte • After sending [Header .NUL]. pH=0) m=0 fn=5. CAN 24 Cancels processing. In case of “Status (last block): hexadecimal number = 40H / decimal number = 64” Response Content of Processing ASCII Decimal ACK 6 Terminates processing. receives a response from the host and executes the next processing corresponding to the response.143 - . In case of “Status (with continuous block): hexadecimal number = 41H / decimal number = 65” Response Content of Processing ASCII Decimal ACK 6 Sends next data group. CAN 24 Cancels processing. 37H 71H 40H or 41H 20H to FEH 00H Decimal 55 113 64or65 32 to 254 0 Data size 1byte 1byte 1byte 2 to 80 bytes 1byte [Outline] Header Identifier Status Data NUL • Data is a data group with a list of key codes. NAK 21 Resends previous data group.

[Outline] . 54 b=0 d1=67(“C”) d2=76(“L”) d3=82(“R”) [The specification which is common to the model] Erases all areas of user NV memory in a lump.144 - . pH=0) m=0 fn=6.fn=6、54: Function 6 Erasing All User NV Memory Area in a Lump GS ( C pL pH m fn b [d1 d2 d3] [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<43>H<pL><pH><m><fn><b>[d1 d2 d3] (pL+pH×256)=6(pL=6.

fn 0. data transmission (including real-time command) from host is prohibited. GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL Defines raster graphics data to NV xH yL yH [c d1…dk]1…[c d1…dk]b Function67 memory. [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • Executes the processing related to the graphics data specified by the function code (fn). [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • Frequent use of this command may result in damage of NV memory. While the printer is Busy. Sends the remaining amount of GS ( L pL pH m fn Function51 NV graphics memory. yL yH d1…dk • pL. Therefore. . GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y Function69 Prints the specified NV graphics. the code of GS ( L is used. pH specifies the number of bytes or “m” and later to (pL+pH×256). 50 3. • GS ( L and GS 8 L ) are the same function./day]. GS 8 L is used. Use the Write command to NV memory in consideration of [10 times max. 48 2. Sends key code list of defined NV GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 Function64 graphics. 51 64 65 66 67 69 112 Code GS ( L pL pH m fn Function No. printer Busy may occur during writing data in NV memory. Erases all data of NV graphics in a GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3 Function65 lump. GS ( L pL pH m fn a bx by c xL xH Stores raster graphics data to print Function 112 buffer. • When [parameter] exceeds 65533 bytes in each function.145 - . • Following the processing of this command.GS ( L pL pH m fn [parameter] GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn [parameter] Support model [Function] [Code] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Specifying graphics data <1D>H<28>H<4C>H<pL><pH><m><fn> <1D>H<38>H<4C>H<p1><p2><p3><p4><m><fn> * In the explanation of function. Prints graphics data stored in print GS ( L pL pH m fn Function50 buffer. Erases the specified NV graphics GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 Function66 data. it stops receiving process. Function48 Function Sends NV graphics memory capacity.

pH=0) m=48 fn=0. pH=0) m=48 fn=2. • Executes paper feeding corresponding to the number of dots in Y direction of graphics stored in the print buffer. Default value is 384k bytes fn=2、50: Function 50 Printing Graphics Data Stored in Print Buffer GS ( L pL pH m fn [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4C>H<pL><pH><m><fn> (pL+pH×256)=2 (pL=2. 320K. 64K. 192K. Hex. 256K.fn=0、48: Function 48 Sending NV Graphics Memory Capacity GS ( L pL pH m fn [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4C>H<pL><pH><m><fn> (pL+pH×256)=2 (pL=2. 128K. 384K]. • All definition area can be specified by GS ( E out of [0. 50 [The specification which is common to the model] • Prints the graphics data stored in the print buffer in the processing of Function 112. Header Identifier Data NUL 37H 30H 30H to 39H 00H Decimal 55 48 48 to 57 0 Data Size 1 byte 1 byte 1 to 6 bytes 1 byte [Outline] • Converts all capacity to character code expressed in decimal notation and sends it from higher digit. [Outline] . • Data size is variable.146 - . 48 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sends all capacity of NV graphics area in the number of bytes.

Hex. • Data size is variable. pH=0) m=48 fn=3.147 - .fn=3、51: Function 51 Sending the Remaining Amount of NV Graphics Memory GS ( L pL pH m fn [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4C>H<pL><pH><m><fn> (pL+pH×256)=2 (pL=2. 51 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sends the remaining amount of NV graphics area (number of bytes of unused area). Header Identifier Data NUL 37H 31H 30H to 39H 00H Decimal 55 49 48 to 57 0 Data Size 1 byte 1 byte 1 to 6 bytes 1 byte [Outline] • Converts the remaining amount to character code expressed in decimal notation and sends it from higher digit. .

NUL]. • In case of “Status (last block): hexadecimal number = 40H / decimal number = 64” Response Content of Processing ASCII Decimal Terminates processing. Status with continuous transmission data group is 41H. 37H 72H 40H or 41H 30H to 39H 00H Decimal 55 114 64or65 48 to 57 0 Data Size 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 2 to 80 bytes 1 byte [Outline] When key code is not present Hex. receives a response from the host and executes the next processing corresponding to the response. NAK 21 Resends previous data group. • After sending [Header . NAK 21 Cancels processing. Header 37H Identifier 72H Data 40H NUL 00H Decimal 55 114 64 0 Data Size 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte • When 40 or more key codes are present. they are sent by being divided in unit of 40max. Status without continuous transmission data group is 40H. When key code list is present Header Identifier Status Data NUL Hex. • In case of “Status (with continuous block): hexadecimal number = 41H / decimal number = 65” Response Content of Processing ASCII Decimal ACK 6 Sends next data group. ACK 6 Resends previous data group. pH=0) m=48 fn=64 d1=75(“K”) d2=67(“C”) [The specification which is common to the model] • Sends the key code list of defined NV graphics.148 - . CAN 24 . CAN 24 Cancels processing.fn=64: Function 64 Sending Key Code List of Defined NV Graphics GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4C>H<pL><pH><m><fn><d1><d2> (pL+pH×256)=4 (pL=4.

kc2).fn=65: Function 65 Erasing All Data of NV Graphics in a Lump GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3 [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4C>H<pL><pH><m><fn><d1><d2><d3> (pL+pH×256)=5(pL=5. [Outline] fn=66: Function 66 Erasing Specified NV Graphics Data GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4C>H<pL><pH><m><fn><kc1><kc2> (pL+pH×256)=4(pL=4. pH=0) m=48 fn=65 d1=67(“C”) d2=76(“L”) d3=82(“R”) [The specification which is common to the model] Erases all defined data of NV graphics in a lump.149 - . pH=0) m=48 fn=66 32≦kc1≦126 32≦kc2≦126 [The specification which is common to the model] Erases the NV graphics data defined by key code (kc1. [Outline] .

yH specifies the vertical direction of defined data to (yL+yH×256). 2 1≦(xL+xH×256)≦8192 1≦(yL+yH×256)≦2304 c=49(When monochrome color paper is specified).150 - ... • yL. 128K. 256K. 192K. • “b” specifies the number of data colors. 32≦kc2≦126 b=1..[c d1. xH specifies the horizontal direction of defined data to (xL+xH×256). 64K. 320K..dk]1. Default value is 384K bytes. 0≦pH≦255) Parameter of GS 8 L 12≦(p1+p2×256+p3×65536+p4×16777216)≦4294967295 (0≦p1≦255、0≦p2≦255、0≦p3≦255.fn=67: Function 67 Defining Raster Type Graphics Data to NV Memory GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1. • xL. GS 8 L m=48 fn=67 a=48 32≦kc1≦126. the command processing is terminated at that point. c=49、50(When 2-color paper is specified) 0≦d≦255 k=(int((xL+xH×256)+7/8)×(yL+yH×256)) All defined areas can be specified by GS ( E from [0.. 384K] bytes. [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • When multiple colors is specified by “b” and the same color is selected by “c”. validating the defined data processed so far and the remaining data is read and discarded. c 49 50 Color of Defined Data 1st color 2nd color [Range] • 1st color denotes black (high energy) in the specified 2-color thermal paper. [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] Defines raster type graphics data to NV memory. • “c” specifies the color of defined data. .dk]b [Code] <1D>H<28>H<4C>H<pL><pH><m><fn><a><kc1><kc2><b><xL><xH><yL><yH> [c d1…d2]1…[c d1…dk]b Parameter of GS ( L 12≦(pL+pH×256)≦65535(0≦pL≦255.. • 2nd color denotes red (low energy) in the specified 2-color thermal paper. 0≦p4≦255) Common parameter of GS ( L.

fn=69: Function 69 Printing Specified Graphics GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4C>H<pL><pH><m><fn><kc1><kc2><x><y> (pL+pH×256)=6 (pL=6.151 - . 2 [The specification which is common to the model] • Prints the NV graphics data defined by key code (kc1. [Outline] . kc2) as large as x times horizontally/y times vertically. 2 y=1. pH=0) m=48 fn=69 32≦kc1≦126 32≦kc2≦126 x=1.

• xL.. 2 c=49(When monochrome color paper is specified). c 49 50 Color of Print Data 1st color 2nd color • 1st color denotes black (high energy) in the specified 2-color thermal paper. yH specifies the vertical direction of raster graphics data to (yL + yH x 256). [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • In STANDARD MODE.dk [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4C>H<pL><pH><m><fn><a><bx><by><c><xL><xH><yL><yH>[d1…dk] Parameter of GS ( L 11≦(pL+pH×256)≦65536(0≦pL≦255. 2 by=1. • yL. 0≦p4≦255) Common parameter of GS ( L. 50 (When 2-color paper is specified) 1≦(xL+xH×256)≦1024 When monochrome color paper is specified 1≦(yL+yH×256)≦1662(with by=1) 1≦(yL+yH×256)≦831(with by=2) When 2-color paper is specified 1≦(yL+yH×256)≦831(with by=1) 1≦(yL+yH×256)≦415(with by=2) 0≦d≦255 k=(int((xL+xH×256)+7/8)×(yL+yH×256) [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • Stores raster type graphics data to print buffer as large as x times horizontally/y times vertically.152 - . GS 8 L m=48 fn=112 a=48 bx=1.fn=112: Function 112 Storing Raster Type Graphics Data to Print Buffer GS ( L pL pH m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1. c=49. 0≦pH≦255) Parameter of GS 8 L 11≦(p1+p2×256)+p3×65536+p4×16777216≦4294967295 (0≦p1≦255. . xH specifies the horizontal direction of raster graphics data to (xL + xH x 256). each color can be defined only once. • “c” specifies the color of print data. 0≦p3≦255. • 2nd color denotes red (low energy) in the specified 2-color thermal paper.. 0≦p2≦255.

50. nH=0) [The specification which is common to the model] • Set the value of resettable maintenance counter specified to 0. Counter Number Hex. if used frequently. During the printer BUSY. 21. • Along with processing this command. printer BUSY may occur. . nH are used to set the maintenance counter number to (nL+nH×256). may destroy NV memory. during data-writing to NV memory. thus write command to NV memory shall be used less than [10 times/day] as a guideline. 70.GS g 0 m nL nH Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Initializing maintenance counter <1D>H<67>H<30>H<m><nL><nH> m=0 20≦(nL+nH×256)≦70(nL=20. • nL. to stop receive processing.153 - . Decimal 14H 15H 32H 46H [Caution] 20 21 50 70 Counter [Unit] Paper-feed line[line] Head powering count [times] Auto-cutter drive count [times] Product operation time[hours] [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • This command. this printer prohibits the data sending (including real-time command) from host.

figure data may have an error. 50. • If change occurs in each counter. write the flash memory if any change occurs in the maintenance counter when the period where the printer is not in operation (printing. paper feeding. .154 - . Decimal 14H 15H 32H 46H 94H 95H B2H C6H 20 21 50 70 148 149 178 198 Counter [Unit] Paper-feed line[line] Head powering count [times] Auto-cutter drive count [times] Product operation time[hours] Paper-feed line[line] Head powering count [times] Auto-cutter drive count [times] Product operation time[hours] Counter Type Resettable Resettable Resettable Resettable Accumulated Accumulated Accumulated Accumulated [Outline] • Configuration of data to be sent is shown below for the maintenance counter. Hex. during sending the data. 178. or cutting) lasts about 10 seconds. printer status can not be notified. • To update the flash memory. Due to an error occurrence and power off timing. 70. and 1 hour.GS g 2 m nL nH Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Sending maintenance counter <1D>H<67>H<32>H<m><nL><nH> m=0 20≦(nL+nH×256)≦198 nL=20. data on RAM is updated correspondingly. 198 nH=0 [The specification which is common to the model] • Send the maintenance counter value specified. real-time status and ASB status shall not be sent. 149. • Counter value sent by this command is only a guideline value. Decimal Data Count Header Data NUL [Caution] 5FH 30H to 39H 00H 95 48 to 57 0 1 byte 1 to 10 bytes 1 byte [The specification which is common to the model] • During sending block data (maintenance counter value). Thus. Counter Number Hex. • nL. 2 minutes. drawer. 148. nH are used to set the maintenance counter number to (nL+nH×256). 21.

character size. double strike. 0≦m≦3. 51). (1) The printing area is extended to the right side within the limits of the printing area so that one vertical line of the download NV bit image can be printed. 48≦m≦51 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command prints the download NV bit images (n) using a specified mode (m). the head of the line will be used for the next printing position and normal data processing will take place. this command is valid only when there is no data in the print buffer. m 0. the data within the limits of the printing area will be printed but the parts exceeding the limit will not be printed. 51 Mode Name NORMAL MODE DOUBLE WIDTH MODE DOUBLE HEIGHT MODE QUADRUPLE SIZE MODE Dot Density in Vertical Direction 203dpi 203dpi 101dpi 101dpi Dot Density in Horizontal Direction 203dpi 101dpi 203dpi 101dpi • “n” denotes the number of the download bit image. • When the STANDARD MODE is selected. and it is 2 dots in double WIDTH MODE (m = 1. • Regardless of the amount of line feed set with ESC 2 and ESC 3. 48) and DOUBLE HEIGHT MODE (m = 2.155 - . (The left margin is reduced. [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • When the specified NV bit image “n” is undefined. 48 1.) • When the size of a bit image exceeds the limits of the printing area. 50). • “m” denotes the bit image mode. • When the printing area set by the functions GS L and GS W is not enough for one vertical line of the download NV bit image. this command is invalid. underlining. 49 2.FS p n m Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Printing the download NV bit images <1C>H<70>H<n><m> 1≦n≦255. the line alone is dealt with as follows. (2) When a sufficient printing area cannot be maintained even after executing (1). the printing area is extended to the left side. 90°-right-turned) are not affected. • At the completion of the bit image printing. inverted character printing. 49) and QUADRUPLE SIZE MODE (m = 3.e. emphasis. One vertical line of the bit image is 1 dot in NORMAL MODE (m = 0. • Any printing modes except the upside-down printing mode (i. • This command is invalid when PAGE MODE is selected. NORMAL MODE and DOUBLE WIDTH MODE execute a paper feed of (height “n” of NV bit image) dots while DOUBLE HEIGHT MODE and QUADRUPLE SIZE MODE execute a paper feed of (height “n” of NV bit image x2) dots. ESC *、FS q、GS /、GS v 0 [See Also] . 50 3.

156 - . • xL and xH denote the horizontal size of one NV bit image as (xL+xH×256)×8 dots.. initializing the printer head position. yL. 1≦(yL+yH×256)≦288 0≦d≦255 k=(xL+xH×256)×(yL+yH×256)×8 CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII CT-P292/293 Total definition area=256K bytes CT-S2000/CT-4000/CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 Total definition area=384K bytes [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • This command defines the specified NV bit image..[xL xH yL yH d1.FS q n [xL xH yL yH d1. • If outside-defined-area arguments are processed for the second or subsequent NV bit image data groups. it is not possible to redefine any one of the previously defined multiple data. or using the paper-feed switch etc can’t execute from the execution of this command until the completion of the hardware reset. • Any mechanical operation such as opening the cover. outside-defined-area arguments will be processed..dk]1.. [Caution] . • yL and yH denote the vertical size of one NV bit image as (yL+yH×256)×8 dots [The specification which is common to the model] • Because all the NV bit images previously defined by this command are deleted.dk]n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Defining the download NV bit image <1C>H<71>H<n>[<xL><xH><yL><yH><d1…dk>]1…[<xL><xH><yL><yH><d1…dk>]n 1≦n≦255、 0≦xL≦255 0≦xH≦3 but.. but the preceding NV bit images are valid. and a writing process into the non-volatile memory starts. the NV bit image being defined becomes invalid (Undefined). yH. • This command is invalid when PAGE MODE is selected. xH. • “d” denotes the definition data. 1≦(xL+xH×256)≦1023 0≦yL≦255 0≦yH≦1 but. • When the STANDARD MODE is selected. All the data must be resent. this command becomes invalid. the processing of this command is suspended.. and those not to be printed as “0”. At this time. • When outside-defined-area arguments are processed for the first bit image data group. Bits which correspond to dots to be printed are represented as “1”. • This command becomes valid after the 7 bytes of <FS q n xL xH yL yH> are processed as normal values. • “n” denotes the number of bit images to be defined. this command is only valid when it is written at the head of a line. • When data which exceeds the remaining capacity of the defined area is specified by xL.

but bit images of which total size (Bit image data + Header) exceeds capacity of definition area can not be defined. but not start printing. it will stop receiving data. Therefore. • It may happen that the printer becomes BUSY during the process of writing data into the non-volatile memory in the execution of this command. Also. These numbers of NV bit images coincide with those specified with FS p. • NV bit images that are defined already are not initialized by using ESC @ command. or by resetting the printer or turning the power off. [See Also] FS p、GS * . The printing of NV bit image will be executed by FS p. Multiple NV bit images can be defined. n = 1. • The printer state will change to BUSY just before the writing operation into the non-volatile memory begins.157 - . When the printer becomes BUSY.• The definition will start from NV bit image number 01H and n-number bit images will be defined in ascending order. the definition process will be stopped and the execution of this command will start. when only one NV bit image is defined. • The command only executes definition of NV bit image. the data group [xL xH yL yH d1… dk] is manipulated once. and the last data group [xL xH yL yH d1… dk] becomes NV bit image number 0nH. Therefore. it is not possible to send ASB status or to detect the printer status even when the ASB function is selected. the first data group [xL xH yL yH d1… dk] becomes NV bit image number 01H. sending data from the host (including real time command) is prohibited. • If this command is sent while a macro is still being defined. • Because frequent writing in the non-volatile memory can destroy the memory. and ([Data: (xL + xH x256) x( yL + yH x256 ) x8 ] + [Header: 4]) bytes of non-volatile memory is used to store it • The maximum definition area of printer depends on model. Therefore. • The definition data of one NV bit image consists of [xL xH yL yH d1… dk]. the printer state will change to BUSY just before the writing operation begins regardless of the state of the MSW even at a printer that have a MSW 1-3[Busy condition] • While this command is being executed. the writing command should be used less than 10 times a day.

n=0 FS -、FS W、GS ! [Default] [See Also] .14 Kanji Control Commands FS ! n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Collectively setting Kanji print mode <1C>H<21>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Collectively sets Kanji print mode.2.2. • Thickness of underline is the value set by FS – (defaulted to 1 dot width). • Each bit of “n” has the following meaning: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 [Caution] Function Undefined Undefined Double-width enlargement Double-height enlargement Undefined Undefined Undefined Underline Value 0 ― ― Canceled Canceled ― ― ― Canceled 1 ― ― Specified Specified ― ― ― Specified [The specification which is common to the model] • Setting both double-height and double-width enlargement causes four times enlargement.158 - . • Underline is applied to all width of printed characters but not to the part skipped by HT. Underline is not applied to the character rotated by 90° clockwise.

Kanji codes are processed in the order of the first byte and second byte. LPRINT CHR$(&H34). LPRINT CHR$(&H3B)."&". 漢字 4A. LPRINT CHR$(&HA). This code is defaulted to the state of canceling Kanji mode. [See also] FS . CHR$(&H7A).FS & Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting Kanji mode <1C>H<26>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets Kanji mode. CHR$(&H41). CHR$(&H7A). Chinese): Kanji codes are processed in the order of the first byte and second byte. This code is defaulted to the state of setting Kanji mode. CHR$(&H41). LPRINT CHR$(&H1C).z When setting Kanjimode When canceling Kanji mode . LPRINT CHR$(&H34). Japanese Kanji specifications: This command is invalid when Kanji code system is Shift JIS.、FS C [Print Results] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1C).".159 - . LPRINT CHR$(&H3B).". LPRINT CHR$(&HA). [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S280/CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651 Multilingual specifications (Hangul.

Canceling Kanji underline 漢字漢字 Setting Kanji underline . CHR$(&H7A). LPRINT CHR$(&H34). 50 [Caution] Function Cancels Kanji underline Sets 1-dot width Kanji underline Sets 2-dot width Kanji underline [The specification which is common to the model] • Underline is applied to all width of printed characters but not applied to the part skipped by HT.n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting/canceling Kanji underline <1C>H<2D>H<n> 0≦n≦2. LPRINT CHR$(&HA). 48≦n≦50 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets or cancels Kanji underline. LPRINT CHR$(&H34). LPRINT CHR$(&H1C).FS . FS ! [Print Results] [See Also] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1C). CHR$(&H7A). CHR$(&H41). LPRINT CHR$(&H3B). LPRINT CHR$(&H3B).160 - . CHR$(0)."&". CHR$(1). LPRINT CHR$(&H1C)."-".". • Underline is not applied to the character rotated 90° clockwise. n 0.". CHR$(&H41)."-". LPRINT CHR$(&H1C). 49 2. 48 1.

Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Canceling Kanji mode <1C>H<2E>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Cancels Kanji mode. .FS . This code is defaulted to the state of setting Kanji mode. Chinese): Kanji codes are processed in the order of the first byte and second byte. This code is defaulted to the state of canceling Kanji mode. [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S280/CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651 Multilingual specifications (Hangul. [See Also] FS &、FS C [Sample Program] Refer to the Sample Program and Printing Results for FS &.161 - . Japanese Kanji specifications: This command is invalid when Kanji code system is Shift JIS.

a2 show Kanji code to define external character and definition of 94 characters are available. font C cannot define.FS 2 a1 a2 [d]k Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Defining external character <1C>H<32>H<a1>H<a2>H[<d>]k Japanese Kanji specifications: • In case of JIS code system a1=<77>H,<21>H≦a2≦<7E>H • In case of Shift JIS code system a1=<EC>H. • Each data is created by “1” for printed dot and “0” for unprinted dot. Chinese): a1=<FE>H. <A1>H≦a2≦<FE>H Common 0≦d≦255 k=72(FONTA: 24×24) k=32(FONTC: 16×16) CT-S2000/CT-S4000 k=60(FONTB: 20×24) [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • Defines external Kanji character. <40>H≦a2≦<7E>H. <80>H≦a2≦<9E>H Multilingual specifications (Hangul. font B.162 - . Hangul). • a1. • “d” is data to be defined and the number of data to be defined is 72 bytes of vertical 3 bytes × 24 dots. [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S280/CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651 • In multilingual specifications (Chinese. [Default] All are space. .

&H00. &H00. &H00. &HFE. &HFF. &HF0. &H00."."&". LPRINT CHR$(&HA). &HF0 DATA &H00. &H00. &H00. &HFC DATA &H00. &H00. &HF0 DATA &H00. &HF0. &HF0.[Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1C)."2". &H0F. &HF8. &H00 LPRINT CHR$(D). &H00. &HF0 LPRINT CHR$(&H77). &H1F. &H01. CHR$(&H21). &H1F. &HFF. &H00. LPRINT CHR$(&H1C). &HFF. &HF0 SETCHR: DATA &H00. &H00 READ D DATA &H00. &H00. &H00 DATA &H00. DATA &H00. &H00. &H00. &H01. &HFF DATA &H00. &HE0 FOR I=1 TO 72 DATA &H1F. &HFF. &H00. &H00. &HF0 DATA &H00. NEXT I RETURN [Print Results] Registered character . &H00. &H00. GOSUB SETCHR LPRINT CHR$(&H77). &HF0.". &HC0. &H03. CHR$(&H21). &H00. &H00. &H00. &HF0 LPRINT CHR$(&H1C). &H00. END DATA &H00. &H00. &HF0. &H00. &H60. &H00. &H00. &H00. &HF0.&H00. DATA &H1F.163 - . &H00. &H07.

Multilingual specifications (Chinese): This command is invalid [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • Kanji code valid in JIS code system is 21H to 7EH for both 1st and 2nd bytes. 49 Selects KS code system. [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S280/CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651 Multilingual specifications (Hangul. [Default] n=0 . 49 Selects JIS code system. • Kanji code valid in Shift JIS code system is as follows: 1st byte is 81H to 9FH and E0H to EFH. Selects Shift JIS code system. 48 1.164 - . 48 1.): n Function 0. [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S280/CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651 • Codes valid for KS code system are as follows: Special symbol: 2121H to 2C71H Hangeul: 3021H to 487EH Area other than the above is SPACE. 2nd byte is 40H to 7EH and 80H to FCH.FS C n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Selecting Kanji code system <1C>H<43>H<n> 0≦n≦1、48≦n≦49 [The specification which is common to the model] • Selects Kanji code system. • With Extend KS code Special symbol: A1A1H to ACF1H Hangeul: B0A1H to C8FEH Area other than the above is SPACE. Selects Extend KS code system. Japanese Kanji specifications: n Function 0.

LPRINT CHR$(&H34)."C".165 - . LPRINT CHR$(&H1C). CHR$(0). LPRINT CHR$(&HA).". LPRINT CHR$(&H3B). [Print Results] 漢字 ← JIS code system printing 漢字 ← Shift JIS code system printing . CHR$(&HBF). LPRINT CHR$(&HA). LPRINT CHR$(&H1C)."&". LPRINT CHR$(&H1C).". CHR$(1). LPRINT CHR$(&H8A)."C".[Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1C). CHR$(&H9A). CHR$(&H7A). LPRINT CHR$(&H8E). CHR$(&H41).

(2) When the start point is set at “upper right” or “lower left” by ESC T. • In PAGE MODE. [The specification which is common to the model] • The right and left space amount in double-width mode are twice the setting. basic calculation pitch (y) of vertical direction (paper feed direction) is used. (1) When the start point is set at “upper left” or “lower right” by ESC T. • Sets right space amount by [n2×(Basic calculation pitch)]. n1=0. • Setting independent line feed amount is possible in STANDARD MODE and PAGE MODE. When fractional number is caused by the calculation. there is no change in the amount of line feed. • Sets left space amount by [n1×(Basic calculation pitch)]. A setting greater than this maximum is trimmed to the maximum. Even if basic calculation pitch is changed by GS P after setting space amount. basic calculation pitch (x) of horizontal direction (at right angle to paper feed direction)is used. the following operation occurs depending on the start point. it is corrected by the minimum pitch of mechanism and the rest is discarded.906 mm (255/203 inches).FS S n1 n2 Support model CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII [Function] [Code] [Range] Setting Kanji space amount <1C>H<53>H<n1><n2> 0≦n1≦255 0≦n2≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets both right and left space amount of Kanji in units of dot. • The maximum right spacing is capable of approximately 31. basic calculation pitch (x) in horizontal direction is used. • In STANDARD MODE.166 - . n2=0 [Outline] [Caution] [Default] . • Basic calculation pitch is set by GS P.

". CHR$(&H7A).". LPRINT CHR$(&H3B).167 - . LPRINT CHR$(&H1C).FS W n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting/canceling four times enlargement of Kanji <1C>H<57>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets or cancels four times enlargement of Kanji. LPRINT CHR$(&H1C). CHR$(&H41). • “n” is valid only for the lowest bit (n0). LPRINT CHR$(&H3B). CHR$(&H41). Canceling 4 times enlargement 漢字 漢字 Setting 4 times enlargement . LPRINT CHR$(&HA)."W". LPRINT CHR$(&H1C). • Control by the lowest bit (n0) is shown as follows: n0 0 1 Function Cancels 4 times enlargement Sets 4 times enlargement Setting or canceling 4 times enlargement means setting or canceling both doubleheight and double-width enlargements simultaneously. LPRINT CHR$(&H34). CHR$(0). CHR$(1). LPRINT CHR$(&H34)."&". [See Also] FS ! [Print Results] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1C)."W". CHR$(&H7A).

This command is effective only for the Japanese Japanese Kanji specifications. [The specification which depend on the model] [Default] [Outline] CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII/CT-P292/293 m 0. 50 Function Kanji font A(24×24) Kanji font B(20×24) Kanji font C(16×16) . 50 Function Kanji font A(24×24) invalid Kanji font C(16×16) CT-S2000/CT-S4000 m 0. pH=0) fn=48 0≦m≦2.FS ( A pL pH fn […] Support model [Function] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting font attribute of Kanji Setting Kanji font attribute means execution of processing for Kanji font attribute by the value of “fn” specified. 48≦n≦50 m=0 [The specification which is common to the model] Prints the succeeding characters with energy set for “m”. 49 2.168 - . 48 1. 48 1. fn=48: Function 48 Set Kanji fonts FS ( A pL pH fn m [Code] [Range] <1C>H<28>H<4E>H <pL>< pH>< fn>< m> (pL+pH×256)=2 (pL=2. fn 48 [Outline] Function Sets Kanji font [The specification which is common to the model] This command is effective only for the Japanese Japanese Kanji specifications. 49 2.

15 Black Mark Control Commands GS FF Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Printing and ejecting Black mark paper/ label paper <1D>H<0C>H [The specification which is common to the model] • This command prints the data in the printer buffer and ejects Black mark paper/ label paper.2. [The specification which depend on the model] • When auto cutter disabled is selected CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 (1)Feeds the printed black mark/label paper to the position to be cut by the manual cutter or to be peeled off. •When MSW4-5=ON(Label paper) if the distance between black mark or label length is less than 30mm. (2)Keeps waiting till cutting is made and FEED SW is pressed while blinking LED •MSW3-7(CBM-270 compatible mode) = ON: Keep waiting for FEED SW being pressed. •When MSW4-5=OFF(Black mark). (2)Keeps waiting till cutting is made and FEED SW is pressed while blinking LED. the same operation as that with FEED SW is executed. • When auto cutter enabled is selected CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651/CT-S281 (1)The printed black mark/label paper is fed to the auto cutter position and full cutting is carried out. next or second next black mark/label will be ejected and then feed paper until detecting the black mark or top of label. setting the first position of BM paper/label paper is carried out.169 - . printer feed the paper backword by about 5mm. (3) When FEED SW is pressed. The time to wait for manual cut can be changed by <GS ( E > command. CT-S281 (1)Feeds the printed black mark/label paper to manual cut position or manual peel off position. (2)Setting the first position of next BM paper/label paper is carried out. feed the paper to detect next black mark/top of label •Printer is in BUSY state until (3) transaction is done. FEED SW is not pressed in 3 seconds. (3)If FEED SW is pressed. however.2. • The printer is in the BUSY state till the processing of (3) is executed. If. the same operation as that with FEED SW is executed. •MSW3-7(CBM-270 compatible mode) = OFF: If FEED SW is not pressed in 3 seconds (default). [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • Valid only if Black mark paper/ label paper is selected. FF、GS < [See Also] .

GS < Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Initializing the printer mechanism <1D>H<3C>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Performs initializing operation at Black mark/ label similar to the initialization at power on.M paper/ label is chosen. [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is valid only when B. [Caution] . • Parameters configured by commands are not reset.170 - .

For reverse correction. GS <) or immediately after leader positioning performed on a paper feed action with the FEED switch. • The maximum reverse correction span is 0. Correction settings exceeding this value are truncated into the maximum value. • In calculating a correction span. power on. . • Control by the lowest bit (m0) is shown as follows: m0 0 1 Correcting Direction Corrects the leader position in the forward direction Corrects the leader position in the reverse direction [Outline] • “n” denotes the correction value in units of n/203 inch. GS FF. GS A. • “m” is valid only for the lowest bit (m0). The fractional part contained in the calculation result should be corrected in units of the mechanism’s minimum pitch. with the remaining fractional part truncated.171 - . exercise care so the leader position does not step out of the Black mark/ label. use the basic calculation pitch (y) for the vertical direction.5 mm. • For forward correction.GS A m n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Correcting the leader position of Black mark paper/ label paper <1D>H<41>H<m><n> 0≦m≦255 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command sets the leader position of Black mark paper/ label paper in terms of correction value set for the default position. set the correction span by taking into account the Black mark/ label length as the printable area changes before and after correction setting. or cover closure. • “m” denotes the correcting direction. The leader position may be deviated due to paper flexure. • This command is ignored except immediately after the execution of a Black mark/ label positioning command (FF. [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is valid only when Black mark paper/ label paper is chosen.

GOUSAB *CNT LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). RETURN [Print Results] 12345 67890 11 12 13 14 15 016017018019020 21 22 23 24 25 Counts from 1 to 5 at m = 0 and n = 0."C0". GOUSAB *CNT END *CNT FOR I=1 TO 5 LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). m=0 Prints the columns indicated by numeral. n=0 Prints the data right justified. . m=1 to 5 Indicates the maximum number of columns to be printed.172 - . The right blank will become invalid."C0". [The specification which is common to the model] • If either “m” or “n” has a value beyond their ranges."C0". LPRINT CHR$(0). In this case. GOUSAB *CNT LPRINT CHR$(&H1D).GS C 0 m n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting the numbering print mode <1D>H<43>H<30>H<m><n> 0≦m≦5 0≦n≦2 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command sets the numbering (serial number counter) print mode. LPRINT CHR$(3). CHR$(1). The blank columns are spaced.CHR$(0). Counts from 16 to 20 at m = 3 and n = 1. LPRINT CHR$(3). that setting will becomes invalid. GOUSAB *CNT LPRINT CHR$(&H1D)."c". Counts from 21 to 25 at m = 3 and n = 2. “n” has no meaning."C0". GOUSAB *CNT LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). CHR$(0). n=0 GS C 1、GS C 2、GS C;、GS c [Outline] [Caution] [Default] [See Also] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). Prints the counter in “m” columns. The blank columns are filled with "0". NEXT I LPRINT CHR$(&HA). CHR$(2). n=1 Prints the data right justified. CHR$(0). “n” specifies a printing position within the printing columns. LPRINT CHR$(1). LPRINT CHR$(3). n=2 Prints the data left justified. Counts from11 to 15 at m = 3 and n = 0. • “m” denotes the number of print columns. m=0."C0". Counts from 6 to 10 at m = 1 and n = 0.

LPRINT CHR$(&H1D)."C1". . n2=quotient): Counter default n3+n4×256 (n3=remainder. step value = 5. n3."C2". n4. LPRINT CHR$(50). step cleared.173 - . CHR$(0). ¥ LPRINT CHR$(5). n4=quotient): Counter final value n5: Counter step value n6: Identical counter print counter (n1+n2×256) < (n3+n4×256): Count-up system (n1+n2×256) > (n3+n4×256): Count-down system (n1+n2×256) = (n3+n4×256) or n5=0 or n6= 0: Counter stop [The specification which is common to the model] n1+n2×256=1 n3+n4×256=65535 n5=1 n6=1 GS C 0、GS C 2、GS C. CHR$(0). CHR$(0). step value = 5. n2."C0". CHR$(0). LPRINT CHR$(3). RETURN 50 50 45 45 40 5 0 50 45 40 When printing the counter value by setting a count-down range = 0 to 50. n5. n1+n2×256 (n1=remainder. ¥ LPRINT CHR$(0). GOUSAB *CNT END [Print Results] *CNT FOR I=1 TO 5 LPRINT CHR$(&H1D)."c". CHR$(10). and starting value = 5. GOUSAB *CNT LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). and starting value = 50. NEXT I LPRINT CHR$(&HA). LPRINT CHR$(5). CHR$(2).、GS c [Default] [See Also] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1D). When printing the counter value by setting a count-down range to 0 to 50.GS C 1 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting the numbering counter mode (A) <1D>H<43>H<31>H<n1><n2><n3><n4><n5><n6> 0≦n1. repeat count = 2. repeat count = 1. n6≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command sets the numbering (serial number counter) mode.

• If the counter value is beyond the range specified with the GS C1 or GS C. n2=quotient) becomes a counter value. a repeat count of the identical count will be cleared. Not defined. . the counter will be initialized. GS C 0、GS C 1、GS C ;、GS c [Outline] [Caution] [Default] [See Also] [Sample Program] [Print Results] See the Sample Program and Print Results for the GS C1 command. • n1+n2×256 (n1=remainder.GS C 2 n1 n2 Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting the numbering counter <1D>H<43>H<32>H<n1><n2> 0≦n1≦255 0≦n2≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command sets the numbering (serial number counter) value. command.174 - . • If the counter is set with this command.

175 - . n4 . <n5> are character codes. <n2>. n3=1. n5 . it is assumed to be n1=n5. n2 . n3 . n1: Counter default n2: Counter final value n3: Counter step value n4: Identical counter print count n5: Counter start value n1<n2: Count-up system n1>n2: Count-down system n1=n2 or n3= 0 or n4=0 : Counter stop [The specification which is common to the model] • If the n5 counter start value is beyond the counter range specified with n1 and n2. n5=1 GS C 0、GS C 1、GS C 2、GS c [Range] [Outline] [Caution] [Default] [See Also] .GS C . <n4>. n1 . n1=1. n2=65535. n4≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command sets the numbering (serial number counter) mode and a counter value. n2. • If each value of n1 through n5 contains the character code other than “0” through “9”. the printer will invalidate the data up to that parameter and handle the subsequent data as normal data. n5≦65535 0≦n3. 0≦n1. <n3>. Support model [Function] [Code] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting the numbering counter mode (B) <1D>H<43>H<3B>H<n1><3B>H<n2><3B>H<n3><3B>H<n4><3B>H<n5><3B>H <n1>. n4=1.

the counting returns to the final value of the counter. See the Sample Program and Print Results for the GS C1 command. GS C 0、GS C 1、GS C 2、GS C ; [Caution] [See Also] [Sample Program] [Print Results] See the Sample Program and Print Results for the GS C0 command. [The specification which is common to the model] • The format used in setting the value to the print buffer depends on the GS C0 command. command. • After setting the current counter value in the print buffer as the print data (character string).176 - . . it increments or decrements the counter according to the set count mode. When execution of GS c command results in excess of the counter final value. • The count mode is set by the GS C1 or GS C.GS c Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Print the counter <1D>H<63>H [The specification which is common to the model] • This command prints the serial number counter data.

177 - . [Caution] [Default] The length at the last auto length detection is the default. • 30 mm is the maximum allowable Black mark length/ label gap length to define and 4 mm is the minimum. • Divide the maximum Black mark pitch/ label length by 256 with the quotient designated as n1L and the remainder as n2H. Black mark paper Label paper n1L+n1Hx256 n2L+n2Hx256 n1L+n1Hx256 n2L+n2Hx256 . Accordingly. • n1: Sets the Black mark pitch/ label length • n2: Sets the Black mark length/ label gap length • n1 and n2 are specified units of millimeters. the Black mark pitch/ label length available for setting will be n1L+n2H×256. the default length is set. [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is valid if MSW4-1 is set to OFF.GS l n1L n1H n2L n2H Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting the Black mark/ label length <1D>H<6C>H<n1L><n1H><n2L><n2H> 0≦n1L≦255 0≦n1H≦1 8≦n2L≦30 n2H=0 (24≦n1L+n1H×256≦360) [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • Define the specifications (length) of the Black mark/ label used. • If the specified length is outside of Black mark/ label specifications. • 300 mm is the maximum Black mark pitch/ label length allowed to define and 25 mm is the minimum.

• This command is not initialized by the initialization command. • This command is initialized by power OFF and paper type set by MSW is valid from the next power ON. Ignores this command when label paper mode is set. Measures paper length or sets first position of paper in accordance with the MSW setting. • n= 0: Switches to receipt paper (mode). Ignores this command when receipt mode is set. • n= 2: Switches to BM paper mode. [Outline] [Caution] . • n = 1: Switches to label paper mode. label detection error is caused. Measures paper length or sets first position of paper in accordance with the MSW setting. [The specification which is common to the model] • Processed after buffering. • When BM paper/Label paper mode is changed to receipt mode Change the paper to receipt paper after sending this command (n=0) with BM paper/label paper set. If this command is sent beforehand.178 - . If the paper is changed to receipt paper beforehand. • When receipt mode is changed to label mode Send this command (n=1) after changing the paper from receipt paper to label paper. resulting in BM/label detection error.GS p n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Changing paper type <1D>H <70>H <n> 0≦n≦255 n=0 specify receipt paper n=1 specify label paper n=2 specify black mark paper [The specification which is common to the model] • Switches paper. Ignores this command when BM paper mode is set. sensing the first position is not available when closing the cover.

48. it is recommended that the real-time command be set to invalid by this command. • “b” sets Valid or Invalid.179 - . (Valid) [Outline] • pL and pH sets the number of bytes on and after m in (pL + pH×256). (Invalid) Processes DLE DC4 fn m t (fn=1).. 48 1.2.. 49 [The specification which is common to the model] • Enables/disables the following real-time command processing.[ak bk] Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Enabling or disabling real-time command <1D>H<28>H<44>H<pL>< pH>< m> [<a1>< b1>]…[<ak>< bk>] 3≦(pL+pH×256)≦65535 M=20 a=1 b=0.2.16 Printer Function Setting Commands GS ( D pL pH m [a1 b1]. [Default] a 1 Type of Real-time Command DLE DC4 fn m t (fn=1): Real-time output of pulse specified Initial Value Valid . • When data raw that meets the code configuring real-time command in the image data. • “a” sets the kind of real-time command. a 1 b 0. 1. 49 Function Does not process DLE DC4 fn m t (fn=1).

Therefore. • The set value can be confirmed without transferring to printer function setting mode by functions 4. • During execution of this command. Sets customize value. Sets memory switch value. resetting is executed. and 12. pH set the number of bytes following “fn” to (pL + pH×256). the printer is in Busy state and stops receiving operation. Terminates printer function setting mode.180 - . using this command frequently may result in breakage of memory. Then the input buffer is cleared to return various kinds of setting to the state at the time of power on. Sets the communication condition of serial interface./day]. [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • This command allows writing to non-volatile memory. • Other functions do not operate without transferring to printer function setting mode. (Note) Sends the communication condition of serial interface set.GS ( E pL pH fn […] Support model [Function] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Printer function setting command [The specification which is common to the model] • Printer function setting command is a command to change the function of the printer stored on the non-volatile memory and executes the function set by the value of “fn”. Therefore. • At the end of printer function setting mode (Function 2). Defines the data in column format to the character code page of work area. Sends customized value set. data transmission from the host is prohibited. Copies user-defined page. 6. Defines the data in raster format to the character code page of work area. . Sets all contents set in printer function setting mode to the state at the time of shipment. Sends memory switch value set. Function No. (fn) Function1 Function 2 Function 3 Function 4 Function 5 Function 6 Function 7 Function 8 Function 9 Function 10 Function 11 Function 12 Function 255 Function Transfers to printer function setting mode. Use this command appropriately [10 times max. • pL. Erases the data of character code page of work area.

of Data 1 1 1 [Outline] fn=2: Function 2 End of Printer Function Setting Mode GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2 d3 [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<45>H <pL><pH><fn><d1><d2><d3> (pL+pH×256)=4 (pL=4. [Outline] .181 - . Hex. Header ID NULL 37H 20H 00H No. • Operates only in printer function setting mode. • Clears input buffer and print buffer and restores various kinds of setting to the state at power on. pH=0) fn=2 d1=79 (“O”) d2=85 (“U”) d3=84 (“T”) [The specification which is common to the model] • Terminates printer function setting mode and executes resetting.fn=1: Function 1 Transferring to Printer Function Setting Mode GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2 [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<45>H <pL><pH><fn><d1><d2> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3. pH=0) fn=1 d1=73 (“I”) d2=78 (“N”) [The specification which is common to the model] • Transfers to printer function setting mode and sends the report of mode transfer.

. 3.fn=3: Function 3 Setting Memory Switch Value GS ( E pL pH fn [a1 b18.bk1] [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<45>H<pL><pH><fn>[<a1><b18>…<b11>]…[<ak><bk8>…<bk1>] 10≦(pL+pH×256)≦65535 fn=3 b=48. 6 [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • Changes the MSW set in a to the value set in “b”.182 - . 50 CT-S280/BD2-2220 a=1. 3. 5 CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 a=1. 4 CT-S281/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII/CT-P292/293 a = 1. Does not change corresponding bit.. B 48 49 50 [Caution] Function Sets corresponding bit to OFF.. 3 CT-S300 a=1. 2.. [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S281/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651 • MSW7 to MSW10 cannot be changed by this command.[ak bk8... 2. 2. Sets corresponding bit to ON. 4. They can be changed by the setting of customize value.b11]. 5. 2. . 4. 3. 49.

Sets input buffer capacity to 45 bytes. 5 6 7 8 . barcode. At the occurrence of receiving error. data wait is taken. Function 48 (Default) 8 49 • Setting MSW 2 (a=2) n 1 2 3 4 b (Set Value) 49(Default) 48(Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 Function Reserved Reserved Enables stored printing. Disables stored printing. Resets at serial I/F pin 6. Disables PNE. image. line-feed is taken. Reserved Reserved Reserved Sets CBM270-noncompatible mode. Reserved Reserved Enables PNE. prints as it is. double-height printing. Enables CR (0DH). Sets cover open error during printing to be recoverable error. Sets input buffer capacity to 4K bytes. Reserved • Setting MSW 3 (a=3) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 48 48 48 49 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Reserved Reserved Resets with parallel pin 31. replaces the data with “?”. as a unit. prints from the beginning using PAGE MODE. Sets cover open error during printing to be auto recovery error. After cover close and PE recovery. Immediately after digit reaches full. After cover close and PE recovery. ignores the data. Sets input buffer full and offline to be Busy. Immediately after digit reaches full. Disables CR (0DH). Does not reset with parallel pin 31. Sets CBM270-compatible mode.CT-S280 • Setting MSW 1 (a=1) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 48 49 48 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function Reports the power on. Reserved Does not reset at serial I/F pin 6. At the occurrence of receiving error. Sets to be busy with input buffer full.183 - . Does not report power on. etc.

Sets input buffer capacity to 45 bytes. can be restored by Feed SW. Immediately after digit reaches full. 5 6 7 8 . cannot be restored by Feed SW. replaces the data with “?”. barcode. prints as it is. Resets at serial I/F pin 6. as a unit. data wait is taken. Enables CR (0DH). Sets CBM270-compatible mode. Reserved Reserved Enables PNE. Sets input buffer capacity to 4K bytes. After cover close and PE recovery. Immediately after digit reaches full. At the occurrence of receiving error. After clearing cutter error. prints from the beginning using PAGE MODE. Disables stored printing. Sets to be busy with input buffer full. Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Sets EPSON compatible mode. Reserved Does not reset at serial I/F pin 6. double-height printing. At the occurrence of receiving error. Disables CR (0DH). Disables PNE. Does not report power on.CT-S281 • Setting MSW 1 (a=1) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 48 49 48 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function Reports the power on. Enables auto cutter. image. Reserved • Setting MSW 3 (a=3) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 (Default) 48 48 48 48 49 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function After clearing cutter error. After cover close and PE recovery. Sets cover open error during printing to be auto recovery error. 48 (Default) 8 49 • Setting MSW 2 (a=2) n 1 2 3 4 b (Set Value) 49(Default) 48 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 49 (Default) Function Reserve Disables auto cutter. Enables stored printing. ignores the data. etc. Sets input buffer full and offline to be Busy.184 - . Sets cover open error during printing to be recoverable error. line-feed is taken.

disables auto end-measurement. (full but by command: enabled). USB mode printer class. enables auto end-measurement. • Setting MSW 5 (a=5) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) Function Reservedd Reserved USB mode virtual serial.185 - . Reserved Reserved Reserved If PNE is released. Detects paper position and black mark.CT-S281 • Setting MSW 4 (a=4) n 1 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 48 49 48 49 48 49 48 49 48 49 48 49 48 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function At the selection of Black mark/Label paper. it is invalid *** MSW4-8 is invalid when black mark/label is selected. At the selection of Black mark/Label paper. Detects paper position and inter-label distance. Findiing top of form at power ON disabled. Uses thermal roll paper.Auto paper type selection disabled Label mode 2 – Auto paper type selection enabled Cut method is determined according to the cut command. Finding top of form at power ON enabled. Feed & Cut at TOF disabled. Cut type for black mark/label paper is only full cut. Partial cut is perfirmed regardless of cut command. *** MSW 4-5 is valid only when black mark/label is set. Error LED is automatically turned off. Error LED is not turned off until the paper is exchanged (printerCover is opened) even if PNE is released. Paper type selection disabled Paper type seletion enabled Label mode 1 . Uses Black mark paper/ label paper. . If MSW4-4 is set for thermal paper. Feed & Cut at TOF enabled. Thermal paper is the default of the standard model. Reserved 49 (Default) *** Default setting of MSW4-4 depends on the model.

Disables stored printing. When selecting cover open error as recoverable error. Enables stored printing. Resets with parallel pin 31.186 - . Reserved Enables PNE. After cover close and PE recovery. Disables CR (0DH). ignores the data. barcode. Immediately after digit reaches full. • Setting MSW 2 (a=2) n 1 2 3 4 b (Set Value) 49 (Default) 48 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48(Default) 49 48(Default) 48(Default) 49 Reserved Disables auto cutter. prints as it is. Reserved Sets EPSON compatible mode. image. can be restored by Feed SW. At the occurrence of receiving error. Used with 48/32 print columns. Reserved Does not reset at serial I/F pin 6. Immediately after digit reaches full. When selecting cover open error as recoverable error. Uses thermal paper. Uses Black mark paper. Sets paper width to 80 mm. Sets input buffer full and offline to be Busy. recovered by cover close. double-height printing. Does not reset at serial I/F pin 25. Enables auto cutter.CT-S300 • Setting MSW 1 (a=1) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 48 49 48 49 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function Reports the power on. • Setting MSW 3 (a=3) n 1 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48(Default) 2 49 3 4 5 6 7 48 (Default) 49 48(Default) 49 48(Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 8 49 Function Function After clearing cutter error. line-feed is taken. 5 6 7 8 . Enables CR (0DH). Sets input buffer capacity to 45 bytes. At the occurrence of receiving error. Used with 42/30 print columns. Resets sat serial I/F pin 25. etc. Disables PNE. Sets cover open error during printing to be auto recovery error. replaces the data with “?”. Sets CBM1000-compatible mode. as a unit. prints from the beginning using PAGE MODE. After clearing cutter error. data wait is taken. Sets paper width to 58 mm. Sets input buffer capacity to 4K bytes. After cover close and PE recovery. Resets at serial I/F pin 6. Sets to be busy with input buffer full. Does not reset with parallel pin 31. Does not report power on. Sets cover open error during printing to be recoverable error. cannot be restored by Feed SW. recovered by command.

Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Forcible partial cut disabled. At the selection of Black mark paper. Forcible partial cut enabled (full cut by command: enabled). * MSW 4-1. disables auto end-measurement. sets sensor position to be on the back of the printing side. At the selection of Black mark paper.187 - .CT-S300 • Setting MSW 4 (a=4) n 1 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48(Default) 2 49 3 4 5 6 7 8 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 Function At the selection of Black mark paper. . enables auto end-measurement. sets sensor position to be on the printing side. -2 are valid when MSW 3-4 is ON. At the selection of Black mark paper.

Reserved Sets EPSON compatible mode. 5 6 7 8 49 (Default) * MSW 4-1. Paper heading cut enabled. Forcible partial cut enabled (full but by command: enabled). . After cover close and PE recovery.CT-S310 • Setting MSW 1 (a=1) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 48 49 48 49 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function Reports the power on. Resets at serial I/F pin 6. Sets cover open error during printing to be auto recovery error. Enables auto cutter. ignores the data. line-feed is taken. Resets sat serial I/F pin 25. double-height printing. sets sensor position to be on the back of the printing side. Disables CR (0DH). • Setting MSW 2 (a=2) n 1 2 3 4 b (Set Value) 49 (Default) 48 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 Function Reserved Disables auto cutter. -2 are valid when MSW 3-4 is ON. Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Forcible partial cut disabled. Sets cover open error during printing to be recoverable error. Used with 48/32 print columns. Immediately after digit reaches full. Disables stored printing. • Setting MSW 3 (a=3) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 8 49 Function After clearing cutter error. replaces the data with “?”. Does not report power on. as a unit. Does not reset at serial I/F pin 25. Immediately after digit reaches full. Uses thermal paper. At the occurrence of receiving error. enables auto end-measurement. Sets input buffer capacity to 45 bytes. At the selection of Black mark paper. data wait is taken. Does not reset with parallel pin 31. Sets to be busy with input buffer full. cannot be restored by Feed SW. Used with 42/30 print columns. Sets CBM1000-compatible mode. Reserved Does not reset at serial I/F pin 6. Enables CR (0DH).188 - . can be restored by Feed SW. Sets paper width to 58 mm. Uses Black mark paper. Sets paper width to 80 mm. At the selection of Black mark paper. At the occurrence of receiving error. Disables PNE. Reserved Resets with parallel pin 31. prints from the beginning using PAGE MODE. Reserved Enables PNE. • Setting MSW 4 (a=4) n 1 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 2 49 (Default) 3 4 5 6 7 8 48 49 48 48 48 48 48 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function At the selection of Black mark paper. disables auto end-measurement. barcode. After cover close and PE recovery. sets sensor position to be on the printing side. At the selection of Black mark paper. prints as it is. Enables stored printing. etc. After clearing cutter error. image. Sets input buffer capacity to 4K bytes. Paper heading cut disabled. Sets input buffer full and offline to be Busy.

Reserved USB mode virtual serial.189 - . Reserved . Buzzer sound disabled. Error LED is automatically turned off. Reserved Reserved Reserved If PNE is released.CT-S310 • Setting MSW 5 (a=5) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) Function Buzzer sound enabled. Error LED is not turned off until the paper is exchanged (printerCover is opened) even if PNE is released. USB mode printer class.

Sets cover open error during printing to be auto recovery error. ignores the data. Sets to be busy with input buffer full. can be restored by Feed SW. line-feed is taken. Feed & Cut at TOF disabled. double-height printing.190 - .CT-S2000 • Setting MSW 1 (a=1) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 48 49 48 49 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function Reports the power on. Does not report power on. After cover close and PE recovery. Does not reset at serial I/F pin 25. Reserved Resets with parallel pin 31. Immediately after digit reaches full. Immediately after digit reaches full. Sets input buffer capacity to 4K bytes. etc. Sets cover open error during printing to be recoverable error. Sets input buffer full and offline to be Busy. *With MSW1-2. as a unit. • Setting MSW 2 (a=2) n 1 2 3 4 b (Set Value) 49 (Default) 48 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 Function Reserved Disables auto cutter. Sets CBM1000-compatible mode. Disables CR (0DH). Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Cut method is determined according to the cut command. data wait is taken. prints from the beginning using PAGE MODE. After cover close and PE recovery. At the selection of Black mark/Label paper. At the occurrence of receiving error. After clearing cutter error. 45 bytes are enabled only when DMA control (MSW7-6) is disabled. Reserved Reserved Reserved Sets EPSON compatible mode. Enables auto cutter. With serial I/F. • Setting MSW 3 (a=3) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 8 49 Function After clearing cutter error. Disables PNE. (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) 49 (Default) 5 6 7 8 . parallel I/F (4K fixed) and USB I/F (16K fixed) are disabled. Does not reset with parallel pin 31. enables auto end-measurement. Resets sat serial I/F pin 25. (full but by command: enabled). • Setting MSW 4 (a=4) (Standard model) n 1 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 48 49 48 49 48 48 48 48 48 (Default) Function At the selection of Black mark/Label paper. Partial cut is perfirmed regardless of cut command. Enables CR (0DH). Enables stored printing. Resets at serial I/F pin 6. Feed & Cut at TOF enabled. Finding top of form at power ON enabled. Disables stored printing. Sets input buffer capacity to 45 bytes. Reserved Reserved Enables PNE. cannot be restored by Feed SW. Reserved Does not reset at serial I/F pin 6. prints as it is. disables auto end-measurement. barcode. At the occurrence of receiving error. replaces the data with “?”. Findiing top of form at power ON disabled. image.

Buzzer sound disabled.191 - . Paper type selection disabled Paper type seletion enabled Reserved Cut method is determined according to the cut command. enables auto end-measurement. If MSW4-4 is set for thermal paper. Reserved High quality printing mode disabled High quality printing mode enabled Reserved Reserved Reserved . At the selection of Black mark/Label paper. Finding top of form at power ON enabled. • Setting MSW 5 (a=5) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) Function Buzzer sound enabled. Findiing top of form at power ON disabled. USB mode virtual serial. (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) 49 (Default) *** MSW 4-5 is valid only if black mark/label is set. USB mode printer class. disables auto end-measurement. Partial cut is perfirmed regardless of cut command. Uses thermal roll paper. Cut type for black mark/label paper is only full cut. it is invalid *** MSW4-8 is invalid when black mark/label is selected. Detects paper position and inter-label distance. Basic calculation pitch (180 dpi / 360 dpi). Detects paper position and black mark. Uses Black mark paper/ label paper.CT-S2000 • Setting MSW 4 (a=4) (Black mark/Label model) n 1 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 48 49 48 49 48 49 48 49 48 49 48 48 (Default) Function At the selection of Black mark/Label paper. Basic calculation pitch (203 dpi / 406 dpi). Feed & Cut at TOF enabled. Feed & Cut at TOF disabled. (full but by command: enabled).

Resets sat serial I/F pin 25. After clearing cutter error. etc. barcode. image. Reserved Reserved Reserved Sets EPSON compatible mode. Reserved Reserved Enables PNE. After cover close and PE recovery. Resets at serial I/F pin 6. Enables CR (0DH). can be restored by Feed SW. Disables PNE. • Setting MSW 3 (a=3) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 8 49 Function After clearing cutter error. Immediately after digit reaches full. ignores the data. Does not reset with parallel pin 31. data wait is taken. Disables stored printing. cannot be restored by Feed SW. prints as it is.192 - . At the occurrence of receiving error. double-height printing. After cover close and PE recovery. Sets input buffer capacity to 45 bytes. Sets cover open error during printing to be recoverable error. Does not report power on.CT-S4000 • Setting MSW 1 (a=1) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 48 49 48 49 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function Reports the power on. Disables CR (0DH). Does not reset at serial I/F pin 25. Sets to be busy with input buffer full. Sets cover open error during printing to be auto recovery error. as a unit. line-feed is taken. Enables auto cutter. 5 6 7 8 . Reserved Does not reset at serial I/F pin 6. Reserved Resets with parallel pin 31. (Note) Sets input buffer full and offline to be Busy. Sets input buffer capacity to 4K bytes. replaces the data with “?”. Sets CBM1000-compatible mode. • Setting MSW 2 (a=2) n 1 2 3 4 b (Set Value) 49 (Default) 48 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 Function Reserved Disables auto cutter. At the occurrence of receiving error. Enables stored printing. Immediately after digit reaches full. prints from the beginning using PAGE MODE.

Forcible partial cut enabled (full but by command: enabled). Detects paper position and inter-label distance. Setting the first position at power ON enabled.193 - . Cut type for black mark/label paper is only full cut. it is invalid *** MSW4-8 is invalid when black mark/label is selected. Reserved Reserved Reserved (Default) (Default) (Default) *** Default setting of MSW4-4 depends on the model. USB mode virtual serial. Paper heading cut disabled. Reserved Reserved Forcible partial cut disabled. Thermal paper is the default of the standard model. USB mode printer class. • Setting MSW 5 (a=5) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) Function Buzzer sound enabled. Uses Black mark paper/ label paper. If MSW4-4 is set for thermal paper. . Uses thermal roll paper. Does not report power off. Detects paper position and black mark. *** MSW 4-5 is valid only for black mark/label model. Setting the first position at power ON disabled. enables auto end-measurement. Buzzer sound disabled. Paper heading cut enabled. Reserved Reports the power off.CT-S4000 • Setting MSW 4 (a=4) n 1 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 48 49 48 49 48 49 48 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 49 (Default) (Default) Function At the selection of Black mark paper/ label paper. disables auto end-measurement. At the selection of Black mark paper/ label paper. Basic calculation pitch (203 dpi / 406 dpi). Basic calculation pitch (180 dpi / 360 dpi).

image. line-feed is taken. parallel I/F (4K fixed) and USB I/F (16K fixed) are disabled. Disables CR (0DH). *With MSW1-2. After clearing cutter error.CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S601 • Setting MSW 1 (a=1) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 48 49 48 49 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function Reports the power on. With serial I/F. data wait is taken. Immediately after digit reaches full. double-height printing. Reserved Does not reset at serial I/F pin 6. Sets input buffer capacity to 4K bytes. Resets at serial I/F pin 6. • Setting MSW 3 (a=3) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 8 49 Function After clearing cutter error. 5 6 7 8 . Resets sat serial I/F pin 25. Does not reset with parallel pin 31.194 - . Reserved Reserved Reserved Sets EPSON compatible mode. Reserved Resets with parallel pin 31. Sets cover open error during printing to be recoverable error. can be restored by Feed SW. 45 bytes are enabled only when DMA control (MSW7-6) is disabled. replaces the data with “?”. etc. prints as it is. Disables PNE. Does not report power on. cannot be restored by Feed SW. prints from the beginning using PAGE MODE. Enables stored printing. Does not reset at serial I/F pin 25. Enables CR (0DH). Disables stored printing. barcode. Sets CBM1000-compatible mode. as a unit. Sets input buffer capacity to 45 bytes. Immediately after digit reaches full. After cover close and PE recovery. Sets input buffer full and offline to be Busy. At the occurrence of receiving error. Sets cover open error during printing to be auto recovery error. After cover close and PE recovery. Sets to be busy with input buffer full. At the occurrence of receiving error. • Setting MSW 2 (a=2) n 1 2 3 4 b (Set Value) 49 (Default) 48 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 Function Reserved Disables auto cutter. Reserved Reserved Enables PNE. ignores the data. Enables auto cutter.

enables auto end-measurement. (full but by command: enabled). Detects paper position and black mark. Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) • Setting MSW 6 (a=6) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) Function Act for driver is enabled. • Setting MSW 5 (a=5) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) Function Buzzer sound enabled. Character space is set for 0. Uses thermal roll paper. . Finding top of form at power ON enabled. Cut type for black mark/label paper is only full cut. USB mode printer class. *** MSW 4-5 is valid only for black mark/label model. Thermal paper is the default of the standard model. Buzzer sound disabled. At the selection of Black mark/Label paper. Character space is set for 1 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 49 (Default) *** Default setting of MSW4-4 depends on the model. USB mode virtual serial. Basic calculation pitch (180 dpi / 360 dpi).CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S601 • Setting MSW 4 (a=4) n 1 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 48 49 48 49 48 49 48 49 48 49 48 48 (Default) Function At the selection of Black mark/Label paper. Partial cut is perfirmed regardless of cut command. Detects paper position and inter-label distance. If MSW4-4 is set for thermal paper. disables auto end-measurement. Act for driver is disabled. it is invalid *** MSW4-8 is invalid when black mark/label is selected. Feed & Cut at TOF disabled. Uses Black mark paper/ label paper. Paper type selection disabled Paper type seletion enabled Reserved Cut method is determined according to the cut command.195 - . Basic calculation pitch (203 dpi / 406 dpi). Feed & Cut at TOF enabled. Findiing top of form at power ON disabled.

Sets to be busy with input buffer full.BD2-2220 • Setting MSW 1 (a=1) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 48 49 48 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function Reports the power on. (Note) Sets input buffer full and offline to be Busy. Reserved Resets with parallel pin 31. Disables CR (0DH). prints as it is. data wait is taken. Reserved Does not reset at serial I/F pin 6. Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Sets head-up* error during printing to be auto recovery error. Sets head-up* error during printing to be recoverable error. After head-down* and PE recovery. as a unit. prints from the beginning using PAGE MODE. Immediately after digit reaches full. Reserved • Setting MSW 3 (a=3) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 49 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) Function After clearing cutter error. LT2X20 series: Head-down/Head-up LT2X21 series: platen-close/platen-open 5 6 7 8 . After head-down* and PE recovery. After clearing cutter error. image. double-height printing. At the occurrence of receiving error. Resets at serial I/F pin 6. Enables CR (0DH). replaces the data with “?”. barcode. etc. Disables stored printing. ignores the data. Does not reset with parallel pin 31.196 - . • Setting MSW 2 (a=2) n 1 2 3 4 b (Set Value) 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) Function Reserved Reserved Enables stored printing. Sets input buffer capacity to 4K bytes. line-feed is taken. At the occurrence of receiving error. Does not report power on. can be restored by Feed SW. Reserved Reserved Reserved * Name depends on a mechanism to use. Sets input buffer capacity to 45 bytes. cannot be restored by Feed SW. Immediately after digit reaches full.

sets sensor position to be on the printing side At the selection of Black mark paper. Enables stored printing. replaces the data with “?”. image. 6 7 8 * MSW 4-1. Reserved Resets with parallel pin 31. sets sensor position to be on the back of the printing side Paper heading cut disabled. Enables CR (0DH). Immediately after digit reaches full. line-feed is taken. Uses thermal paper Uses Black mark paper Reserved Reserved Reserved Sets platen-open error during printing to be auto recovery error. • Setting MSW 2 (a=2) n 1 2 3 4 b (Set Value) 49 (Default) 48 49(Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 (Default) 48 49 (Default) Function Reserved Disables auto cutter. Paper heading cut enabled. prints as it is. Reserved Does not reset at serial I/F pin 6. After clearing cutter error.197 - . barcode. Enables auto cutter. At the selection of Black mark paper. Disables PNE. Sets input buffer capacity to 4K bytes. etc. disables auto end-measurement. Disables stored printing. (Note) Sets input buffer full and offline to be Busy. 1 5 Base style is PMU2XX0/PMU2XX2. Mechanism name is LT-23XX. Sets platen-open error during printing to be recoverable error. Resets at serial I/F pin 6. Reserved Reserved Forcible partial cut disabled. Disables CR (0DH). Does not report power on. Immediately after digit reaches full. cannot be restored by Feed SW. At the selection of Black mark paper. Forcible partial cut enabled (full cut by command: enabled). Base style is PMU2XX1. -2 are valid when MSW 3-4 is ON. double-height printing. Reserved • Setting MSW 3 (a=3) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 49 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) Function After clearing cutter error. Sets to be busy with input buffer full. After head-down* and PE recovery. Sets input buffer capacity to 45 bytes. At the occurrence of receiving error. Sets paper width to 80 mm Sets paper width to 58(60) mm Reserved Enables PNE. data wait is taken. enables auto end-measurement. • Setting MSW 4 (a=4) n b (Set Value) 48 49 (Default) 48 2 49 (Default) 3 4 5 6 7 8 48 49 (Default) 48 49 48 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48(Default) 49 Function At the selection of Black mark paper. After head-down* and PE recovery. At the occurrence of receiving error. Does not reset with parallel pin 31. can be restored by Feed SW.PMU2XXX • Setting MSW 1 (a=1) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 48 49 48 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function Reports the power on. Mechanism name is LT-22XX. . as a unit. ignores the data. prints from the beginning using PAGE MODE.

198 - .PMU2XXX Setting MSW 5 (a=5) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) Function Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved It is priority of the print quqlity. Reserved Reserved . Priority of the print speed.

Does not report power on. Disables PNE. double-height printing. After head-down* and PE recovery. as a unit.199 - . Sets CBM1000-compatible mode. Disables CR (0DH). ignores the data. Sets to be busy with input buffer full. Reserved Enables PNE. Sets platen-open error during printing to be auto recovery error. Sets paper width to 58(60) mm.PMU2XXXII • Setting MSW 1 (a=1) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 48 49 48 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function Reports the power on. 5 6 7 8 . Immediately after digit reaches full. Sets platen-open error during printing to be recoverable error. Used with 42/30 print columns. etc. Immediately after digit reaches full. barcode. Enables stored printing. image. At the occurrence of receiving error. prints from the beginning using PAGE MODE. (Note) Sets input buffer full and offline to be Busy. At the occurrence of receiving error. Enables auto cutter. After clearing cutter error. data wait is taken. After head-down* and PE recovery. cannot be restored by Feed SW. • Setting MSW 2 (a=2) n 1 2 3 4 b (Set Value) 49 (Default) 48 49(Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 (Default) 48 49 (Default) Function Reserved Disables auto cutter. Sets input buffer capacity to 4K bytes. Enables CR (0DH). Sets input buffer capacity to 45 bytes. Reserved Does not reset at serial I/F pin 6. Sets paper width to 80 mm. can be restored by Feed SW. line-feed is taken. Disables stored printing. Reserved • Setting MSW 3 (a=3) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48(Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 8 49 Function After clearing cutter error. replaces the data with “?”. Uses thermal paper. Reserved Resets with parallel pin 31. Used with 48/32 print columns. prints as it is. Does not reset with parallel pin 31. Resets at serial I/F pin 6. Uses Black mark paper. Reserved Sets EPSON compatible mode.

-2 are valid when MSW 3-4 is ON. Reserved Reserved It is priority of the print quqlity. At the selection of Black mark paper. Reserved Reserved . Reserved Reserved Forcible partial cut disabled. At the selection of Black mark paper. * MSW 4-1. Paper heading cut enabled. sets sensor position to be on the back of the printing side.PMU2XXXII • Setting MSW 4 (a=4) n 1 b (Set Value) 48 49 (Default) 48 2 49 (Default) 3 4 5 6 7 8 48 49 (Default) 48 49 48 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48(Default) 49 Function At the selection of Black mark paper. sets sensor position to be on the printing side. Mechanism name is LT-22XX. Priority of the print speed. Mechanism name is LT-23XX.200 - . Setting MSW 5 (a=5) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 49 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) Function Reserved Reserved USB mode virtual serial. disables auto end-measurement. At the selection of Black mark paper. enables auto end-measurement. Base style is PMU2XX0/PMU2XX2. Forcible partial cut enabled (full cut by command: enabled). USB mode printer class. Base style is PMU2XX1. Paper heading cut disabled.

Does not reset with parallel pin 31. Resets at serial I/F pin 6. After head-down* and PE recovery. Enables auto cutter.201 - . Does not report power on.CT-P292/293 • Setting MSW 1 (a=1) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 48 49 48 (Default) (Default) (Default) (Default) Function Reports the power on. Sets to be busy with input buffer full. Sets paper width to 80 mm. Sets input buffer capacity to 4K bytes. cannot be restored by Feed SW. 5 6 7 8 . barcode. Enables stored printing. can be restored by Feed SW. Reserved • Setting MSW 3 (a=3) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48(Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 8 49 Function After clearing cutter error. Uses Black mark paper. Reserved Resets with parallel pin 31. line-feed is taken. as a unit. Reserved Enables PNE. Sets platen-open error during printing to be recoverable error. Disables CR (0DH). ignores the data. double-height printing. At the occurrence of receiving error. Uses thermal paper. Sets platen-open error during printing to be auto recovery error. Reserved Sets EPSON compatible mode. prints as it is. prints from the beginning using PAGE MODE. Disables stored printing. etc. Sets paper width to 58(60) mm. Disables PNE. Immediately after digit reaches full. After clearing cutter error. • Setting MSW 2 (a=2) n 1 2 3 4 b (Set Value) 49 (Default) 48 49(Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 49 48 49 48 (Default) 48 49 (Default) Function Reserved Disables auto cutter. (Note) Sets input buffer full and offline to be Busy. Reserved Does not reset at serial I/F pin 6. After head-down* and PE recovery. Used with 48 print columns Used with 32 print columns. Sets CBM1000-compatible mode. Sets input buffer capacity to 45 bytes. replaces the data with “?”. image. data wait is taken. Enables CR (0DH). Immediately after digit reaches full. At the occurrence of receiving error.

Setting MSW 5 (a=5) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 48 (Default) 49 48 (Default) 48 (Default) Function Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved It is priority of the print quqlity. -2 are valid when MSW 3-4 is ON. Priority of the print speed. Reserved Reserved . * MSW 4-1.202 - . Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Forcible partial cut disabled.CT-P292/293 • Setting MSW 4 (a=4) n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 b (Set Value) 48 49 48 49 (Default) 48 49 (Default) 48 49 48 49 48 48 48(Default) 49 Function Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Paper heading cut disabled. Paper heading cut enabled. Forcible partial cut enabled (full cut by command: enabled).

5. . 6 OFF: 30H (“0”) ON : 31H (“1”) [Caution] [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/ CT-S801/CT-S601 • MSW7 to MSW10 cannot be sent by this command. 7. Header ID Data NULL 37H 21H 30H or 31H 00H No. 4 CT-S281/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII/CT-P292/293 a=1. 6 [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • Sends the content of MSW set in “a”.fn=4: Function 4 Sending the Set Memory Switch Value GS ( E pL pH fn a [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<45>H<pL><pH><fn><a> (pL+pH×256)=2 fn=4 CT-S280/BD2-2220 a=1. 2. 5 CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S601 a=1. 3. • Transmission is available by <Sending preset customize value>. 2. 3 CT-S300/PMU2XXX a=1. 3. 3.203 - . 4. 2. of Data 1 1 8 1 • Sends the set value of data in 8-byte data raw in order of bits 8. 4. Hex. 2.

116. 6. 5 Selects printing density. 2. Selects input buffer full Busy output/cancel timing (idle capacity). 240. 6. 240. 223. 224. 216.204 - . 222. 202. 218. 214. 221. 218 CT-S281 a=5. 243 BD2-2220 a=5. 231. 230. 217. 213. 220. 6 Selects printing speed. 221. Sets ACK output position (only parallel I/F). 216. Selects the flow control when virtual COM is set. 216. 3. 202. 202. 224. 241. 225. 218.. 225 CT-S4000 a=1. 218 [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets the customized value set in “a” to (nL+nH×256). 224. 3. . 221. 221. 116. 201. 212. 201. 218.fn=5: Function 5 Setting Customized Value GS ( E pL pH fn [a1 n1L n1H]. 220. 202. 202 PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII a=5. 212. 230. 214. 2. 240. a Function 1 Specifies user NV memory capacity. 5. 216. 213. 212. 213. 116. 5. CT-P292/293 a=5. 97. 214. 214. 3. 241. 3. 242. 212. 201. 222. 224. 222. 223. 213. Sets the number of divisions for conducting head 97 116 201 202 212 213 Selects printing color. 223. 223. 243 CT-S851 a=1. 242. 6. 216. 202. 202. 222. 5. 241. 218. 213. 116. 6. 217. 223. 226 CT-S300/CT-S310 a=3.201. 217. 231. 242. 223. 6. 202. 201. 201. 214 CT-S801 a=1. 221. 213. 223. 232. 3. 217. 221. 222. 202. 222. 201. 5. 5. 116. 6. 224. 233. 5. 233. 216.. 220. 213. 234. 212. 201. 240. 240. 220. 221. 217. 225 *a=220. 6. 202. 214. 224.[ak nkL nkH] [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<45>H<pL><pH><fn>[<a1><n1L><n1H>]…[<ak><nkL><nkH>] 4≦(pL+pH×256)≦65535 fn=5 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦65535 CT-S280 a=5. 222. 214. 2 Specifies the memory capacity of NV graphics. Selects DMA (Direct Memory Access) control of serial communication. 2. 116. 6. 2. 3 Selects paper width. 225. 116. 116. 214. 217. 201. 225. 2. 6. 220. 225 CT-S2000 a=1. 243 CT-S601/CT-S651 a=1. 240. 224. 6. 232. 220. and 225 are supported with only label/BM model.

Sets the maximum BM page length. Adjusts the distance of BM footer.214 216 217 218 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 230 231 232 233 234 240 241 242 243 [Caution] Select the enable/disable of Kanji. Sets the wait time for manual cut Selects the language of LCD message Selects the enable/disable of LCD download message Selects the LCD auto Off time Selects the enable/disable of key lock Selects the direction of LCD message Sets the buzzer volume Sets the max dot number for one head division Sets the max dot number for PoweredUSB Select the mechanism type [The specification which is common to the model] • This function operates only in printer function setting mode. Adjusts the distance of BM header. • The value changed by this command is enabled by execution of function 2 (fn = 2: End of printer function setting mode) (Recommended) . Adjusts the length of BM cut distance.205 - . Selects JIS / Shift JIS Selects the international character set Selects the codepage Sets the maximum BM width. Adjusts the length of BM head distance.

• Ignores the data received when input buffer idle capacity is 0. (nL+nH×256) 1 (Default) 257 Paper Specified single color paper. When Input Buffer Capacity “Small” is Set Output 1 2 3 4 16 16 30 30 Cancel 26 40 50 60 When Input Buffer Capacity 4K Bytes (Large) is Set Output Cancel 128 128 72 72 256 512 256 512 (nL+nH×256) • XON/XOFF is also output by the establishment of conditions. .CT-S280 • a=5: Sets printing density to the level specified by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0(Default) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printing Density 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% • a=116: Sets the paper specified by (nL+nH×256).206 - . (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 (Default) Printing Speed Printing speed level 1 (84%) Printing speed level 2 (86%) Printing speed level 3 (88%) Printing speed level 4 (90%) Printing speed level 5 (92%) Printing speed level 6 (94%) Printing speed level 7 (96%) Printing speed level 8 (98%) Printing speed level 9 (100%) • a=202: Controls input buffer full Busy with the value selected by (nL+nH×256) and controls Busy with output/cancel timing (remaining capacity). (nL+nH×256) 1 (Default) 2 3 ACK Output Position ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy • a=6: Sets printing speed to the value specified by (nL+nH×256). Recommended 2-color paper5 • a=201: Outputs ACK to the position specified by (nL+nH×256).

A. Denmark I Sweden Itary Spain I (nL+nH×256) 9 10 11 12 13 14 Int’l Char set Japan Norway Denmark II Spain II Latin America Korea . France Germany U.K.S.207 - .CT-S280 • a=214: Select the enable/disable of Kanji specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1 2(Default) Kanji Invalid(OFF) Valid(ON) • a=218: Select the codepage specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Codepage Codepage PC437 Katakana Codepage PC850 Codepage PC860 Codepage PC863 Codepage PC865 Codepage PC852 (nL+nH×256) 8 9 10 11 12 13 Codepage Codepage PC866 Codepage PC857 WPC1252 Space page Codepage PC864 Thai code18 • a=216: Select the JIS/Shift JIS specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 JIS/Shift JIS JIS (ON) Shift JIS(OFF) • a=217: Select the international character set specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Int’l Char set U.

When Input Buffer Capacity “Small” is Set Output 1 2 3 4 16 16 30 30 Cancel 26 40 50 60 When Input Buffer Capacity 4K Bytes (Large) is Set Output Cancel 128 128 72 72 256 512 256 512 (nL+nH×256) • a=6: Sets printing speed to the value specified by (nL+nH×256). Recommended 2-color paper5 • a=202: Controls input buffer full Busy with the value selected by (nL+nH×256) and controls Busy with output/cancel timing (remaining capacity). • Ignores the data received when input buffer idle capacity is 0. (nL+nH×256) 1 (Default) 257 Paper Specified single color paper. (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 Flow control PC setting DTR/DSR XON/XOFF . • a=213: Selects the flow control specified by (nL+nH×256) when virtual COM is set. (nL+nH×256) 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0(Default) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printing Density 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% • a=116: Sets the paper specified by (nL+nH×256).208 - . (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 (Default) Printing Speed Printing speed level 1 (84%) Printing speed level 2 (86%) Printing speed level 3 (88%) Printing speed level 4 (90%) Printing speed level 5 (92%) Printing speed level 6 (94%) Printing speed level 7 (96%) Printing speed level 8 (98%) Printing speed level 9 (100%) • XON/XOFF is also output by the establishment of conditions.CT-S281 • a=5: Sets printing density to the level specified by (nL+nH×256).

Denmark I Sweden Itary Spain I (nL+nH×256) 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Int’l Char set Japan Norway Denmark II Spain II Latin America Korea Coratia P.A. Default: 3 seconds.CT-S281 • a=214: Select the enable/disable of Kanji specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1 2(Default) Kanji Invalid(OFF) Valid(ON) • a=218: Select the codepage specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Codepage Codepage PC437 Katakana Codepage PC850 Codepage PC860 Codepage PC863 Codepage PC865 Codepage PC852 (nL+nH×256) 8 9 10 11 12 13 Codepage Codepage PC866 Codepage PC857 WPC1252 Space page Codepage PC864 Thai code18 • a=216: Select the JIS/Shift JIS specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 JIS/Shift JIS JIS (ON) Shift JIS(OFF) • a=217: Select the international character set specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Int’l Char set U.209 - .K.S. 0≦(nL+nH×256)≦1200 Unit: 1 second. .R. printer wait until FEED is pressed. France Germany U. China • a=226: Sets the wait time for manual cut by (nL+nH×256) if “0” is specified.

CT-S300
• a=3: Sets paper width to the size specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 2 6 (Default) Paper Width 58mm 80mm

• a=6: Sets printing speed to the value specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9(Default) Printing Speed Printing speed level 1 (84%) Printing speed level 2 (86%) Printing speed level 3 (88%) Printing speed level 4 (90%) Printing speed level 5 (92%) Printing speed level 6 (94%) Printing speed level 7 (96%) Printing speed level 8 (98%) Printing speed level 9 (100%)

• a=5: Sets printing density to the level specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0(Default) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printing Density 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140%

• a=97: Sets the number of divisions for conducting head specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 2(Default) 4 No. of Divisions for Conducting Head 2-division conducting 4-division conducting

• a=116: Sets the paper specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1 (Default) 257 Paper Specified single color paper. Recommended 2-color paper5

• a=201: Outputs ACK to the position specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nHx256) 1 (Default) 2 3 ACK Output Position ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy

- 210 -

CT-S300
• a=202: Controls input buffer full Busy with the value selected by (nL+nH×256) and controls Busy with output/cancel timing (remaining capacity).
When Input Buffer Capacity “Small” is Set Output 1 2 3 4 16 16 30 30 Cancel 26 40 50 60 When Input Buffer Capacity 4K Bytes (Large) is Set Output Cancel 128 128 72 72 256 512 256 512

• a=222: Head margin set by the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 168dot Initial value: 0dot

(nL+nH×256)

• a=223: Sets black mark bottom margin with the amount selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 34 dots

• XON/XOFF is also output by the establishment of conditions. • Ignores the data received when input buffer idle capacity is 0.

• a=220: Sets the maximum width of black mark by the amount selected by (nL+nH×256) 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 40 dots

• a=224: Sets cut distance with the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 232 dots

• a=221: Sets the maximum length of black mark page with the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 2360 dots

• a=225: Sets head distance with the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 56 dots

- 211 -

CT-S310
• a=3: Sets paper width to the size specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 2 6 (Default) Paper Width 58mm 80mm

• a=6: Sets printing speed to the value specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9(Default) Printing Speed Printing speed level 1 (84%) Printing speed level 2 (86%) Printing speed level 3 (88%) Printing speed level 4 (90%) Printing speed level 5 (92%) Printing speed level 6 (94%) Printing speed level 7 (96%) Printing speed level 8 (98%) Printing speed level 9 (100%)

• a=5: Sets printing density to the level specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0(Default) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printing Density 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140%

• a=97: Sets the number of divisions for conducting head specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 2(Default) 4 No. of Divisions for Conducting Head 2-division conducting 4-division conducting

• a=116: Sets the paper specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1 (Default) 257 Paper Specified single color paper. Recommended 2-color paper5

• a=201: Outputs ACK to the position specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256 1 (Default) 2 3 ACK Output Position ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy

- 212 -

CT-S310
• a=202: Controls input buffer full Busy with the value selected by (nL+nH×256) and controls Busy with output/cancel timing (remaining capacity).
When Input Buffer Capacity “Small” is Set Output 1 2 3 4 16 16 8 8 Cancel 26 36 26 36 When Input Buffer Capacity 4K Bytes (Large) is Set Output Cancel 384 384 256 256 512 1024 384 512

• a=222: Head margin set by the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 168dot Initial value: 0dot

(nL+nH×256)

• a=223: Sets black mark bottom margin with the amount selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 34 dots

• XON/XOFF is also output by the establishment of conditions. • Ignores the data received when input buffer idle capacity is 0.

• a=220: Sets the maximum width of black mark by the amount selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 40 dots

• a=224: Sets cut distance with the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 232 dots

• a=221: Sets the maximum length of black mark page with the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 2360 dots

• a=225: Sets head distance with the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 56 dots

- 213 -

CT-S2000
• a=1: Sets the user NV memory capacity to the size specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4(Default) Memory Capacity 1K bytes 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes

• a=5: Sets printing density to the level specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0(Default) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printing Density 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140%

• a=2: Sets NV graphic memory capacity to the size specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7(Default) Memory Capacity None 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes 256K bytes 320K bytes 384K bytes

• a=6: Sets printing speed to the value specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9(Default) Printing Speed Printing speed level 1 (84%) Printing speed level 2 (86%) Printing speed level 3 (88%) Printing speed level 4 (90%) Printing speed level 5 (92%) Printing speed level 6 (94%) Printing speed level 7 (96%) Printing speed level 8 (98%) Printing speed level 9 (100%)

• a=3: Sets paper width to the size specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7(Default) 8 Paper Width 58mm(360dot) 58mm(384dot) 58mm(432dot) 58mm(432dot) 58mm(436dot) 80mm(512dot) 80mm(576dot) 82.5mm(640dot)

- 214 -

CT-S2000
• a=116: Sets the paper specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 257 Paper Specified single color paper. Recommended 2-color paper5

• a=212: Selects DMA (Direct Memory Access) control of serial communication specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1 2(Default) DMA control Invalid Valid

• a=201: Outputs ACK to the position specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 ACK Output Position ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy

• a=213: Selects the flow control specified by (nL+nH×256) when virtual COM is set.
(nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 Flow control PC setting DTR/DSR XON/XOFF

• a=202: Controls input buffer full Busy with the value selected by (nL+nH×256) and controls Busy with output/cancel timing (remaining capacity).
When Input Buffer Capacity “Small” is Set Output 1 2 3 4 16 16 30 30 Cancel 26 40 50 60 When Input Buffer Capacity 4K Bytes (Large) is Set Output Cancel 128 128 72 72 256 512 256 512

• a=214: Select the enable/disable of Kanji specified by (nL+nH×256)
(nL+nH×256) 1 2(Default) Kanji Invalid(OFF) Valid(ON)

(nL+nH×256)

• XON/XOFF is also output by the establishment of conditions. • Ignores the data received when input buffer idle capacity is 0.

• a=220: Sets the maximum width of black mark by the amount selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 40 dots

- 215 -

CT-S2000
• a=221: Sets the maximum length of black mark page with the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 2360 dots • a=225: Sets head distance with the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 56 dots

• a=222: Head margin set by the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 168dot Initial value: 0dot

• a=223: Sets black mark bottom margin with the amount selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 34 dots

• a=224: Sets cut distance with the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 232 dots

- 216 -

CT-S4000
• a=1: Sets the user NV memory capacity to the size specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 Memory Capacity 1K bytes 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes

• a=5: Sets printing density to the level specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0(Default) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printing Density 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140%

• a=2: Sets NV graphic memory capacity to the size specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7(Default) Memory Capacity None 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes 256K bytes 320K bytes 384K bytes

• a=6: Sets printing speed to the value specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9(Default) Printing Speed Printing speed level 1 (84%) Printing speed level 2 (86%) Printing speed level 3 (88%) Printing speed level 4 (90%) Printing speed level 5 (92%) Printing speed level 6 (94%) Printing speed level 7 (96%) Printing speed level 8 (98%) Printing speed level 9 (100%)

• a=3: Sets paper width to the size specified by (nL+nH×256).
(nL+nH×256) 5 6 7 8 9(Default) Paper Width 512 dots 576 dots 660 dots 720 dots 832 dots

- 217 -

When Input Buffer Capacity “Small” is Set Output 1 2 3 4 16 16 30 30 Cancel 26 40 50 60 When Input Buffer Capacity 4K Bytes (Large) is Set Output Cancel 128 128 72 72 256 512 256 512 • a=214: Select the enable/disable of Kanji specified by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 ACK Output Position ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy • a=213: Selects the flow control specified by (nL+nH×256) when virtual COM is set. (nL+nH×256) 1 2 (Default) DMA control Invalid Valid • a=201: Outputs ACK to the position specified by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 Flow control PC setting DTR/DSR XON/XOFF • a=202: Controls input buffer full Busy with the value selected by (nL+nH×256) and controls Busy with output/cancel timing (remaining capacity). . Recommended 2-color paper5 • a=212: Selects DMA (Direct Memory Access) control of serial communication specified by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 1 (Default) 257 Paper Specified single color paper. • Ignores the data received when input buffer idle capacity is 0. (nL+nH×256) 1 2(Default) Kanji Invalid(OFF) Valid(ON) (nL+nH×256) • XON/XOFF is also output by the establishment of conditions.CT-S4000 • a=116: Sets the paper specified by (nL+nH×256).218 - .

(nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7(Default) 8 9 10 Paper Width 58mm(360dot) 58mm(384dot) 58mm(432dot) 58mm(432dot) 58mm(436dot) 80mm(512dot) 80mm(576dot) 82.219 - . (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4(Default) Memory Capacity 1K bytes 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes • a=5: Sets printing density to the level specified by (nL+nH×256).CT-S801/CT-S851 • a=1: Sets the user NV memory capacity to the size specified by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0(Default) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printing Density 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% • a=2: Sets NV graphic memory capacity to the size specified by (nL+nH×256).5mm(640dot) 58mm(390dot) 80mm(546dot) . (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9(Default) Printing Speed Printing speed level 1 (84%) Printing speed level 2 (86%) Printing speed level 3 (88%) Printing speed level 4 (90%) Printing speed level 5 (92%) Printing speed level 6 (94%) Printing speed level 7 (96%) Printing speed level 8 (98%) Printing speed level 9 (100%) • a=3: Sets paper width to the size specified by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7(Default) Memory Capacity None 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes 256K bytes 320K bytes 384K bytes • a=6: Sets printing speed to the value specified by (nL+nH×256).

(nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 ACK Output Position ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy • a=213: Selects the flow control specified by (nL+nH×256) when virtual COM is set.220 - . . When Input Buffer Capacity “Small” is Set Output 1 2 3 4 16 16 30 30 Cancel 26 40 50 60 When Input Buffer Capacity 4K Bytes (Large) is Set Output Cancel 128 128 72 72 256 512 256 512 • a=214: Select the enable/disable of Kanji specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1 2(Default) Kanji Invalid(OFF) Valid(ON) (nL+nH×256) • a=216: Select the JIS/Shift JIS specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 JIS/Shift JIS JIS (ON) Shift JIS(OFF) • XON/XOFF is also output by the establishment of conditions.CT-S801/CT-S851 • a=116: Sets the paper specified by (nL+nH×256). Recommended 2-color paper5 • a=212: Selects DMA (Direct Memory Access) control of serial communication specified by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 Flow control PC setting DTR/DSR XON/XOFF • a=202: Controls input buffer full Busy with the value selected by (nL+nH×256) and controls Busy with output/cancel timing (remaining capacity). (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 257 Paper Specified single color paper. (nL+nH×256) 1 2(Default) DMA control Invalid Valid • a=201: Outputs ACK to the position specified by (nL+nH×256). • Ignores the data received when input buffer idle capacity is 0.

221 - . Denmark I Sweden Itary Spain I (nL+nH×256) 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Int’l Char set Japan Norway Denmark II Spain II Latin America Korea Coratia P. 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 40 dots 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 232 dots . France Germany U. China • a=221: Sets the maximum length of black mark page with the value selected by (nL+nH×256).K.S.CT-S801/CT-S851 • a=217: Select the international character set specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Int’l Char set U. 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 168dot Initial value: 0dot • a=218: Select the codepage specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Codepage Codepage PC437 Katakana Codepage PC850 Codepage PC860 Codepage PC863 Codepage PC865 Codepage PC852 (nL+nH×256) 8 9 10 11 12 13 Codepage Codepage PC866 Codepage PC857 WPC1252 Space page Codepage PC864 Thai code18 • a=223: Sets black mark bottom margin with the amount selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 34 dots • a=224: Sets cut distance with the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 2360 dots • a=222: Head margin set by the value selected by (nL+nH×256).A.R. • a=220: Sets the maximum width of black mark by the amount selected by (nL+nH×256).

later 5 min. 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 56 dots • a=233: Selects the enable/disable of key lock specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 Key lock Invalid Valid • a=230: Sets the language of LCD messages lselected by (nL+nH×256).CT-S801/CT-S851 • a=225: Sets head distance with the value selected by (nL+nH×256). later .222 - . (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 4 5 6 7 Language English French German Italian Spanish Japanese Chinese • a=234: Selects the direction of LCD message specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 LCD display direction Normal Inverted • a=240: Sets the buzzer level specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 4 Buzzer volume Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 • a=231: Selects the enable/disable of download LCD message specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 Download LCD message Invalid(ON) Valid(OFF) • a=241: Sets the max number of 1 head division specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 Max dot in 1 head division 128 dots 200 dots 288 dots • a=232: Sets the LCD auto off time specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 LCD auto off time Invlid 30 sec.

CT-S801 • a=242: Sets the max dot number with PoweredUSB specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 PoweredUSB max dot nos 128 dots 200 dots 288 dots • a=243: Selects the mechianism type specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 Mechniasm type 2 inch 3 inch .223 - .

224 - . (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4(Default) Memory Capacity 1K bytes 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes • a=5: Sets printing density to the level specified by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7(Default) Memory Capacity None 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes 256K bytes 320K bytes 384K bytes • a=6: Sets printing speed to the value specified by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0(Default) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printing Density 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% • a=2: Sets NV graphic memory capacity to the size specified by (nL+nH×256).CT-S601/CT-S651 • a=1: Sets the user NV memory capacity to the size specified by (nL+nH×256).5mm(640dot) 58mm(390dot) 80mm(546dot) . (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9(Default) Printing Speed Printing speed level 1 (84%) Printing speed level 2 (86%) Printing speed level 3 (88%) Printing speed level 4 (90%) Printing speed level 5 (92%) Printing speed level 6 (94%) Printing speed level 7 (96%) Printing speed level 8 (98%) Printing speed level 9 (100%) • a=3: Sets paper width to the size specified by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7(Default) 8 9 10 Paper Width 58mm(360dot) 58mm(384dot) 58mm(432dot) 58mm(432dot) 58mm(436dot) 80mm(512dot) 80mm(576dot) 82.

(nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 Flow control PC setting DTR/DSR XON/XOFF • a=202: Controls input buffer full Busy with the value selected by (nL+nH×256) and controls Busy with output/cancel timing (remaining capacity).CT-S601/CT-S651 • a=116: Sets the paper specified by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 1 2(Default) DMA control Invalid Valid • a=201: Outputs ACK to the position specified by (nL+nH×256).225 - . Recommended 2-color paper5 • a=212: Selects DMA (Direct Memory Access) control of serial communication specified by (nL+nH×256). • Ignores the data received when input buffer idle capacity is 0. (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 257 Paper Specified single color paper. . When Input Buffer Capacity “Small” is Set Output 1 2 3 4 16 16 30 30 Cancel 26 40 50 60 When Input Buffer Capacity 4K Bytes (Large) is Set Output Cancel 128 128 72 72 256 512 256 512 • a=214: Select the enable/disable of Kanji specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1 2(Default) Kanji Invalid(OFF) Valid(ON) (nL+nH×256) • a=216: Select the JIS/Shift JIS specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 JIS/Shift JIS JIS (ON) Shift JIS(OFF) • XON/XOFF is also output by the establishment of conditions. (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 ACK Output Position ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy • a=213: Selects the flow control specified by (nL+nH×256) when virtual COM is set.

A.226 - . China • a=221: Sets the maximum length of black mark page with the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 40 dots 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 232 dots . • a=220: Sets the maximum width of black mark by the amount selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 2360 dots • a=222: Head margin set by the value selected by (nL+nH×256). France Germany U. Denmark I Sweden Itary Spain I (nL+nH×256) 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Int’l Char set Japan Norway Denmark II Spain II Latin America Korea Coratia P.K.R.CT-S601/CT-S651 • a=217: Select the international character set specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Int’l Char set U. 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 168dot Initial value: 0dot • a=218: Select the codepage specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Codepage Codepage PC437 Katakana Codepage PC850 Codepage PC860 Codepage PC863 Codepage PC865 Codepage PC852 (nL+nH×256) 8 9 10 11 12 13 Codepage Codepage PC866 Codepage PC857 WPC1252 Space page Codepage PC864 Thai code18 • a=223: Sets black mark bottom margin with the amount selected by (nL+nH×256).S. 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 34 dots • a=224: Sets cut distance with the value selected by (nL+nH×256).

1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 56 dots • a=243: Selects the mechianism type specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 Mechniasm type 2 inch 3 inch • a=240: Sets the buzzer level specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 4 Buzzer volume Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 • a=241: Sets the max number of 1 head division specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 Max dot in 1 head division 128 dots 200 dots 288 dots • a=242: Sets the max dot number with PoweredUSB specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 PoweredUSB max dot nos 128 dots 200 dots 288 dots .CT-S601/CT-S651 • a=225: Sets head distance with the value selected by (nL+nH×256).227 - .

(nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 ACK Output Position ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy • a=202: Controls input buffer full Busy with the value selected by (nL+nH×256) and controls Busy with output/cancel timing (remaining capacity). (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9(Default) Printing Speed Printing speed level 1 (84%) Printing speed level 2 (86%) Printing speed level 3 (88%) Printing speed level 4 (90%) Printing speed level 5 (92%) Printing speed level 6 (94%) Printing speed level 7 (96%) Printing speed level 8 (98%) Printing speed level 9 (100%) • XON/XOFF is also output by the establishment of conditions.228 - . When Input Buffer Capacity “Small” is Set Output 1 2 3 4 16 16 30 30 Cancel 26 40 50 60 When Input Buffer Capacity 4K Bytes (Large) is Set Output Cancel 128 128 72 72 256 512 256 512 (nL+nH×256) • a=6: Sets printing speed to the value specified by (nL+nH×256).BD2-2220 • a=5: Sets printing density to the level specified by (nL+nH×256). . • Ignores the data received when input buffer idle capacity is 0. (nL+nH×256) 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0(Default) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printing Density 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% • a=201: Outputs ACK to the position specified by (nL+nH×256).

• a=220: Sets the maximum width of black mark by the amount selected by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0(Default) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printing Density 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% • a=201: Outputs ACK to the position specified by (nL+nH×256).PMU2XXX • a=5: Sets printing density to the level specified by (nL+nH×256).229 - . • Ignores the data received when input buffer idle capacity is 0. When Input Buffer Capacity “Small” is Set Output 1 2 3 4 16 16 30 30 Cancel 26 40 50 60 When Input Buffer Capacity 4K Bytes (Large) is Set Output Cancel 128 128 72 72 256 512 256 512 (nL+nH×256) • a=6: Sets printing speed to the value specified by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 40 dots . (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9(Default) Printing Speed Printing speed level 1 (84%) Printing speed level 2 (86%) Printing speed level 3 (88%) Printing speed level 4 (90%) Printing speed level 5 (92%) Printing speed level 6 (94%) Printing speed level 7 (96%) Printing speed level 8 (98%) Printing speed level 9 (100%) • XON/XOFF is also output by the establishment of conditions. (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 ACK Output Position ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy • a = 202: Controls input buffer full Busy with the value selected by (nL+nH×256) and controls Busy with output/cancel timing (remaining capacity).

1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 168dot Initial value: 0dot • a=223: Sets black mark bottom margin with the amount selected by (nL+nH×256).PMU2XXX • a=221: Sets the maximum length of black mark page with the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 232 dots .230 - . 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 2360 dots • a=225: Sets head distance with the value selected by (nL+nH×256) 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 56 dots • a=222: Head margin set by the value selected by (nL+nH×256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 34 dots • a=224: Sets cut distance with the value selected by (nL+nHx256).

231 - . . • Ignores the data received when input buffer idle capacity is 0. (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 ACK Output Position ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy • a=202: Controls input buffer full Busy with the value selected by (nL+nH×256)and controls Busy with output/cancel timing (remaining capacity). When Input Buffer Capacity “Small” is Set Output 1 2 3 4 16 16 30 30 Cancel 26 40 50 60 When Input Buffer Capacity 4K Bytes (Large) is Set Output Cancel 128 128 72 72 256 512 256 512 (nL+nH×256) • a=6: Sets printing speed to the value specified by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0(Default) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printing Density 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% • a=201: Outputs ACK to the position specified by (nL+nH×256).PMU2XXXII • a=5: Sets printing density to the level specified by (nL+nH×256). (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 (Default) Printing Speed Printing speed level 1 (84%) Printing speed level 2 (86%) Printing speed level 3 (88%) Printing speed level 4 (90%) Printing speed level 5 (92%) Printing speed level 6 (94%) Printing speed level 7 (96%) Printing speed level 8 (98%) Printing speed level 9 (100%) • XON/XOFF is also output by the establishment of conditions.

232 - . 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 56 dots • a=222: Head margin set by the value selected by (nL+nHx256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 40 dots • a=224: Sets cut distance with the value selected by (nL+nHx256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 2360 dots • a=225: Sets head distance with the value selected by (nL+nHx256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 232 dots • a=221: Sets the maximum length of black mark page with the value selected by (nL+nHx256).PMU2XXXII • a=220: Sets the maximum width of black mark by the amount selected by (nL+nHx256). 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦255 Unit: 1 dot Initial value: 34 dots . 1≦(nL+nH×256)≦32767 Unit: 168dot Initial value: 0dot • a=223: Sets black mark bottom margin with the amount selected by (nL+nHx256).

(nL+nH×256) 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0(Default) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printing Density 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% • a=213: Selects the flow control specified by (nL+nH×256) when virtual COM is set. France Germany U.K. China .CT-P292/293 • a=5: Sets printing density to the level specified by (nL+nH×256).S.A. Denmark I Sweden Itary Spain I (nL+nH×256) 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Int’l Char set Japan Norway Denmark II Spain II Latin America Korea Coratia P.233 - . (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 Flow control PC setting DTR/DSR XON/XOFF • a=214: Select the enable/disable of Kanji specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1 2(Default) Kanji Invalid(OFF) Valid(ON) • a=216: Select the JIS/Shift JIS specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 JIS/Shift JIS JIS (ON) Shift JIS(OFF) • a=6: Sets printing speed to the value specified by (nL+nH×256).R. (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 (Default) Printing Speed Printing speed level 1 (84%) Printing speed level 2 (86%) Printing speed level 3 (88%) Printing speed level 4 (90%) Printing speed level 5 (92%) Printing speed level 6 (94%) Printing speed level 7 (96%) Printing speed level 8 (98%) Printing speed level 9 (100%) • a=217: Select the international character set specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1(Default) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Int’l Char set U.

234 - .CT-P292/293 • a=218: Select the codepage specified by (nL+nH×256) (nL+nH×256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Codepage Codepage PC437 Katakana Codepage PC850 Codepage PC860 Codepage PC863 Codepage PC865 Codepage PC852 (nL+nH×256) 8 9 10 11 12 13 Codepage Codepage PC866 Codepage PC857 WPC1252 Space page Codepage PC864 Thai code18 .

217. 217. 2. 240. 214. 202. 224. 2. 218. 5. 6. 202. 214. 214. 201. 221. 224. 241. 213. 116. 217. 218. 216. 242. 202. 226 CT-S300/ CT-S310 a=3. 212. 5. 201. 5. 240. 116. 225 PMU2XXXII a=5. 5. Hex. 225 CT-S2000 a=1. 216. 5. 3. 221. 220. 116. 202. 225 CT-S4000 a=1. 216. Header ID Customized value No. 3. 212. 222. 218.fn=6: Function 6 Sending the Set Customized Value GS ( E pL pH fn a [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<45>H<pL><pH><fn><a> (pL+pH×256)=2 (pL=2. 232. 221. 213. 223. 216. 224. 220. 6. 225. 222. 223. 220. Separation number Customized value NULL 37H 27H 30H to 39H 1FH 30H to 39H 00H No. of Data 1 1 1 to 3 1 1 to 5 1 . 222. 223. 222. 217. 202. 214 CT-S801 a=1. 220. 217. 97. 116. 202. 218 CT-S281 a=5. 6. 202. 201. 213. 6. 234. 220. pH=0) fn=6 CT-S280 a=5. 2. 223. 222. 233. 6. 212. 213. 6. 201. 214. 202 PMU2XXX a=5. 201. 201. 216. 223. 6. 6. 224. 220. 224. 218 [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • Sends the set value of customized value set by “a”. 201. 221. 213. 116. 224. 223. 202. 214. 221. 214. 213. 3. 242. 3. 231. 240. 6. 243 BD2-2220 a=5. 212. 243 CT-S601 a=1. 221. 6. 116. 225. 241. 222. 116. 201. 230. 6. 2. 225 CT-P292/293 a=5. 202.235 - . 240.

a 1 2 3 5 6 97 116 201 202 212 213 214 216 217 218 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 230 231 232 233 234 240 241 242 243 Sending Data 1st Byte 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 57(“9”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 2nd Byte ― ― ― ― ― 55(“7”) 49(“1”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 52(“4”) 52(“4”) 52(“4”) 3rd Byte ― ― ― ― ― ― 54(“6”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) .236 - .• Configuration of customized value No.

237 - .CT-S280 • a=5: When print density is specified Setting Status Stored Value Print Density 1st Byte • a=116: When kind of paper is specified Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Paper Single-color paper 2-color paper 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Basic density 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=201: When ACK output position is specified Setting Status Stored Value ACK Output Position 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=202: Input buffer full Busy output/cancel timing Setting Status Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte • a=6: When printing speed is specified Setting Status Stored Value Print Speed 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value BUSY Output/Cancel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed level level level level level level level level level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 4 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=214: When Kanji is specified Setting Status Stored Value Kanji 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 OFF ON 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .

K.238 - .A.CT-S280 • a=216: When JIS/Shift JIS is specified Setting Status Stored Value JIS/Shift JIS 1st Byte • a=218: When codepage is specified Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Codepage Codepage PC437 Katakana Codepage PC850 Codepage PC860 Codepage PC863 Codepage PC865 Codepage PC852 Codepage PC866 Codepage PC857 WPC1252 Space page Codepage PC864 Thaicode18 1 2 JIS Shift JIS 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=217: When international character set is specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Int’l char. France Germany U. set U.S. Denmark I Sweden Italy Spain I Japan Norway Denmark II Spain II Latin America Korea 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .

239 - . • a=6: When printing speed is specified Setting Status Stored Value Print Density 1st Byte Setting Status Sending Data 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value Flow control 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 2nd Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed level level level level level level level level level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 PC setting DTR/DSR XON/XOF 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=214: When Kanji is specified Setting Status Stored Value Kanji 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 OFF ON 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .CT-S281 • a=5: When print density is specified Setting Status Stored Value Print Density 1st Byte • a=116: When kind of paper is specified Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Paper Single-color paper 2-color paper 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Basic density 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― 53(“5”) ― 50(“7”) ― ― ― ― • a=202: Input buffer full Busy output/cancel timing Setting Status Stored Value BUSY Output/Cancel 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=213: When the flow control of virtual COM is specified.

48(“0”) .S. . . . . France Germany U. 1200 sec 0 1 . . 48(“0”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) .K.R. Denmark I Sweden Italy Spain I Japan Norway Denmark II Spain II Latin America Korea Croathia P. . . 49(“1”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) . 1200 48(“0”) 48(“0”) . . 50(“2”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) . . . set U.A.China 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=226: When the wait time for manual cut is specified. . Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Wait time for manual cut 0 sec 1 sec . . 48(“0”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) . .CT-S281 • a=216: When JIS/Shift JIS is specified Setting Status Stored Value JIS/Shift JIS 1st Byte • a=218: When codepage is specified Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Codepage Codepage PC437 Katakana Codepage PC850 Codepage PC860 Codepage PC863 Codepage PC865 Codepage PC852 Codepage PC866 Codepage PC857 WPC1252 Space page Codepage PC864 Thaicode18 1 2 JIS Shift JIS 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=217: When international character set is specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Int’l char.240 - . .

CT-S300/CT-S310 • a=3: When paper width is specified Setting Status Stored Value Paper Width 1st Byte • a=6: When printing speed is specified Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Print Speed 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 1 3 58mm 80mm 49(“1”) 54(“6”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=5: When print density is specified Setting Status Stored Value Print Density 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Basic density 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed level level level level level level level level level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=97: When number of divisions for head conducting is specified Setting Status Stored Value No.241 - . of Divisions 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 2 4 2 division conducting 4 division conducting 50(“2”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=116: When kind of paper is specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Paper Single-color paper 2-color paper 1 2 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― 53(“5”) ― 55(“7”) ― ― ― ― .

CT-S300/CT-S310 • a=201: When ACK output position is specified Setting Status Stored Value ACK Output Position 1st Byte • a=222: When head margin is specified Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Head Margin 0dot ・ ・ ・ 32767dot 1 2 3 ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 0 ・ ・ ・ 32767 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) • a=202: Input buffer full Busy output/cancel timing Setting Status Stored Value BUSY Output/Cancel 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte • a=223: When bottom margin is specified Stored Value 1 2 3 4 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― Setting Status Bottom Margin 0 0 ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 255 255 Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― • a=220: When maximum black mark width is specified Setting Status Stored Value Maximum B.M Width 1st Byte • a=224: When cut distance is specified Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Cut Distance 0 ・ ・ ・ 255 0 ・ ・ ・ 32767 0dot ・ ・ ・ 32767dot 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 0 ・ ・ ・ 255 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― • a=221: When maximum length of black mark page is specified Setting Status Stored Value Maximum B.242 - .M Page Length 1st Byte • a=225: When head distance is specified Stored Value Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 0 ・ ・ ・ 32767 0dot ・ ・ ・ 32767dot 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) Setting Status Head Distance 0 0 ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 255 255 Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― .

5mm(640dot) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed level level level level level level level level level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .243 - .CT-S2000 • a=1: When user NV memory capacity is specified Setting Status Stored Value Memory Capacity 1st Byte • a=5: When print density is specified Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Print Density 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 1K bytes 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=2: When NV graphics memory capacity is specified Setting Status Stored Value Memory Capacity 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 None 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes 256K bytes 320K bytes 384K bytes 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Basic density 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=6: When printing speed is specified Setting Status Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value Print Speed • a=3: When paper width is specified Setting Status Stored Value Paper Width 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 58mm(360dot) 58mm(384dot) 58mm(432dot) 58mm(432dot) 58mm(436dot) 80mm(512dot) 80mm(576dot) 82.

M page Value length 0 0dot ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 32767 32767dot Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) .CT-S2000 • a=116: When kind of paper is specified Setting Status Stored Value • a=213: When the flow control of virtual COM is specified. Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Flow control 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Paper Single-color paper 2-color paper 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 1 2 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― 53(“5”) ― 55(“7”) ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 PC setting DTR/DSR XON/XOF 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=201: When ACK output position is specified Setting Status Sending Data Stored Value ACK Output Position 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte • a=214: When Kanji is specified Setting Status Stored Value Kanji 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 OFF ON 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=202: Input buffer full Busy output/cancel timing Setting Status Stored Value BUSY Output/Cancel 1st Byte • a=220: When maximum black mark width is specified Stored Value Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― Setting Status Maximum B.M Width 0 0dot ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 32767 32767dot Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) • a=221: When maximum black mark page length is specified • a=212: Wen DMA (Direct Memory Access) control of serial communication is specified Setting Status Stored Value DMA control 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 Valid Invalid 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― Setting Status Maximum Stored B.244 - .

CT-S2000 • a=222: When head margin is specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Head Margin 0dot ・ ・ ・ 32767dot 0 ・ ・ ・ 32767 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) • a=223: When bottom margin is specified Stored Value Setting Status Bottom Margin 0 0 ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 255 255 Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― • a=224: When cut distance is specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Cut Distance 0 ・ ・ ・ 255 0 ・ ・ ・ 255 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― • a=225: When head distance is specified Stored Value Setting Status Head Distance 0 0 ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 255 255 Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― .245 - .

CT-S4000 • a=1: When user NV memory capacity is specified Setting Status Stored Value Memory Capacity 1st Byte • a=5: When print density is specified Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Print Density 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 1K bytes 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=2: When NV graphics memory capacity is specified Setting Status Stored Value Memory Capacity 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 None 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes 256K bytes 320K bytes 384K bytes 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Basic density 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=6: When printing speed is specified Setting Status Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value Print Speed • a=3: When paper width is specified Setting Status Stored Value Paper Width 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 5 6 7 8 9 512 576 660 720 832 dots dots dots dots dots 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed level level level level level level level level level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .246 - .

Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Flow control 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Paper Single-color paper 2-color paper 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 1 2 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― 53(“5”) ― 55(“7”) ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 PC setting DTR/DSR XON/XOF 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=201: When ACK output position is specified Setting Status Stored Value ACK Output Position 1st Byte • a=214: When Kanji is specified Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Kanji 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 OFF ON 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=202: Input buffer full Busy output/cancel timing Setting Status Stored Value BUSY Output/Cancel 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=212: Wen DMA (Direct Memory Access) control of serial communication is specified Setting Status Stored Value DMA control 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 Valid Invalid 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .247 - .CT-S4000 • a=116: When kind of paper is specified Setting Status Stored Value • a=213: When the flow control of virtual COM is specified.

248 - .CT-S801/CT-S851 • a=1: When user NV memory capacity is specified Setting Status Stored Value Memory Capacity 1st Byte • a=5: When print density is specified Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Print Density 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 1K bytes 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=2: When NV graphics memory capacity is specified Setting Status Stored Value Memory Capacity 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 None 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes 256K bytes 320K bytes 384K bytes 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Basic density 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=6: When printing speed is specified Setting Status Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value Print Speed • a=3: When paper width is specified Setting Status Stored Value Paper Width 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 58mm(360dot) 58mm(384dot) 58mm(432dot) 58mm(432dot) 58mm(436dot) 80mm(512dot) 80mm(576dot) 82.5mm(640dot) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed level level level level level level level level level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .

CT-S801/CT-S851 • a=116: When kind of paper is specified Setting Status Stored Value • a=213: When the flow control of virtual COM is specified. Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Flow control 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Paper Single-color paper 2-color paper 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 1 2 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― 53(“5”) ― 55(“7”) ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 PC setting DTR/DSR XON/XOF 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=201: When ACK output position is specified Setting Status Sending Data Stored Value ACK Output Position 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte • a=214: When Kanji is specified Setting Status Stored Value Kanji 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 OFF ON 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=202: Input buffer full Busy output/cancel timing Setting Status Stored Value BUSY Output/Cancel 1st Byte • a=216: When JIS/Shift JIS is specified Setting Status 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value JIS/Shift JIS 1 Byte st Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 1 2 3 4 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 JIS Shift JIS 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=212: Wen DMA (Direct Memory Access) control of serial communication is specified Setting Status Stored Value DMA control 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 Valid Invalid 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .249 - .

250 - .K.M Width 0 0dot ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 32767 32767dot Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) • a=221: When maximum black mark page length is specified Setting Status Maximum Stored B.A.CT-S801/CT-S851 • a=217: When international character set is specified Setting Status Stored Value • a=220: When maximum black mark width is specified 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte Int’l char.M page Value length 0 0dot ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 32767 32767dot Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) • a=218: When codepage is specified Setting Status Stored Value • a=222: When head margin is specified Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Codepage Codepage PC437 Katakana Codepage PC850 Codepage PC860 Codepage PC863 Codepage PC865 Codepage PC852 Codepage PC866 Codepage PC857 WPC1252 Space page Codepage PC864 Thaicode18 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Head Margin 0dot ・ ・ ・ 32767dot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 0 ・ ・ ・ 32767 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) .R.S. set U. Denmark I Sweden Italy Spain I Japan Norway Denmark II Spain II Latin America Korea Croathia P. France Germany U.China 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― Setting Status Maximum B.

later 5 min.CT-S801/CT-S851 • a=223: When bottom margin is specified Setting Status Bottom Stored Margin Value 0 0 ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 255 255 Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte • a=230:When LCD language is specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte LCD language English French German Italian Spanish Japanese Chinese 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― • a=224: When cut distance is specified Setting Status Stored Value 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Cut Distance 0 ・ ・ ・ 255 0 ・ ・ ・ 255 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― • a=231:When LCD download characters is specified Setting Status LCD Stored download Value 1 Disabled 2 Enabled Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=225: When head distance is specified Stored Value Setting Status Head Distance 0 0 ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 255 255 Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte • a=232:When LCD auto off time is specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― Auto off time None 30 sec. later 1 2 3 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=233:When key lockis specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Key lock Enabled Disabled 1 2 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .251 - .

CT-S801/CT-S851 • a=234:When LCD direction is specified Setting Status Stored Value ・a=243:When Mechanism type メカタイプ is specified Sending Data 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value LCD direction Normal Inverted 1st Byte 2nd Byte 1 2 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― Setting Status Mechanism type 1 2 inch 2 3 inch Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=240:Whenbuzzer volume is specified Stored Value Setting Status Buzzer volume Level 1 1 Level 2 2 Level 3 3 Level 4 4 Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=241:When max dot number in 1 head divisionis specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Dot number 128 dots 200 dots 288 dots 1 2 3 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=242:When PowerUSB max dot number is specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Dot number 128 dots 200 dots 288 dots 1 2 3 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .252 - .

5mm(640dot) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed level level level level level level level level level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .253 - .CT-S601/CT-S651 • a=1: When user NV memory capacity is specified Setting Status Stored Value Memory Capacity 1st Byte • a=5: When print density is specified Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Print Density 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 1K bytes 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=2: When NV graphics memory capacity is specified Setting Status Stored Value Memory Capacity 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 None 64K bytes 128K bytes 192K bytes 256K bytes 320K bytes 384K bytes 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Basic density 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=6: When printing speed is specified Setting Status Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value Print Speed • a=3: When paper width is specified Setting Status Stored Value Paper Width 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 58mm(360dot) 58mm(384dot) 58mm(432dot) 58mm(432dot) 58mm(436dot) 80mm(512dot) 80mm(576dot) 82.

254 - . Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Flow control 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Paper Single-color paper 2-color paper 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 1 2 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― 53(“5”) ― 55(“7”) ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 PC setting DTR/DSR XON/XOF 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=201: When ACK output position is specified Setting Status Sending Data Stored Value ACK Output Position 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte • a=214: When Kanji is specified Setting Status Stored Value Kanji 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 OFF ON 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=202: Input buffer full Busy output/cancel timing Setting Status Stored Value BUSY Output/Cancel 1st Byte • a=216: When JIS/Shift JIS is specified Setting Status 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value JIS/Shift JIS 1 Byte st Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 1 2 3 4 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 JIS Shift JIS 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=212: Wen DMA (Direct Memory Access) control of serial communication is specified Setting Status Stored Value DMA control 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 Valid Invalid 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .CT-S601/CT-S651 • a=116: When kind of paper is specified Setting Status Stored Value • a=213: When the flow control of virtual COM is specified.

S.M Width 0 0dot ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 32767 32767dot Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) • a=221: When maximum black mark page length is specified Setting Status Maximum Stored B. set U.R.China 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― Setting Status Maximum B.K. Denmark I Sweden Italy Spain I Japan Norway Denmark II Spain II Latin America Korea Croathia P.255 - .CT-S601/CT-S651 • a=217: When international character set is specified Setting Status Stored Value • a=220: When maximum black mark width is specified 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte Int’l char.A.M page Value length 0 0dot ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 32767 32767dot Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) • a=218: When codepage is specified Setting Status Stored Value • a=222: When head margin is specified Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Codepage Codepage PC437 Katakana Codepage PC850 Codepage PC860 Codepage PC863 Codepage PC865 Codepage PC852 Codepage PC866 Codepage PC857 WPC1252 Space page Codepage PC864 Thaicode18 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Head Margin 0dot ・ ・ ・ 32767dot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 0 ・ ・ ・ 32767 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) . France Germany U.

256 - .CT-S601/CT-S651 • a=223: When bottom margin is specified Setting Status Bottom Stored Margin Value 0 0 ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 255 255 Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte • a=240:Whenbuzzer volume is specified Stored Value 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― Setting Status Buzzer volume Level 1 1 Level 2 2 Level 3 3 Level 4 4 Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=224: When cut distance is specified Setting Status Stored Value • a=241:When max dot number in 1 head divisionis specified Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Cut Distance 0 ・ ・ ・ 255 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Dot number 128 dots 200 dots 288 dots 0 ・ ・ ・ 255 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― 1 2 3 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=242:When PowerUSB max dot number is specified • a=225: When head distance is specified Stored Value Setting Status Sending Data Stored Value 5th Byte Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Setting Status Head Distance 0 0 ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 255 255 Dot number 128 dots 200 dots 288 dots 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― 1 2 3 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ・a=243:When Mechanism type メカタイプ is specified Stored Value Setting Status Mechanism type 1 2 inch 2 3 inch Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .

BD2-2220 • a=5: When print density is specified Setting Status Stored Value Print Density 1st Byte • a=201: When ACK output position is specified Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value ACK Output Position 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Basic density 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=202: Input buffer full Busy output/cancel timing Setting Status Stored Value BUSY Output/Cancel 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=6: When printing speed is specified Setting Status Stored Value Print Speed 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed level level level level level level level level level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .257 - .

258 - .PMU2XXX • a=5: When print density is specified Setting Status Stored Value Print Density 1st Byte • a=201: When ACK output position is specified Sending Data Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value ACK Output Position 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Basic density 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 ACK-in-Busy ACK-while-Busy ACK-after-Busy 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=202: Input buffer full Busy output/cancel timing Setting Status Stored Value BUSY Output/Cancel 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=6: When printing speed is specified Setting Status Stored Value Print Speed 1st Byte Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed level level level level level level level level level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .

M Page Length 1st Byte • a=225: When head distance is specified 5th Byte Stored Value Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 0 ・ ・ ・ 32767 0dot ・ ・ ・ 32767dot 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) Setting Status Head Distance 0 0 ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 255 255 Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― • a=222: When head margin is specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Head Margin 0dot ・ ・ ・ 32767dot 0 ・ ・ ・ 32767 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) • a=223: When bottom margin is specified Stored Value Setting Status Bottom Margin 0 0 ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 255 255 Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― .PMU2XXX • a=220: When maximum black mark width is specified Setting Status Stored Value Maximum B.259 - .M Width 1st Byte • a=224: When cut distance is specified Setting Status 5th Byte Stored Value Sending Data 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Cut Distance 0 ・ ・ ・ 255 0 ・ ・ ・ 32767 0dot ・ ・ ・ 32767dot 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 0 ・ ・ ・ 255 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― • a=221: When maximum length of black mark page is specified Setting Status Stored Value Maximum B.

260 - .M Width 1st Byte 2nd Byte Sending Data 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 0 ・ ・ ・ 32767 0dot ・ ・ ・ 32767dot 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) • a=221: When maximum length of black mark page is specified • a=6: When printing speed is specified Setting Status Stored Value Print Speed 1st Byte 2nd Byte Setting Status Sending Data 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value Maximum B.PMU2XXXII • a=5: When print density is specified Setting Status Stored Value Print Density 1st Byte 2nd Byte • a=202: Input buffer full Busy output/cancel timing Setting Status Sending Data 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value BUSY Output/Cancel 1st Byte 2nd Byte Sending Data 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Basic density 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 4 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=220: When maximum black mark width is specified Setting Status Stored Value Maximum B.M Page Length 1st Byte 2nd Byte Sending Data 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Speed level 1 Speed level 2 Speed level 3 Speed level 4 Speed level 5 Speed level 6 Speed level 7 Speed level 8 Speed level 9 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 0 ・ ・ ・ 32767 0dot ・ ・ ・ 32767dot 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) • a=222: When head margin is specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Head Margin 0dot ・ ・ ・ 32767dot 0 ・ ・ ・ 32767 49(“1”) ・ ・ ・ 51(“3”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 54(“6”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 55(“7”) .

261 - .PMU2XXXII • a=223: When bottom margin is specified Stored Value Setting Status Bottom Margin 0 0 ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 255 255 Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― • a=224: When cut distance is specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Cut Distance 0 ・ ・ ・ 255 0 ・ ・ ・ 255 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― • a=225: When head distance is specified Stored Value Setting Status Head Distance 0 0 ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 255 255 Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 50(“2”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) 48(“0”) ・ ・ ・ 53(“5”) ― ・ ・ ・ ― ― ・ ・ ・ ― .

R. Setting Status Sending Data 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Stored Value Flow control 1st Byte 2nd Byte Sending Data 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 65530 65531 65532 65533 65534 65535 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Basic density 105% 110% 115% 120% 125% 130% 135% 140% 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 PC setting DTR/DSR XON/XOF 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=216: When JIS/Shift JIS is specified Setting Status Stored Value JIS/Shift JIS 1st Byte 2nd Byte Sending Data 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 JIS Shift JIS 49(“1”) 50(“2”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― • a=217: When international character set is specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Int’l char. set U.A.K.S.CT-P292/293 • a=5: When print density is specified Setting Status Stored Value Print Density 1st Byte 2nd Byte • a=213: When the flow control of virtual COM is specified.China • a=6: When printing speed is specified Setting Status Stored Value Print Speed 1st Byte 2nd Byte Sending Data 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Speed level 1 Speed level 2 Speed level 3 Speed level 4 Speed level 5 Speed level 6 Speed level 7 Speed level 8 Speed level 9 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― . France Germany U. Denmark I Sweden Italy Spain I Japan Norway Denmark II Spain II Latin America Korea Croathia P.262 - .

CT-P292/293 • a=218: When codepage is specified Setting Status Stored Value Sending Data 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 4th Byte 5th Byte Codepage Codepage PC437 Katakana Codepage PC850 Codepage PC860 Codepage PC863 Codepage PC865 Codepage PC852 Codepage PC866 Codepage PC857 WPC1252 Space page Codepage PC864 Thaicode18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) 52(“4”) 53(“5”) 54(“6”) 55(“7”) 56(“8”) 57(“9”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 49(“1”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― 48(“0”) 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 51(“3”) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― .263 - .

• Storage area: Area where data is not initialized by power OFF or resetting (initialize). Operation is made in accordance with the data set in this area. 17 [The specification which is common to the model] • Copies the data of user-defined code page in the font specified by “a”. Area where data is initialized by power OFF or resetting (initialize). [Outline] d1 31 30 • Work area: d2 30 31 Function Loads the character code page data specified by “a” in storage area to work area. pH=0) fn=7 a=10. 12. Saves the character code page data in work area to the storage area of the font specified by “a”.fn=7: Function 7 Copying User-defined Page GS ( E pL pH fn a d1 d2 [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<45>H<pL><pH><fn><a><d1><d2> (pL+pH×256)=4 (pL=4. • Configuration of customized value No.264 - . • User-defined code page: Page 255 (ESC t 255) • This function operates only in printer function setting mode. [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651/ CT-P292/293 a 10 12 17 Font Type Font B: 9 (horizontal)×17 (vertical) Font A: 12 (horizontal)×24 (vertical) Font C: 8 (horizontal)×16 (vertical) CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII a 10 12 17 Font Type Font B: 9 (horizontal)×24 (vertical) Font A: 12 (horizontal)×24 (vertical) Font C: 8 (horizontal)×16 (vertical) .

.. Data structure(9×17) d1 d4 ……………………d25 d3 d6 ……………………d27 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ● ● ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ [Outline] Bits 6 through 0 are not character data ..<d(yXx)>]<k> 5≦(pL+pH×256)≦65535 fn=8 y=2 (At selection of font C) y=3 (At selection of other than font C) 128≦c1≦c2≦255 0≦x≦12 (At selection of font A) 0≦x≦9 (At selection of font B) 0≦x≦8 (At selection of font C) 0≦d≦255 k=c2-c1+1 [The specification which is common to the model] • Defines the data in column format in units of character on the code page in RAM.d(y×x)]k [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<45>H<pL><pH><fn><y><c1><c2>[<x><d1>.265 - . • Operates only in printer function setting mode.fn=8: Function 8 Defining Data by the Column Format to Character Code Page of Work Area GS ( E pL pH fn y c1 c2 [xd1.

266 - . Data structure(12×24) d1 (odd number) d1 3 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 7 ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ○ ● ○ ○ 6 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ○ ○ 5 ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ 4 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ 3 ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ 2 ○ ○ ● ○ ● ● ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ 1 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ 0 ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ 7 ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ○ ● ○ ○ 6 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ○ ○ 5 ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ 4 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ 3 ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ 2 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ 1 ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ 0 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ d2 (even number) Bits 3 through 0 are not character data . • Operates only in printer function setting mode..<d(yXx)>]<k> 5≦(pL+pH×256)≦65535 fn=9 x=1(At selection of font C). x=2 (At selection of other than font C) 128≦c1≦c2≦255 0≦y≦24 (At selection of font A) 0≦y≦16 (At selection of font C)..fn=9: Function 9 Defining Data in the Raster Format to the Character Code Page of Work Area GS ( E pL pH fn x c1 c2 [y d1.. 0≦d≦255 k=c2-c1+1 CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651/ CT-P292/293 0≦x≦17 (At selection of font B) CT-S280/CT-S281/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/BD2-2220/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII 0≦x≦24 (At selection of font B) [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • Defines the data in raster format in units of character on the character code page in work area.d(x×y)]k [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<45>H<pL><pH><fn><x><c1><c2>[<y><d1>.

[Outline] . • Operates only in printer function setting mode.267 - .fn=10: Function 10 Erasing Data of Character Code Page Data in Work Area GS ( E pL pH fn c1 c2 [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<45>H<pL><pH><fn><c1><c2> (pL+pH×256)=3 fn=10 128≦c1≦c2≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Erases (set to space) data in units of character on the character code page in work area.

<dk> 3≦(pL+pH×256)≦65535(0≦pL≦255.... △・・・Default : CT-S300. CT-S651. CT-S2000. CT-S601. 0≦pH≦255) fn=11 1≦a≦4 (Not changed in other than specified range) 48≦d≦57 (Not changed in other than specified range) 1≦k≦6 [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets the communication conditions of serial interface specified by “a”. . CT-S851.fn=11: Function 11 Setting Communication Conditions GS ( E pL pH fn a d1. CT-S4000(USA) . CT-S651. CT-S2000. CT-S4000(JPN/EUR) ▲・・・Default : CT-S280. • a=1: Setting baud rate Baud Rate d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 ◎1200 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) 2400 50(“2”) 52(“4”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) 4800 52(“4”) 56(“8”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) ▲9600 57(“9”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) △19200 49(“1”) 57(“9”) 50(“2”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) 38400 51(“3”) 56(“8”) 52(“4”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) ●57600 53(“5”) 55(“7”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) ●115200 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 53(“5”) 50(“2”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) ◎・・・support by CT-S280. PMU2XXX * PMU2XXX: Prohibit the use of 57600. CT-S601. CT-P292/293 does not support 115200bps. CT-S310.268 - . CT-S281. BD2-2220. CT-S601.. CT-S851. CT-S801. • Which of dip SW or memory SW is used at initialization depends on “Selecting communication condition setting” of dip SW1-1. PMU2XXX. CT-S801. CT-S851.dk [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<45>H<pL><pH><fn><a><d1>. CT-S651. CT-S2000(JPN/EUR). CT-S801. CT-S2000(USA). PMU2XXXII、CT-P292/293 • a=2: Setting to specified parity d1 Parity Setting 48 (Default) No parity 49 Odd parity 50 Even parity • a=3: Setting to specified flow control d1 Flow Control 48 (Default) DSR/DTR 49 XON/XOFF • a=4: Setting to specified data length d1 Setting Data Length 55 7-bit length 56 (Default) 8-bit length • Operates only in printer function setting mode. PMU2XXXII ●・・・support by CT-S280. CT-S281. CT-S4000. CT-S4000.

CT-S851.269 - . CT-S4000. 37H 33H 31H(“1”) to 34H(“4”) 1FH 30H to 39H 00H No. CT-S4000. CT-S651. CT-S2000.fn=12: Function 12 Sending the Set Communication Conditions GS ( E pL pH fn a [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<45>H<pL><pH><fn><a> (pL+pH×256)=2 (pL=2. pH=0) fn=12 1≦a≦4 (Does not send in other than specified range) [The specification which is common to the model] • Sends communication conditions of serial interface specified by “a”. CT-S601. CT-S801. Hex. PMU2XXXII. PMU2XXX. CT-P292/293 (CT-P292/293 does not support.) a=2: At specification of parity d1 Parity Setting 48 No parity 49 Odd parity 50 Even parity a=3: At specification of flow control d1 Flow Control 48 DTR/DSR 49 XON/XOFF a=4: At specification of data length d1 Setting Data Length 48 7-bit length 49 8-bit length . CT-S2000. of Data 1 1 1 1 1 to 6 1 [Outline] Header ID Kind of communication conditions (a) Separation number Set value NULL • Set value a=1: At specification of baud rate Baud Rate d1 d2 d3 d4 D5 d6 ◎1200 49(“1”) 50(“2”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) 2400 50(“2”) 52(“4”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) 4800 52(“4”) 56(“8”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) 9600 57(“9”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) 19200 (Default) 49(“1”) 57(“9”) 50(“2”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) 38400 51(“3”) 56(“8”) 52(“4”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) ●57600 53(“5”) 55(“7”) 54(“6”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) ●115200 49(“1”) 49(“1”) 53(“5”) 50(“2”) 48(“0”) 48(“0”) ◎・・・support by CT-S280. PMU2XXXII ●・・・support by CT-S280. CT-S281.

255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Restores various kinds of function set by printer function setting mode to the setting at the time of shipment (initial value described in User’s Manual).270 - .fn=255: Function 255 Setting All Contents Set by Printer Function Setting Mode to the State at Shipment GS ( E pL pH fn a [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<45>H<pL><pH><fn><a> (pL+pH×256)=2 fn=255 a=3. 5. a 3 5 7 11 255 Function Memory switch Customized value Character code Communication conditions of serial interface Sets all contents set in printer function setting mode to the state at the time of shipment. 11. [Outline] .

Function 50 Sets printing speed.271 - . CT-S310 . Function 97 Sets the number of divisions for head conducting.GS ( K pL pH fn m Support model [Function] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Selecting print control method [The specification which is common to the model] Executes the setting related to the print control specified by the value of “fn”. (fn) Function Function 49 Sets printing density. Function No.* *fn=97 is supported by only CT-S300.

250≦m≦255 m=0 (Customized value setting value) [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets printing density.272 - . pH=0) fn=49 0≦m≦8. m 250 251 252 253 254 255 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Printing Density Selects density level –6 (70%) Selects density level –5 (75%) Selects density level –4 (80%) Selects density level –3 (85%) Selects density level –2 (90%) Selects density level –1 (95%) Selects standard density (100%) Selects density level + 1 (105%) Selects density level + 2 (110%) Selects density level + 3 (115%) Selects density level + 4 (120%) Selects density level + 5 (125%) Selects density level + 6 (130%) Selects density level + 7 (135%) Selects density level + 8 (140%) [Default] [Outline] .fn=49: Function 49 Setting Printing Density GS ( K pL pH fn m [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4B>H<pL><pH><fn><m> (pL+pH×256)=2 (pL=2.

55 8. Selects printing speed level 4. 48≦m≦57 m=0 (Customized value setting) [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets printing speed. m 0. Selects printing speed level 6. 50 3. 54 7.fn=50: Function 50 Setting Printing Speed GS ( K pL pH fn m [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4B>H<pL><pH><fn><m> (pL+pH×256)=2 (pL=2. Selects printing speed level 8. 57 Printing Speed Selects customized value setting Selects printing speed level 1. Selects printing speed level 9. Selects printing speed level 2. Selects printing speed level 5. 52 5. 53 6. 51 4. pH=0) fn=50 0≦m≦9.273 - . Selects printing speed level 7. [Default] [Outline] . 49 2. 48 1. Selects printing speed level 3. 56 9.

52 No. 48 2. 52 m=0 (Customized value setting) [The specification which depend on the model] [Default] [Outline] CT-S300/CT-S310 • Sets the number of divisions for head conducting. . Selects 4-division conducting. m 0. 50. of Divisions for Head Conducting Selects customized value setting Selects 2-division conducting. 24. 48.fn=97: Function 97 Setting Number of Divisions for Head Conducting GS ( K pL pH fn m [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4B>H<pL><pH><fn><m> (pL+pH×256)=2 (pL=2、pH=0) fn=97 m=0. 50 4.274 - .

GS L. ESC {. ESC c 5. • Work area: Area where data is initialized by power OFF of resetting (initialize). GS !. ESC 3 space Barcode GS H. ESC G. Specifies the auto loading function of the set value at initialization to be valid or invalid. ESC E. • Storage area: Area where data is not initialized by power OFF or resetting (initialize). character ESC SP. GS B. GS a GS : ESC M. ESC V. GS f. Commands for this function Command Type Status relations Macro registration Character type Font attribute Command ESC c3. FS S. . FS W ESC c 4. ESC t ESC !. GS ( N* Line feed amount. FS C. ESC T. * … Not supported with BD2-2220. GS h. FS . FS ( A. FS &.275 - . Copies the set value stored in storage area to the work area. ESC R. GS ( H <fn49>. Operation is made in accordance with the data set in this area. GS ( D. GS P Other ** … Supported with CT-S2000 and CT-S4000 label models. ESC a. FS –. . GS b. ESC –. ESC 2. GS w GS ( k<fn65 to 70> 2-dimensional code(**) Print position ESC D. fn Function 1 Function 2 Function 3 Function Copies the set value stored in work area to the storage area. GS W Kanji control relations FS !.GS ( M pL pH fn m Support model [Function] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Customizing the printer [The specification which is common to the model] • Executes processing related to escape/recovery of the value set in the work area or the data defined by various kinds of command.

• This command allows writing to non-volatile memory. [Outline] . When there is no set value in storage area. pH=0) fn=2. 1. data transmission from the host is prohibited. the printer is in Busy state and stops receiving operation. 48. [Outline] [Caution] fn=2、50: Function 2 Copies the set value stored in storage area to the work area GS ( M pL pH fn m [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4D>H<pL><pH><fn><m> (pL+pH×256)=2 (pL=2. using this command frequently may result in breakage of non-volatile memory./day]. 48 1. sets the value to the initial value described in the specification. pH=0) fn=1.276 - . 49 [The specification which is common to the model] • Changes the set value of work area by the value of “m”. 49 Function Sets all set values of work area to the initial value described in the specification. 50 m=0. Copies the set value stored in storage area to the work area. 49 [The specification which is common to the model] • Copies the set value stored in work area to the storage area. m 0. Use this command appropriately [10 times max. • During execution of this command. Therefore. 49 m=1. Therefore.fn=1、49: Function 1 Copies the set value stored in work area to the storage area GS ( M pL pH fn m [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4D>H<pL><pH><fn><m> (pL+pH×256)=2 (pL=2.

49 [The specification which is common to the model] • Determines the setting of storage area at initialization to the work area by the value of “m”. 51 m=0.fn=3、51: Function 3 Specifies the auto loading function of the set value at initialization to be valid or invalid GS ( M pL pH fn m [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4D>H<pL><pH><fn><m> (pL+pH×256)=2 (pL=2. Copies data from storage area to work area at initialization. pH=0) fn=3. 49 Function Does not copy data from storage area to work area at initialization. m 0. 48. 48 1. [Outline] .277 - . 1.

GS ( N pL pH fn m Support model [Function] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Designating font attribute [The specification which is common to the model] • Executes processing of font attribute by the specified fn value. fn=48: Function 48 Selects character color GS ( N pL pH fn m [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<4E>H<pL><pH><fn><m> (pL+pH×256)=2 (pL=2. 50 (At 2-color paper setting) m=49 [The specification which is common to the model] • Prints the succeeding characters with the energy set in m.278 - . m 49 50 Function High energy Low energy [Default] [Outline] . fn 48 Function Selects character color. pH=0) fn=48 m=49 (At single color paper setting) m=49.

2.2.17 2-dimensional code Commands

GS ( k pL pH cn fn [parameter]
Support model [Function] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Setting and printing 2-dimensional code [The specification which is common to the model] • Executes processing specified by function code (fn) with the 2-dimensional code specified by cn. • 2-dimensional codes selectable with the value of cn are shown below. cn 48 49 2-dimensional code PDF417 QRCode

• Executes various processing related to 2-dimensional code specified by fn. cn fn 65 66 67 68 69 70 80 81 82 Code GS ( k pL pH cn fn n GS ( k pL pH cn fn n GS ( k pL pH cn fn n GS ( k pL pH cn fn n GS ( k pL pH cn fn m n GS ( k pL pH cn fn m GS ( k pL pH cn fn m d1 … dk GS ( k pL pH cn fn m GS ( k pL pH cn fn m Function No. Function65 Function66 Function67 Function68 Function69 Function70 Function80 Function81 Function82 Function Sets the number of digits of PDF417. Sets the number of steps of PDF417. Sets the module width of PDF417. Sets the height of the step of PDF417. Sets error correction level of PDF417. Sets the option of PDF417. Stores received data to symbol storage area*. Prints 2-dimensional code data* of 2-dimensional code data storage area. Sends size information of 2-dimensional code data in 2-dimensional code data storage area. Function Specifies QRCode model.

48

cn

fn 65 67 69

Code GS ( k pL pH cn fn n1 n2 GS ( k pL pH cn fn n GS ( k pL pH cn fn m n GS ( k pL pH cn fn m d1 … dk

Function No. Function165 Function167 Function169

Sets the size of QRCode module. Sets error correction level of QRCode. Stores received data to 2-dimensional 80 Function180 49 code data storage area. Prints 2-dimensional code data in 81 GS ( k pL pH cn fn m Function181 2-dimensional code data storage area. Sends the size information of 82 GS ( k pL pH cn fn m Function182 2-dimensional code data in 2-dimensional code data storage area. * 2-dimensional code data storage area ... Indicates the area where [cn=48: Function 80], and [cn=49: Function 180] data are stored. * 2-dimensional code data ... Indicates data (d1 ... dk) of [cn=48: Function 80], [cn=49: Function 180].

- 279 -

fn=65: Function 65 Setting the number of digits of PDF417

GS ( k pL pH cn fn n
[Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><n> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3, pH=0) cn=48 fn=65 0≦n≦30 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets the number of digits of PDF417. • With n=0, automatic processing is specified. * For the number of digits in this case, the number of code words is calculated based on current print area. • With n≠0, the number of digits of PDF417 data area is designated to n code word. [The specification which is common to the model] • Start pattern and stop pattern are not included in the number of digits. • Left-step indicator code word and right-step indicator code word are not included in the number of digits. n=0

[Outline]

[Caution]

[Default]

fn=66: Function 66 Setting the number of steps of PDF417

GS ( k pL pH cn fn n
[Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><n> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3, pH=0) cn=48 fn=66 n=0, 3≦n≦90 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets the number of steps of PDF417. • With n=0, automatic processing is specified. * The number of steps in this case is calculated based on the number of code words and current print area. • With n≠0, the number of steps of PDF417 is set to n steps. n=0

[Outline]

[Default]

- 280 -

fn=67: Function 67 Setting module width of PDF417

GS ( k pL pH cn fn n
[Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><n> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3, pH=0) cn=48 fn=67 2≦n≦8 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets the width of one module of PDF417 to n dots. n=3

[Outline]

[Default]

fn=68: Function 68 Setting the height of step of PDF417

GS ( k pL pH cn fn n
[Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><n> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3, pH=0) cn=48 fn=68 2≦n≦8 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets the height of the step of PDF417 to [Module width (Function 67) x n]. n=3

[Outline]

[Default]

- 281 -

fn=69: Function 69 Setting error correction level of PDF417

GS ( k pL pH cn fn m n
[Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><m><n> (pL+pH×256)=4 (pL=4, pH=0) cn=48 fn=69 m=48, 49 48≦n≦56 (when m=48 is specified) 1≦n≦40 (when m=49 is specified) [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets error correction level of PDF417 • When m=48, set by the level of n. n Fnction Error Correction Code Words 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 Selects Selects Selects Selects Selects Selects Selects Selects Selects error error error error error error error error error correction correction correction correction correction correction correction correction correction level level level level level level level level level 0. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512

[Outline]

• When m=49, [set by the ratio (nx10%)] to the number of data code words. • Calculation result (A) = Value of (number of data code words xnx0.1) rounded to the nearest one. Result (A) Fnction Error Correction Code Words 0 to 3 4 to 10 11 to 20 21 to 45 46 to 100 101 to 200 201 to 400 401 to [Default] m=49, n=1 Selects Selects Selects Selects Selects Selects Selects Selects error error error error error error error error correction correction correction correction correction correction correction correction level level level level level level level level 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512

- 282 -

fn=70: Function 70 Setting Options for PDF417

GS ( k pL pH cn fn m
[Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><m> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3, pH=0) cn=48 fn=70 m=0, 1 [The specification which depend on the model] • Specifies or clears the PDF417 option. m 0 1 [Caution] [Default] Function Canceling Processing of simple PDF417 Specifying Processing of simple PDF417

[Outline]

• When cleared with m=0, standard processing for PDF417 is conducted thereafter. m=0

fn=80: Function 80 Storing received data to 2-dimensional code data storage area

GS ( k pL pH cn fn m d1...dk
[Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><m><d1…dk> 4≦(pL+pH×256)≦65535(0≦pL≦255, 0≦pH≦255) cn=48 fn=80 m=48 0≦d≦255 k=(pL+pH×256)-3 [The specification which is common to the model] • Stores PDF417 2-dimensional code data (d1…dk) to 2-dimensional code data storage area. • Processes [(pL+pH×256)-3] of d1 and thereafter as 2-dimensional code data.

[Outline]

[Sample Program] [Print Results] Refer to Sample Program and Print Results for fn=81: Function181.

- 283 -

fn=81: Function 81 Printing 2-dimensional code data in 2-dimensional code data storage area

GS ( k pL pH cn fn m
[Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><m> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3, pH=0) cn=48 fn=81 m=48 [The specification which is common to the model] • Prints PDF417 stored in 2-dimensional code data storage area. [The specification which is common to the model] • Quiet zone (blank area around PDF417) shall be secured by the user.

[Outline]

[Caution]

[Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1D) ;”(”;”k”; CHR$(10); CHR$(0); CHR$(48); CHR$(80); CHR$(48); LPRINT “CITIZEN” LPRINT CHR$(&H1D) ;”(”;”k”; CHR$(3); CHR$(0); CHR$(48); CHR$(81); CHR$(48); [Print Results]

- 284 -

fn=82: Function 82 Sending the size of 2-dimensional code data in 2-dimensional code data storage area

GS ( k pL pH cn fn m
[Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><m> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3,pH=0) cn=48 fn=82 m=48 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sends the size information when printing 2-dimensional data stored in the 2-dimensional code data storage area. Hex Header Identifier Horizontal size Separator Vertical size Separator Fixed value Separator Other info NUL Decimal Data Size 1 byte 1byte 1 to 5 bytes 1 byte 1 to 5 bytes 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte

[Outline]

37H 2FH 30H to 39H 1FH 30H to 39H 1FH 31H 1FH 30H or 31H 00H

55 47 48 to 57 31 48 to 57 31 49 31 48 or 49 0

• “Horizontal size” and “Vertical size” indicate the number of dots of PDF417. • Other info indicates whether symbol is printable or not. Hex 30H 31H [Caution] Decimal 48 49 Information Printable Not printable

[The specification which is common to the model] • PDF417 is not printed with the processing of this function. • Quiet zone (blank area around PDF417 symbol) is not included in the size information.

- 285 -

fn=65: Function 165 Specifying QRCode model

GS ( k pL pH cn fn n1 n2
[Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><n1><n2> (pL+pH×256)=4 (pL=4, pH=0) cn=49 fn=65 n1=49, 50 n2=0 [The specification which is common to the model] • Specifies QRCode model. n1 49 50 [Default] n1=50 n2=0 Function Sets model 1. Sets model 2.

[Outline]

fn=67: Function 167 Sets the module width of QRCode

GS ( k pL pH cn fn n
[Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><n> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3, pH=0) cn=49 fn=67 1≦n≦16 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets the width of 1 module of QRCode to n dots. n=3

[Outline]

[Default]

- 286 -

dk [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><m><d1…dk> 4≦(pL+pH×256)≦7092(0≦pL≦255. Selects error correction level M. 0≦pH≦28) cn=49 fn=80 m=48 0≦d≦255 k=(pL+pH×256)-3 [The specification which is common to the model] • Stores QRCode 2-dimensional code data (d1…dk) to 2-dimensional code data storage area.. .287 - .fn=69: Function 169 Setting QRCode error correction level GS ( k pL pH cn fn n [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><n> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3. n 48 49 50 51 Function Selects error correction level L. Selects error correction level H. [Outline] [Sample Program] [Print Results] Refer to Sample Program and Print Results for fn=81: Function181. pH=0) cn=49 fn=69 48≦n≦51 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sets QRCode error correction level.. • Processes [(pL+pH×256)-3] of d1 and thereafter as 2-dimensional code data.: Recovery power (%) approximated 7 15 25 30 [Outline] fn=80: Function 180 Storing received data to 2-dimensional code data storage area GS ( k pL pH cn fn m d1. Selects error correction level Q. Ref.

CHR$(3).”k”.288 - . pH=0) cn=49 fn=81 m=48 [The specification which is common to the model] • Prints QRCode data stored in 2-dimensional code data storage area.”k”. CHR$(48). [Print Results] .”(”. LPRINT “CITIZEN” LPRINT CHR$(&H1D) . CHR$(0). [Outline] [Caution] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1D) . CHR$(49).fn=81: Function 181 Printing 2-dimensional code data in 2-dimensional code data storage area GS ( k pL pH cn fn m [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><m> (pL+pH×256)=3 (pL=3. CHR$(80). CHR$(48). CHR$(0). [The specification which is common to the model] • Quiet zone (blank area around QRCode) shall be secured by the user.”(”. CHR$(49). CHR$(81). CHR$(10).

• Quiet zone (blank area around QRCode symbol) is not included in the size information. Hex Header Identifier Horizontal size Separator Vertical size Separator Fixed value Separator Other info NUL 37H 2FH 30H to 39H 1FH 30H to 39H 1FH 31H 1FH 30H or 31H 00H Decimal 55 47 48 to 57 31 48 to 57 31 49 31 48 or 49 0 Data size 1 byte 1 byte 1 to 5 bytes 1 byte 1 to 5 bytes 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte [Outline] • “Horizontal size” and “Vertical size” indicate the number of dots of QRCode. .289 - . pH=0) cn=49 fn=82 m=48 [The specification which is common to the model] • Sends the size information when printing 2-dimensional data stored in the 2-dimensional code data storage area. • Other info indicates whether symbol is printable or not.fn=82: Function 182 Sending the size of 2-dimensional code data in 2-dimensional code data storage area GS ( k pL pH cn fn m [Code] [Range] <1D>H<28>H<6B>H<pL><pH><cn><fn><m> (pL+pH×256)=3(pL=3. Hex 30H 31H [Caution] Decimal 48 49 Information Printable Not printable [The specification which depend on the model] • QRCode is not printed with the processing of this function.

the same processing as that pressing the FEED switch once is carried out. After recovering from an error. the user should be reminded of this fact. the printer handles the ESC 3 as ESC 3 <10>H.2. The printer clears the receive buffer and the print buffer. and then recovers from the error. DLE EOT [See Also] . 0 1 2 [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • (n = 1) or (n = 2) shall be used after removing the error.18 Other Commands DLE ENQ n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Real-time request to printer <10>H<05>H<n> 0≦n≦2 [The specification which is common to the model] • The printer responds in real-time to the request that the host specifies with number “n”. • If another data string of <10>H<04>H<n> (1 n 4) is received. d3 = <01>H. • The DLE EOT n command cannot be interleaved into the code string of another command consisting of 2 bytes or more. [Example 2] If the printer sends DLE EOT 3 after the host has sent up to ESC 3 in its attempt to send ESC 3 n. the user should be cautious. Thus. the printer resumes printing from the beginning of the line where the error occurred. where d1 = <10>H. n Function At the setting of execution of GS ^ by the FEED switch. dk]”. Therefore. • This command is ignored during transmission of block data. the printer acts the same way as with this command.. [Example 1] Suppose a command “ESC * m nL nH [d1 .2.290 - .. d2 = <04>H.

DLE DC4 fn m t (Specification of fn = 1) Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Outputting specified pulse in real-time <10>H<14>H<fn><d1> …<d7> fn=1. d7=8 [The specification which is common to the model] • A signal specified with “t” is output to the connector pin specified with “m”. [Example 2] If the printer sends DLE EOT 3 after the host has sent up to ESC 3 in its attempt to send ESC 3 n. where d1=10H. 5 of drawer kick-out connector • Set the ON time/OFF time to t x100 ms. the user should be cautious. d6=2. respectively. 2 of drawer kick-out connector Pin No. the printer handles the ESC 3 as ESC 3 10H. d3=01H. • This command is ignored under the following conditions. m 0 1 Connector Pin Pin No. Thus. • During sending block data • During output of signal to drawer kick connector • During occurrence of error ESC p [See Also] .. m=1. d4=1.. 2 t=d3=20. d5=6. [Example 1] Suppose a command “ESC * m nL nH [d1 . Therefore. d2=04H. • The DLE EOT n command cannot be interleaved into the code string of another command consisting of 2 bytes or more. the user should be reminded of this fact. the printer acts the same way as with this command. [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • If another data string of 10H 04H n (1 n 4) is received.291 - . dk]”.

Hex.. the user should be cautious. d3=01H. Thus. d3=20. d4=1. where d1=10H. d1=1. [Example 1] Suppose a command “ESC * m nL nH [d1 . dk]”. d7=8 [The specification which is common to the model] • Erases all data in receiving buffer or print buffer. the user should be reminded of this fact.292 - . • Sends the following 3-byte data group.DLE DC4 fn d1. Therefore. [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • If another data string of 10H 04H n (1 n 4) is received. d2=04H. • The DLE EOT n command cannot be interleaved into the code string of another command consisting of 2 bytes or more.. Header Identifier NULL 37H 25H 00H Decimal 55 37 0 No.. [Example 2] If the printer sends DLE EOT 3 after the host has sent up to ESC 3 in its attempt to send ESC 3 n. of Data 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte • Enters the state of selecting STANDARD MODE.. the printer acts the same way as with this command. d2=3. . d5=6. the printer handles the ESC 3 as ESC 3 10H.d7 (Specification of fn = 8) Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Buffer clear <10>H<14>H<fn><d1> …<d7> fn=8. • This command is ignored during transmission of block data. d6=2.

• When the printer has not been selected. and DLE DC4) n=1 [Default] . this printer abandons all the received data until it is selected by this command. this printer discards all the data until it is selected with this command. Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Equipment Printer Not defined Not defined Not defined Not defined Not defined Not defined Not defined Value 0 Invalid — — — — — — — 1 Valid — — — — — — — [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • Even when the printer has not been selected. • Each bit of “n” indicates as follows. DLE ENQ.293 - . it can become BUSY state through printer operation. (Except DLE EOT. • When the printer is deselected.ESC = n Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Data input control <1B>H<3D>H<n> 0≦n≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • Selecting equipment for which data input from the host is valid.

• Macro definitions are not cleared.ESC @ Support model [Function] [Code] [Outline] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Initializing the printer <1B>H<40>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Clears data stored in the print buffer and brings various settings to the initial state (Default state). CHR$(1). . LPRINT CHR$(&H1B)."V". [The specification which is common to the model] • The settings of DIP switches are not read again. LPRINT "AAA". LPRINT "AAA"."@". LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). • NV bit image definitions are not cleared. • Data inside the internal input buffer is not cleared. CHR$(&HA). CHR$(&HA).294 - . [Caution] [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). • Data in the user NV memory is not cleared. [Print Results] Each setting has been initialized by this command."!". CHR$(&H30).

(2) ESC a Aligning the characters. • This command is not effective if it is entered when in PAGE MODE. ESC 3 • The following commands are valid only in PAGE MODE.4 “Example of using PAGE MODE” FF、CAN、ESC FF、ESC S、ESC T、ESC W、GS W、GS \ [Caution] [See Also] . (2) FS p Prints NV memory bit image. (4) GS L Setting the left margin. • The following commands are disabled in PAGE MODE. which have separate settings for PAGE MODE and STANDARD MODE. • The character mapping start position will be the point specified by ESC T in the print area specified by ESC W. are changed to the settings for PAGE MODE use. (1) GS ( A Executes test printing. [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is only effective if it entered at the beginning of a line. • ESC @ restores STANDARD MODE. (1) Spacing setting: ESC SP. • The commands listed below.1.ESC L Support model CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII [Function] [Code] [Outline] Selecting PAGE MODE <1B>H<4C>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Switches from STANDARD MODE to PAGE MODE.295 - . (5) G3S W Setting the print area width. (1) ESC V Specifying/canceling 90°-right-turned characters. (3) FS q Defines NV memory bit image. • STANDARD MODE is restored when printing specified by FF is finished or when ESC S is issued. (4) GS v 0 Prints raster bit image. (3) ESC { Specifying/canceling the inverted characters. FS S (2) Line feed width setting: ESC 2. Appendix 5.

• STANDARD MODE is selected when the printer is turned on or reset. the beginning of the line is taken as the next print start position. • Any data mapped in PAGE MODE is erased. • After this command is executed. • The print area defined by ESC W is initialized. ESC 3 • The following commands are valid only in setting in STANDARD MODE.ESC S Support model CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII [Function] [Code] [Outline] Selecting STANDARD MODE <1B>H<53>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Switches from PAGE MODE to STANDARD MODE. or when ESC @ is executed. are changed to the settings for STANDARD MODE use.296 - . which have separate settings for STANDARD MODE and PAGE MODE. (1) ESC W Sets the space amount for setting print area in PAGE MODE. (3) GS $ Sets the absolute position of character vertical direction in PAGE MODE. [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is only effective if it is entered when in PAGE MODE. FS S (2) Line feed width setting: ESC 2. (2) ESC T Selects the printing direction of character in PAGE MODE. • The commands listed below. FF、ESC FF、ESC L [Caution] [See Also] . (1) Spacing setting: ESC SP.

no signal is output. LPRINT CHR$(50). m 0. 2. [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • When “m” is beyond a definition range. LPRINT CHR$(5). • The drawer drive duty must be within the following range: ON time ON time+OFF time ≦ 0.297 - . ・・・・・ Sets ON time to 10 ms ・・・・・ Sets OFF time to 100 ms . 49 0<n1≦n2≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • The signals specified by “n1” and “n2” are output to the connector pin specified by “m”. 48 1. 48. and OFF time n2 x2 ms.ESC p m n1 n2 Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Generating the specified pulses <1B>H<70>H<m><n1><n2> m=0. • “m” has the followings. 2 Drawer kick-out pin No.2 (The OFF time should be 4 times or more longer than the ON time. ・・・・・ Selects pin No. 5 [Outline] • The ON time is n1 x2 ms. 49 Connector Pin Drawer kick-out pin No. discarding “n1” and “n2”. 1.) [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B) + "p" LPRINT CHR$(0).

m Category of Test Printing 1. 50 3. • The command will be ignored in PAGE MODE. • pL. the DIP switches are read again.GS ( A pL pH n m Support model [Function] [Code] [Range] CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII Execution of test printing <1D>H<28>H<41>H<pL><pH><n><m> (pL+(pH×256))=2 (pL=2. 50 3. • During macro definition. At this time. 52 Category of Test Printing Hexadecimal dump Printer’s status printing Rolling pattern printing Memory Switch sitting printing [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is only valid when processed at the head of a line during the STANDARD MODE. and the command starts being processed. 48≦n≦50 1≦m≦4. • Printer will be BUSY when the processing of the command starts. 48 1. *Functions with cutter-mounted model and when cutter is set to be enabled. • Paper cutting is performed at the end of test printing. 49 2.298 - . • “n” will specify the paper for test printing in the following table. bit map images and macros undefined. clears the reception buffer/print buffer. 49 2. pH will specify the number of subsequent parameters by (pL+(pHx256))bytes. if this command is processed. the macro definition is suspended. 49≦m≦52 [The specification which is common to the model] • Specified test printing will be executed. the printer makes download characters. 50 Basic paper (Paper rolls) Paper rolls [Outline] • “m” will specify the category of test printing in the following table. 51 Hexadecimal dump Printer’s status printing Rolling pattern printing [The specification which depend on the model] PMU2XXXII/CT-P292/293 m 1. 51 4. n Category of Paper 0. . • Printer will reset its hard disk after finishing test printing. and returns the various settings to defaults. pH=0) 0≦n≦2. 49 2. Therefore.

[The specification which depend on the model] [Caution] CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII • Sending the Black mark length is valid only when Black mark paper is selected. 49≦n≦51. [The specification which is common to the model] • Under DTR/DSR control. the printer sends the printer ID without checking whether or not the host is ready to receive. n=69、112 CT-S281/CT-S300/CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851 CT-S601/CT-S651/PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII/CT-P292/293 1≦n≦4. n=69、112 [Outline] [The specification which is common to the model] • Sends the specified printer ID. . • Under XON/XOFF control. 49≦n≦52.GS I n Support model CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII [Function] [Code] [Range] Sending the printer ID <1D>H<49>H<n> CT-S280/ BD2-2220 1≦n≦3. • Because this command is executed when data is mapped in the receive buffer. 65≦n≦67. • If ASB (Automatic Status Back) is enabled by GS a. the printer sends the printer ID after verifying that the host is ready to receive. the host must discriminate between the printer ID due to this command and the status due to ASB.299 - . there may be a delay between command receiving and printer ID sending depending on the condition of the receive buffer. • If the host is not ready to receive. 65≦n≦67. the printer waits for the host to become ready to receive.

00H 01H 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 00H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 0 64 0 • Printer information configuration on and after transmitted n=65 is shown below. 66 Manufacturer name CITIZEN 67 Model name CT-S280 Kinds of multi-language 69 Japanese Kanji specifications: KANJI fonts Refer to table “DSW” below 112 State of DSW (only serial model) . 50 is specified: Bit Meaning Not equipped for 2 byte code support 0 Equipped for 2 byte code support 1 Fixed 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 Fixed 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 Fixed Hex. Hex. Number of Data Header 5FH 1 Data 20H to 7FH Subject to item to be responded NULL 00H 1 DSW If n=112 is specified: Bit Function 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Dip switch [DSW5] is OFF Dip switch [DSW5] Dip switch [DSW6] Dip switch [DSW6] Dip switch [DSW7] Dip switch [DSW7] Dip switch [DSW8] Dip switch [DSW8] Reserved Reserved Fixed Fixed *only serial model is is is is is is is ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON Type ID If n=2. 00H 01H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H Decimal 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Hex.CT-S280 n 1、49 2、50 3、51 Type of Printer ID Model ID Type ID ROM version ID Specification Value (Hex. • Sends printer information specified by n=65 or more.) CT-S280 31H Refer to table “Type ID” below Differs by ROM version. Kind of Printer n Information Information 65 Firmware version Differs by firmware version.300 - .

Type ID If n=2. 50 is specified: Bit Meaning Not equipped for 2 byte code support 0 Equipped for 2 byte code support 1 Fixed Thermal paper 2 Black mark paper/ Label paper (when Black mark paper/ Label paper is selected) Hex. 00H 01H 00H 00H 04H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H Decimal 0 1 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 • Printer information configuration on and after transmitted n=65 is shown below.M/Label specs) The Black mark length/label gap length and mark interval/label length currently used are returned in 4-byte code. Byte 1 + Byte 2 x256 = Black mark interval/label length Byte 3 + Byte 4 x256 = Black mark length mm/label gap length (2) (1) (1) (2) BM paper Label paper .All fractional parts in millimeters are rounded off. Kind of Printer n Information Information 65 Firmware version Differs by firmware version. 00H 01H 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 00H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H 80H Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 16 0 32 0 64 0 128 n = 4.CT-S281 n 1、49 2、50 3、51 Type of Printer ID Model ID Type ID ROM version ID Specification Value (Hex.) CT-S281 31H Refer to table “Type ID” below Differs by ROM version. 52 specified (only for B. 66 Manufacturer name CITIZEN 67 Model name CT-S281 Kinds of multi-language 69 Japanese Kanji specifications: KANJI fonts Refer to table “DSW” below 112 State of DSW (only serial model) 3 4 5 6 7 Reserved Fixed Reserved Reserved Fixed DSW If n = 112 is specified: Bit Function 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Dip switch [DSW8] Dip switch [DSW8] Dip switch [DSW7] Dip switch [DSW7] Dip switch [DSW6] Dip switch [DSW6] Dip switch [DSW5] Dip switch [DSW5] Dip switch [DSW4] Dip switch [DSW4] Dip switch [DSW3] Dip switch [DSW3] Dip switch [DSW2] Dip switch [DSW2] Dip switch [DSW1] Dip switch [DSW1] *only serial model is is is is is is is is is is is is is is is is OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON Hex.301 - .

Depends on Black mark paper (mm) Type ID If n=2. 50 is specified: Bit Meaning Hex.) CT-S300. CT-S310 Japanese Kanji specifications: KANJI Kinds of multi-language 69 Hangul specification:KOREA fonts Chinese specifications:CHINA GB18030 Refer to table “DSW” below 112 State of DSW (only serial model) • Sends printer information specified by n=65 or more.CT-S300/CT-S310 n 1、49 2、50 3、51 4、52 Type of Printer ID Model ID Type ID ROM version ID Black mark Length Specification Value (Hex. Decimal 0 Equipped for 2 byte code support 01H 1 1 Equipped with auto cutter 02H 2 Thermal paper 00H 0 2 Black mark paper 04H 4 (when Black mark paper is selected) 3 Undefined --4 Unused 00H 0 5 Undefined --6 Undefined --7 Unused 00H 0 n = 4.All fractional parts in millimeters are rounded off. Hex. Number of Data Header 5FH 1 Data 20H to 7FH Subject to item to be responded NULL 00H 1 DSW If n = 112 is specified: Bit Function Dip switch [DSW5] is OFF 0 Dip switch [DSW5] is ON Dip switch [DSW6] is OFF 1 Dip switch [DSW6] is ON Dip switch [DSW7] is OFF 2 Dip switch [DSW7] is ON Dip switch [DSW8] is OFF 3 Dip switch [DSW8] is ON 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Fixed 7 Fixed *only serial model Hex.302 - . 66 Manufacturer name CBM. Byte 1 + Byte 2 x256 = Black mark interval Byte 3 + Byte 4 x256 = Black mark length mm (2) (1) • Printer information configuration on and after transmitted n=65 is shown below.CITIZEN 67 Model name CT-S300. 52 specified (only for B. Kind of Printer n Information Information 65 Firmware version Differs by firmware version. 00H 01H 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 00H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 0 64 0 Black mark paper .CT-S310 35H Refer to table “Type ID” below Differs by ROM version.M specs) The Black mark length and mark interval currently used are returned in 4-byte code.

303 - . Depends on Black mark paper/ Label paper (mm) • Printer information configuration on and after transmitted n=65 is shown below.M/Label specs) The Black mark length/label gap length and mark interval/label length currently used are returned in 4-byte code.CT-S2000 n 1、49 2、50 3、51 4、52 Type of Printer ID Model ID Type ID ROM version ID Black mark/ Label Length Specification Value (Hex. Kind of Printer Information n Information 65 66 67 69 112 Firmware version Manufacturer name Model name Differs by firmware version. Number of Data Header Data NULL 5FH 20H to 7FH 00H 1 Subject to item to be responded 1 BM paper Label paper DSW If n=112 is specified: Bit Function Dip switch [DSW5] is OFF 0 Dip switch [DSW5] is ON Dip switch [DSW6] is OFF 1 Dip switch [DSW6] is ON Dip switch [DSW7] is OFF 2 Dip switch [DSW7] is ON Dip switch [DSW8] is OFF 3 Dip switch [DSW8] is ON 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Fixed 7 Fixed *only serial model Hex. Byte 1 + Byte 2 x256 = Black mark interval/label length Byte 3 + Byte 4 x256 = Black mark length mm/label gap length (2) (1) (1) (2) • Sends printer information specified by n=65 or more. 50 is specified: Bit Meaning 0 Equipped for 2 byte code support 1 Equipped with auto cutter Thermal paper 2 Black mark paper/ Label paper (when Black mark paper/ Label paper is selected) Hex.) CT-S2000 51H Refer to table “Type ID” below Differs by ROM version. Hex. 01H 02H 00H 04H Decimal 1 2 0 4 3 Undefined --4 Unused 00H 0 5 Undefined --6 Undefined --7 Unused 00H 0 n = 4. 00H 01H 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 00H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 0 64 0 . 52 specified (only for B. CITIZEN CT-S2000 Kinds of multi-language Japanese Kanji specifications: KANJI Hangul specification:KOREA fonts Chinese specifications:CHINA GB18030 Refer to table “DSW” below State of DSW (only serial model) Type ID If n=2.All fractional parts in millimeters are rounded off.

66 Manufacturer name CITIZEN 67 Model name CT-S4000 Japanese Kanji specifications: KANJI Kinds of multi-language 69 Hangul specification:KOREA fonts Chinese specifications:CHINA GB18030 Refer to table “DSW” below 112 State of DSW (only serial model) • Sends printer information specified by n=65 or more.All fractional parts in millimeters are rounded off. 52 specified (only for B.CT-S4000 n 1、49 2、50 3、51 4、52 Type of Printer ID Model ID Type ID ROM version ID Black mark/ Label Length Specification Value (Hex. 00H 01H 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 00H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 0 64 0 . 01H 02H 00H 04H Decimal 1 2 0 4 3 Undefined --4 Unused 00H 0 5 Undefined --6 Undefined --7 Unused 00H 0 n = 4. Kind of Printer n Information Information 65 Firmware version Differs by firmware version. Depends on Black mark paper/ Label paper (mm) • Printer information configuration on and after transmitted n=65 is shown below. Number of Data Header Data NULL 5FH 20H to 7FH 00H 1 Subject to item to be responded 1 Type ID If n=2. Byte 1 + Byte 2 x256 = Black mark interval/label length Byte 3 + Byte 4 x256 = Black mark length mm/label gap length (2) (1) (1) (2) BM paper Label paper DSW If n=112 is specified: Bit Function Dip switch [DSW5] is OFF 0 Dip switch [DSW5] is ON Dip switch [DSW6] is OFF 1 Dip switch [DSW6] is ON Dip switch [DSW7] is OFF 2 Dip switch [DSW7] is ON Dip switch [DSW8] is OFF 3 Dip switch [DSW8] is ON 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Fixed 7 Fixed *only serial model Hex.304 - . 50 is specified: Bit Meaning 0 Equipped for 2 byte code support 1 Equipped with auto cutter Thermal paper 2 Black mark paper/ Label paper (when Black mark paper/ Label paper is selected) Hex.) CT-S4000 55H Refer to table “Type ID” below Differs by ROM version.M/Label specs) The Black mark length/label gap length and mark interval/label length currently used are returned in 4-byte code. Hex.

01H 02H 00H 04H Decimal 1 2 0 4 • Printer information configuration on and after transmitted n=65 is shown below. 52 specified (only for B.M/Label specs) The Black mark length/label gap length and mark interval/label length currently used are returned in 4-byte code. 50 is specified: Bit Meaning 0 Equipped for 2 byte code support 1 Equipped with auto cutter Thermal paper 2 Black mark paper/ Label paper (when Black mark paper/ Label paper is selected) Hex.305 - . 00H 01H 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 00H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 0 64 0 . Hex. 66 Manufacturer name CITIZEN CT-S801 CT-S851 67 Model name CT-S601 CT-S651 Japanese Kanji specifications: KANJI Kinds of multi-language 69 Hangul specification:KOREA fonts Chinese specifications:CHINA GB18030 Refer to table “DSW” below 112 State of DSW (only serial model) • Sends printer information specified by n=65 or more.All fractional parts in millimeters are rounded off.CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 n 1、49 2、50 3、51 4、52 Type of Printer ID Model ID Type ID ROM version ID Black mark/ Label Length Specification Value (Hex. Kind of Printer n Information Information 65 Firmware version Differs by firmware version.) CT-S801/851 5DH CT-S601/651 3DH Refer to table “Type ID” below Differs by ROM version. Depends on Black mark paper/ Label paper (mm) Type ID If n=2. Byte 1 + Byte 2 x256 = Black mark interval Byte 3 + Byte 4 x256 = Black mark length mm (2) (1) Black mark paper/Label paper Hex. Number of Data Header 5FH 1 Data 20H to 7FH Subject to item to be responded NULL 00H 1 DSW If n=112 is specified: Bit Function Dip switch [DSW5] is OFF 0 Dip switch [DSW5] is ON Dip switch [DSW6] is OFF 1 Dip switch [DSW6] is ON Dip switch [DSW7] is OFF 2 Dip switch [DSW7] is ON Dip switch [DSW8] is OFF 3 Dip switch [DSW8] is ON 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Fixed 7 Fixed *only serial model 3 Undefined --4 Unused 00H 0 5 Undefined --6 Undefined --7 Unused 00H 0 n = 4.

00H 01H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H Decimal 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DSW If n=112 is specified: Bit Function Dip switch [DSW5] is OFF 0 Dip switch [DSW5] is ON Dip switch [DSW6] is OFF 1 Dip switch [DSW6] is ON Dip switch [DSW7] is OFF 2 Dip switch [DSW7] is ON Dip switch [DSW8] is OFF 3 Dip switch [DSW8] is ON 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Fixed 7 Fixed *only serial model Hex. Hex.) BD2-2220 59H Refer to table “Type ID” below Differs by ROM version. 00H 01H 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 00H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 0 64 0 Sends the specified printer information. Number of Data Header 5FH 1 Data 20H to 7FH Subject to item to be responded NULL 00H 1 . 66 Manufacturer name CITIZEN 67 Model name BD2-2220 Kinds of multi-language 69 Japanese Kanji specifications: KANJI fonts Refer to table “DSW” below 112 State of DSW (only serial model) • Sends printer information specified by n=65 or more.BD2-2220 n 1、49 2、50 3、51 Type of Printer ID Model ID Type ID ROM version ID Specification Value (Hex. 50 is specified: Bit Meaning Not equipped for 2 byte code support 0 Equipped for 2 byte code support 1 Fixed 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 Fixed 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 Fixed Hex. Kind of Printer n Information Information 65 Firmware version Differs by firmware version.306 - . Type ID If n=2.

PMU2XXX/PMU2XXXII n 1、49 2、50 3、51 4、52 Type of Printer ID Model ID Type ID ROM version ID Black mark Length Specification Value (Hex. 00H 01H 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 00H 00H 40H 00H Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 0 64 0 Black mark paper • Printer information configuration on and after transmitted n=65 is shown below.307 - . . Number of Data Header 5FH 1 Data 20H to 7FH Subject to item to be responded NULL 00H 1 DSW If n=112 is specified: Bit Function Dip switch [DSW5] is OFF 0 Dip switch [DSW5] is ON Dip switch [DSW6] is OFF 1 Dip switch [DSW6] is ON Dip switch [DSW7] is OFF 2 Dip switch [DSW7] is ON Dip switch [DSW8] is OFF 3 Dip switch [DSW8] is ON 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Fixed 7 Fixed *only serial model 3 Reserved 00H 0 4 Fixed 00H 0 5 Reserved 00H 0 6 Reserved 00H 0 7 Fixed 00H 0 n = 4. 00H 01H 00H 00H 04H Decimal 0 1 0 0 4 Kind of Printer Information Firmware version Manufacturer name Model name Kinds of multi-language fonts State of DSW Information Differs by firmware version.All fractional parts in millimeters are rounded off.M specs) The Black mark length/label gap length and mark interval/label length currently used are returned in 4-byte code. Byte 1 + Byte 2 x256 = Black mark interval Byte 3 + Byte 4 x256 = Black mark length mm (2) (1) Hex.) PMU2XXX 3DH Refer to table “Type ID” below Differs by ROM version. Hex. 50 is specified: Bit Meaning Not equipped for 2 byte code support 0 Equipped for 2 byte code support 1 Fixed Thermal paper 2 Black mark paper (when Black mark paper is selected) • Sends printer information specified by n=65 or more. Depends on Black mark paper (mm) n 65 66 67 69 112 Hex. 52 specified (only for B. CITIZEN PMU2XXX Japanese Kanji specifications: KANJI Refer to table “DSW” below (only serial model) Type ID If n=2.

Hex. CITIZEN CT-P292/293 (Remark) Japanese Kanji specifications: KANJI Refer to table “DSW” below (only serial model) (Reamrk) Model name depends on DSW setting (Refer to table “DSW”) . 00H 01H 00H 02H 00H 04H 00H 08H 00H 10H 00H 20H 00H 40H 00H 80H Decimal 0 1 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 16 0 32 0 64 0 128 on and after transmitted n=65 is shown Information Differs by firmware version.308 - . • Sends printer information specified by n=65 or more. Kind of Printer n Information 65 Firmware version 66 Manufacturer name 67 Model name Kinds of multi-language 69 fonts 112 State of DSW Hex.) CT-P292/293 7DH Refer to table “Type ID” below Differs by ROM version. Number of Data Header 5FH 1 Data 20H to 7FH Subject to item to be responded NULL 00H 1 Type ID If n=2.CT-P292/293 n 1、49 2、50 3、51 Type of Printer ID Model ID Type ID ROM version ID Specification Value (Hex. 00H 01H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H Decimal 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DSW If n = 112 is specified: Bit Function Dip switch [DSW8] is OFF 0 Dip switch [DSW8] is ON Dip switch [DSW7] is OFF 1 Dip switch [DSW7] is ON Dip switch [DSW6] is OFF 2 Dip switch [DSW6] is ON Dip switch [DSW5] is OFF 3 Dip switch [DSW5] is ON Dip switch [DSW4] is OFF 4 Dip switch [DSW4] is ON Dip switch [DSW3] is OFF 5 Dip switch [DSW3] is ON Dip switch [DSW2] is OFF 6 Dip switch [DSW2] is ON Dip switch [DSW1] is OFF 7 Dip switch [DSW1] is ON *only serial model Hex. 50 is specified: Bit Meaning Not equipped for 2 byte code 0 support Equipped for 2 byte code support 1 Fixed 2 Thermal paper 3 Reserved 4 Fixed 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 Fixed Printer information configuration below.

ESC W. FS S • Commands using y: ESC 3. 25. the following parameters are used regardless of the character orientation (e. ESC W.309 - . GS $. ESC J. ESC $. [Default] [See Also] x=203、y=360 Appendix 5. FS S • This command does not affect any other values that are already set. ESC \. GS \ • Commands using y: ESC SP. ESC $. GS L. as follows: (1) If the start point specified by ESC T is the top left or bottom right (The characters are mapped in the direction perpendicular to the paper feed): • Commands using x: ESC SP. and the vertical direction is defined as the paper feed direction. ESC J. 25. ESC $. inverted or 90°-right-turned). and the remainder is omitted.GS P x y Support model CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII [Function] [Code] [Range] [Outline] Specifying the basic calculation pitch <1D>H<50>H<x><y> 0≦x≦255. GS \ (2) If the start point specified by ESC T is the top right or bottom left (The characters are mapped in the paper feed direction): • Commands using x: ESC 3. • If x = 0. • If calculations made in combination with another command generate fractions. ESC \.g. the horizontal basic calculation pitch is reverted to the default value. GS $. (1) Commands using x: ESC SP.1 “Explanation on PAGE MODE” ESC SP、ESC $、ESC 3、ESC J、ESC W、ESC \、GS $、GS L、GS W . the vertical basic calculation pitch is reverted to the default value. the fractions are corrected with the minimum pitch of the mechanism. ESC J • In PAGE MODE. FS S. 0≦y≦255 [The specification which is common to the model] • This command sets the horizontal basic calculation pitch to approx. ESC W.4/y mm (1/y inches). • If y = 0. ESC \. and the vertical basic calculation pitch to approx. ESC W.4/x mm (1/x inches). GS W (2) Commands using y: ESC 3. [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • The horizontal direction is defined as the direction perpendicular to the paper feed. • In STANDARD MODE. the parameters used depend on the character orientation.

310 - .ESC RS Support model CT-S280 CT-S281 CT-S300 CT-S310 CT-S2000 CT-S801/851 CT-S4000 CT-S601/651 BD2-2220 CT-P292/293 PMU2XXX PMU2XXXII [Function] [Code] [Outline] Sound buzzer <1B>H<1E>H [The specification which is common to the model] • Sound the buzzer for 200 ms. . [The specification which depend on the model] CT-S310/CT-S2000/CT-S4000/CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 • Sounds the buzzer when this command is entered even if buzzer is set to disabled with MSW5-1 OFF. [Caution] [The specification which is common to the model] • This command is buffered before execution. CHR$(&H1E). [Execution Result] The buzzer sounds for approx. [Sample Program] LPRINT CHR$(&H1B). 200 ms.

3.1 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC437 (USA、Europe Standard) 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F FF CR HT LF EOT ENQ NUL 1 DLE XON 2 3 0 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ 6 ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~ ・ 8 Ç ü é â ä à å ç ê ë è ï î ì Ä Å 9 É æ Æ ô ö ò û ù ÿ Ö Ü ¢ £ ¥ Pt A á í ó ú ñ Ñ a o ¿ ⌐ ¬ ½ ¼ ¡ « » B ░ ▒ ▓ C └ ┴ ┬ D ╨ ╤ ╥ ╙ ╘ ╒ ╓ ╫ ╪ E F α ≡ β ± Γ ≧ π ≦ ∑ σ ⌠ ⌡ ! " 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : .1 Code Page 3. / δ √ ∞ ∅ ∈ ∩ ⁿ ² ■ ƒ .1. . CHARACTER CODE TABLE 3.311 - . < = > ? XOFF # $ % & ' │ ├ ┤ ─ ╡ ╢ ╖ ╕ ╣ ║ ╗ ╝ ╜ ╛ ┐ ┼ ╞ ╟ ╚ ╔ ╩ ╦ ╠ ═ ╬ ╧ DC4 μ ÷ τ Φ ≈ 。 CAN ( ) * ┘ θ ┌ Ω █ ▃ ▌ ▐ ▄ ∙ ESC FS GS RS + .

312 - . .3.1. < = > ? ┤ ┌ イ ツ メ ├ ┘ ウ テ モ ─ 、 エ ト ヤ _ ・ オ ナ ユ XOFF # $ % & ' DC4 | ヲ カ ニ ヨ ▕ ァ キ ヌ ラ 秒 〒 市 区 町 CAN ( ) * ┌ ィ ク ネ リ ┐ ゥ ケ ノ ル └ ェ コ ハ レ ┘ ォ サ ヒ ロ ╭ ╮ ╰ ╯ ESC FS GS RS + . / ャ シ フ ワ ● 村 ュ ス ヘ ン ○ 人 ョ セ ホ “ ッ ソ マ ゜ ╱ ╲ ▒ SP .2 Codepage 00H to 7FH & Katakana 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F FF CR HT LF EOT ENQ NUL 1 DLE XON 2 3 0 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ 6 ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~ ・ 8 ▁ ▂ ▃ ▅ ▆ ▇ █ ▉ ▏ ▎ ▍ ▌ ▋ ▋ ▊ + 9 A B C D E ═ ╞ ╪ ╡ ◢ ◣ ◥ ◤ ♠ ♥ ♦ ♣ F × 円 年 月 日 時 分 ┴ SP ┬ º - タ ミ ア チ ム ! " 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : .

3.1. / . .313 - .3 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC850 (Multilingual) 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F FF CR HT LF EOT ENQ NUL 1 DLE XON 2 3 0 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ 6 ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~ ・ 8 Ç ü é â ä à å ç ê ë è ï î ì Ä Å 9 É æ Æ ô ö ò û ù ÿ Ö Ü ø £ Ø × ƒ A á í ó ú ñ Ñ a o ¿ ® ¬ ½ ¼ ¡ « » B ░ ▒ ▓ C └ ┴ ┬ D ð Ð Ê Ë È ・ Í Î Ï ┘ ┌ █ ▃ ¦ Ì ▄ E Ó F ― ! " 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : . < = > ? β ± Ô Ò õ Õ = ¾ ¶ § XOFF # $ % & ' │ ├ ┤ ─ Á Â À © ╣ ║ ╗ ╝ ¢ \ ┐ ┼ ã Ã ╚ ╔ ╩ ╦ ╠ ═ ╬ ¤ DC4 μ ÷ þ Þ Ú Û Ù ý Ý ― ′ ゝ ° ¨ ∙ ¹ ³ ₂ ■ CAN ( ) * ESC FS GS RS + .

< = > ? XOFF # $ % & ' │ ├ ┤ ─ ╡ ╢ ╖ ╕ ╣ ║ ╗ ╝ ╜ ╛ ┐ ┼ ╞ ╟ ╚ ╔ ╩ ╦ ╠ ═ ╬ ╧ DC4 μ ÷ τ ≈ CAN ( ) * Φ ° ┘ θ ┌ Ω █ ▃ ▌ ▐ ▄ ∙ ESC FS GS RS + .314 - . / δ √ ∞ ∅ ∈ ∩ ⁿ ₂ ■ Ó .3.4 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC860 (Portuguese) 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F FF CR HT LF EOT ENQ NUL 1 DLE XON 2 3 0 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ 6 ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~ ・ 8 Ç ü é â ã à Á ç ê Ê è Í Ô ì Ã Â 9 É À È ô õ ò Ú ù Ì Õ Ü ¢ £ Ù Pt A á í ó ú ñ Ñ a o ¿ Ò ¬ ½ ¼ ¡ « » B ░ ▒ ▓ C └ ┴ ┬ D ╨ ╤ ╥ ╙ ╘ ╒ ╓ ╫ ╪ E F α ≡ β ± Γ ≧ π ≦ ∑ σ ⌠ ⌡ ! " 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : .1. .

/ δ √ ∞ ∅ ∈ ∩ ⁿ ² ■ ƒ .1.3. .315 - . < = > ? XOFF # $ % & ' │ ├ ┤ ─ ╡ ╢ ╖ ╕ ╣ ║ ╗ ╝ ╜ ╛ ┐ ┼ ╞ ╟ ╚ ╔ ╩ ╦ ╠ ═ ╬ ╧ DC4 ゝ ³ Î ⌐ ¬ ½ ¼ ¾ « » μ ÷ τ Φ ≈ 。 CAN ( ) * ┘ θ ┌ Ω █ ▃ ▌ ▐ ▄ ∙ ESC FS GS RS + .5 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC863 (Canadian-French) 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F FF CR HT LF EOT ENQ NUL 1 DLE XON 2 3 0 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ 6 ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~ ・ 8 Ç ü é â Â à ¶ ç ê ë è Ï Î = À § 9 É È Ê ô Ë Ï û ù ¤ Ô Ü ¢ £ Ù Û A ¦ ´ ô ú ¨ B ░ ▒ ▓ C └ ┴ ┬ D ╨ ╤ ╥ ╙ ╘ ╒ ╓ ╫ ╪ E F α ≡ β ± Γ ≧ π ≦ ∑ σ ⌠ ⌡ ! " 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : .

316 - .1. < = > ? XOFF # $ % & ' │ ├ ┤ ─ ╡ ╢ ╖ ╕ ╣ ║ ╗ ╝ ╜ ╛ ┐ ┼ ╞ ╟ ╚ ╔ ╩ ╦ ╠ ═ ╬ ╧ DC4 μ ÷ τ Φ ≈ 。 CAN ( ) * ┘ θ ┌ Ω █ ▃ ▌ ▐ ▄ ∙ ESC FS GS RS + . / δ √ ∞ ∅ ∈ ∩ ⁿ ₂ ■ ƒ .3. .6 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC865 (Nordic) 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F FF CR HT LF EOT ENQ NUL 1 DLE XON 2 3 0 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ 6 ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~ ・ 8 Ç ü é â ä à å ç ê ë è Ï Î Ì Ä Å 9 É æ Æ ô ö ò û ù ÿ Ö Ü ø £ Ø Pt A á í ó ú ñ Ñ a o ¿ ⌐ ¬ ½ ¼ ¡ « ¤ B ░ ▒ ▓ C └ ┴ ┬ D ╨ ╤ ╥ ╙ ╘ ╒ ╓ ╫ ╪ E F α ≡ β ± Γ ≧ π ≦ ∑ σ ⌠ ⌡ ! " 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : .

7 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC852 (Easern Europe) 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F FF CR HT LF EOT ENQ NUL 1 DLE XON 2 3 0 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ 6 ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~ ・ 8 Ç ü é â ä ů ć ç ł ë Ő ő î Ź Ä Ć 9 É Ĺ Í Ú Ö Ľ Ĭ Ś Ś Ö Ü Ť A á í ó ú Ą ą Ž ž Ę ę ť ź Č B ░ ▒ ▓ C └ ┴ ┬ D đ Đ Ď Ë ď Ň Í î ĕ ┘ ┌ █ ▃ Ţ Ů ▀ E Ó F - ! " 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : . < = > ? β ” Ó Ń Ń Ň Š Š Ŕ Ú Ŕ Ű Ý Ý Ţ ´ 、 ˇ ˘ § ÷ XOFF # $ % & ' │ ├ ┤ ─ Á Â Ě Ş ╣ ║ ╗ ╝ Ż Ż ┐ ┼ Ă Ă ╚ ╔ ╩ ╦ ╠ ═ ╬ ¤ DC4 ゝ ゚ ¨ ∙ ű Ř ř ■ SP CAN ( ) * ESC FS GS RS + . .317 - . / Ł × Č ş « » .3.1.

/ ¤ ■ П Я п ┐ .3.8 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC866 (Russian) 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F FF CR HT LF EOT ENQ NUL 1 DLE XON 2 3 0 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ 6 ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~ ・ 8 9 A B ░ ▒ ▓ C └ ┴ ┬ D ╨ ╤ ╥ ╙ ╘ ╒ ╓ ╫ ╪ E р с т у ф ц ц ч х F Ë ë Є є Ї ї ў Α Р а Б С б В Т в ! " 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : .318 - . . < = > ? XOFF # $ % & ' Г У г │ ├ Д Ф д ┤ ─ Е Х е Ж Ц ж З Ч з И Ш и Й Щ й К Ъ к Л Ы л М Ь м Н Э н О Ю о ╡ ╢ ╖ ╕ ╣ ║ ╗ ╝ ╜ ╛ ┼ ╞ ╟ ╚ ╔ ╩ ╦ ╠ ═ ╬ ╧ DC4 CAN ( ) * ゚ ・ ∙ ű No. ┘ ш ┌ щ █ ▃ Ţ Ů ▀ ъ ы э ю я ESC FS GS RS + .1.

.9 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC857 (Turkish) 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F FF CR HT LF EOT ENQ NUL 1 DLE XON 2 3 0 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ 6 ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~ ・ 8 Ç ü é â à ä å ç ê ë è ï î I 9 É æ Æ ô ö ò û ù Í Ö Ü ø £ Ø Ş ş A á í ó ú ñ Ñ Ĝ ĝ ¿ ® ¬ ½ ¼ ¡ « » B ░ ▒ ▓ C └ ┴ ┬ D o a Ê Ë È E ó F ― ! " 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : . ¹ ³ ² ■ SP CAN ( ) * ESC FS GS RS + . / Ä Å .1.3. < = > ? β ± ô ò õ Õ ¾ ¶ § XOFF # $ % & ' │ ├ ┤ ─ Á Â À © ╣ ║ ╗ ╝ ¢ ¥ ┐ ┼ ã Ã ╚ ╔ ╩ ╦ ╠ ═ ╬ ¤ DC4 Í Î Ï ┘ ┌ █ ▃ ¦ Ì ▀ μ ÷ ゝ × Ú Û Ù Ì ÿ ´ ゚ ¨ .319 - .

10 Codepage 00H to 7FH & PC864 (ArabiC) .3.320 - .1.

.3.. . ¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ § ¨ © ª « ¬ ­ ® ± ² ³ ´ µ ¶ · ¸ ¹ º » ¼ ½ ¾ ¿ ’ “ ” ‧ ‐ ‒ ~ XOFF # $ % & ' DC4 ÷ ø ù ú û ü ý þ ÿ CAN ( ) * ‰ Š ‹ Œ ™ š › œ ESC FS GS RS + .321 - . / Ÿ ¯ .11 Codepage 00H to 7FH & Windows Codepage 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F FF CR HT LF EOT ENQ NUL 1 DLE XON 2 3 0 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ 6 ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~ ・ 8 9 A B ° C À Á Â Ã Ä Å Æ Ç È É Ê Ë Ì Í Î Ï D Ð Ñ Ò Ó Ô Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Û Ü Ý Þ ß E à á â ã ä å æ ç è é ê ë ì í î ï F ð ñ ò ó Ô Õ ö ! " 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ... < = > ? ‘ ¸ ƒ .1.

322 - .1.12 Codepage 00H to 7FH & Thai code 18 .3.

K.323 - .3. Denmark I Sweden Italy Spain I Japan Norway Denmark II Spain II Latin America Korea Croatia China 23 24 40 5B 5C 5D 5E 60 7B 7C 7D 7E # $ @ # $ à [ ° Ä [ Æ Ä ╲ ç Ö ╲ Ø Ö ╲ Ñ ¥ Ø Ø Ñ Ñ ₩ Đ ╲ ] § Ü ] Å Å é ¿ ] Å Å ¿ ¿ ] Ć ] ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Ü ^ ^ ^ Ü Ü é é ^ Č ^ ' ' ' ' ' é ù ' ' é é ' ü ' ž ' { é ä { æ ä à ¨ { æ æ ì ì { š { | ù ö | ø ö ò ñ | ø ø ñ ñ | đ | } è ö } å å è } } å å ó ó } ć } ~ ¨ β ~ ~ ü ì ~ ~ ü ü ú ú ~ č ~ # $ § £ $ @ # $ @ # ¤ É # $ @ ° Pt $ @ ¡ [ Æ Æ ¡ ¡ [ Š [ # $ @ # ¤ É É á á # $ # $ # $ # $ @ # $ Ž # ¥ @ .S.2 Internatinal Character Code Table Country 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 U.A France Germany U.

1 JIS non-Kanji S-JIS 813F 814F 815F 816F 8180 8190 819E 81AE 81BE 81CE 81DE 81EE 823F 824F 825F 826F 8280 8290 829E 82AE 82BE 82CE 82DE 82EE 833F 834F 835F 836F 8380 8390 839E 83AE 83BE 83CE 83DE 83EE JIS 2120 2130 2140 2150 2160 2170 2220 2230 2240 2250 2260 2270 2320 2330 2340 2350 2360 2370 2420 2430 2440 2450 2460 2470 2520 2530 2540 2550 2560 2570 2620 2630 2640 2650 2660 2670 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 、 ^ \ { ÷ $  ̄ ~ } = ¢ ◆ ∪ ∃ ∇ ≡ ≒ Å 0 P p ぐ だ ば む ゐ グ ダ バ ム ヰ Π π 1 A Q a q ぁ け ち ぱ め ゑ ァ ケ チ パ メ ヱ Α Ρ α ρ 2 B R b r あ げ ぢ ひ も を ア ゲ ヂ ヒ モ ヲ Β Σ β σ ∩ _ ∥ 〈 ≠ £ □ 。 ヽ | 〉 < % ■ , ヾ … 《 > # △ . ゝ ‥ 》 ≦ & ▲ ・ ゞ ‘ 「 ≧ * ▽ : 〃 ’ 」 ∞ @ ▼ ; 仝 “ 『 ∴ § ※ ? 〆 ” 』 ♂ ☆ 〒 ! 〇 ( 【 ♀ ★ → ∈ ∧ ゛ 〇 ) 】 ° ○ ← ∋ ∨ ゜ ― 〔 + ′ ● ↑ ⊆ ¬ ∠ ´ ― 〕 - ″ ◎ ↓ ⊇ ⇒ ⊥ ` ‐ [ ± ℃ ◇ 〓 ⊂ ⇔ ⌒ ◯ ¨ / ] × ¥ ⊃ ∀ ∂ ≪ ‰ 3 C S c s ぃ こ っ び ゃ ん ィ コ ッ ビ ャ ン Γ Τ γ τ ≫ ♯ 4 D T d t い ご つ ぴ や イ ゴ ツ ピ ヤ ヴ Δ Υ δ υ √ ♭ 5 E U e u ぅ さ づ ふ ゅ ゥ サ ヅ フ ュ ヵ Ε Φ ε φ ∽ ♪ 6 F V f v う ざ て ぶ ゆ ウ ザ テ ブ ユ ヶ Ζ Χ ζ χ ∝ † 7 G W g w ぇ し で ぷ ょ ェ シ デ プ ョ Η Ψ η ψ ∵ ‡ 8 H X h x え じ と へ よ エ ジ ト ヘ ヨ Θ Ω θ ω ∫ ¶ 9 I Y i y ぉ す ど べ ら ォ ス ド ベ ラ Ι ι ∬ J Z j z お ず な ぺ り オ ズ ナ ペ リ Κ κ K k か せ に ほ る カ セ ニ ホ ル Λ λ L l が ぜ ぬ ぼ れ ガ ゼ ヌ ボ レ Μ μ M m き そ ね ぽ ろ キ ソ ネ ポ ロ Ν ν N n ぎ ぞ の ま ゎ ギ ゾ ノ マ ヮ Ξ ξ O o く た は み わ ク タ ハ ミ ワ Ο ο .3 Kanji Code Table 3.3.324 - .3.

S-JIS 843F 844F 845F 846F 8480 8490 849E 84AE 84BE 84CE 84DE 84EE JIS 2720 2730 2740 2750 2760 2770 2820 2830 2840 2850 2860 2870 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F А О Ю о ю ┛ ╂ П Я а п я ─ ┗ Б Р б р │ ┣ В С в с ┌ ┳ Г Т г т ┐ ┫ Д У д у ┘ ┻ Е Ф е ф └ ╋ Ё Х ё х ├ ┠ Ж Ц ж ц ┬ ┯ З Ч з ч ┤ ┨ И Ш и ш ┴ ┷ Й Щ й щ ┼ ┿ К Ъ к ъ ━ ┝ Л Ы л ы ┃ ┰ М Ь м ь ┏ ┥ Н Э н э ┓ ┸ .325 - .

3.2 JIS Kanji Level 1 S-JIS 889E 88AE 88BE 88CE 88DE 88EE 893F 894F 895F 896F 8980 8990 899E 89AE 89BE 89CE 89DE 89EE 8A3F 8A4F 8A5F 8A6F 8A80 8A90 8A9E 8AAE 8ABE 8ACE 8ADE 8AEE 8B3F 8B4F 8B5F 8B6F 8B80 8B90 JIS 3020 3030 3040 3050 3060 3070 3120 3130 3140 3150 3160 3170 3220 3230 3240 3250 3260 3270 3320 3330 3340 3350 3360 3370 3420 3430 3440 3450 3460 3470 3520 3530 3540 3550 3560 3570 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 亜 旭 粟 夷 萎 稲 碓 雲 頴 園 艶 屋 伽 火 迦 介 外 垣 覚 橿 叶 完 汗 莞 巌 基 軌 祇 黍 朽 巨 葦 袷 委 衣 茨 院 臼 荏 英 堰 苑 押 憶 価 珂 過 会 魁 咳 柿 角 梶 椛 粥 官 漢 観 玩 奇 機 輝 義 却 求 拒 唖 芦 安 威 謂 芋 陰 渦 餌 衛 奄 薗 旺 臆 佳 禍 霞 解 晦 害 蛎 赫 鰍 樺 刈 寛 澗 諌 癌 嬉 帰 飢 蟻 客 汲 拠 娃 鯵 庵 尉 違 鰯 隠 嘘 叡 詠 宴 遠 横 桶 加 禾 蚊 回 械 崖 鈎 較 潟 鞄 苅 干 潅 貫 眼 寄 毅 騎 誼 脚 泣 挙 阿 梓 按 惟 遺 允 韻 唄 営 鋭 延 鉛 欧 牡 可 稼 俄 塊 海 慨 劃 郭 割 株 瓦 幹 環 還 岩 岐 気 鬼 議 虐 灸 渠 哀 圧 暗 意 医 印 吋 欝 嬰 液 怨 鴛 殴 乙 嘉 箇 峨 壊 灰 概 嚇 閣 喝 兜 乾 患 甘 鑑 翫 希 汽 亀 掬 逆 球 虚 愛 斡 案 慰 井 咽 右 蔚 影 疫 掩 塩 王 俺 夏 花 我 廻 界 涯 各 隔 恰 竃 侃 感 監 間 贋 幾 畿 偽 菊 丘 究 許 挨 扱 闇 易 亥 員 宇 鰻 映 益 援 於 翁 卸 嫁 苛 牙 快 皆 碍 廓 革 括 蒲 冠 慣 看 閑 雁 忌 祈 儀 鞠 久 窮 距 姶 宛 鞍 椅 域 因 烏 姥 曳 駅 沿 汚 襖 恩 家 茄 画 怪 絵 蓋 拡 学 活 釜 寒 憾 竿 関 頑 揮 季 妓 吉 仇 笈 鋸 逢 姐 杏 為 育 姻 羽 厩 栄 悦 演 甥 鴬 温 寡 荷 臥 悔 芥 街 撹 岳 渇 鎌 刊 換 管 陥 顔 机 稀 宜 吃 休 級 漁 葵 虻 以 畏 郁 引 迂 浦 永 謁 炎 凹 鴎 穏 科 華 芽 恢 蟹 該 格 楽 滑 噛 勘 敢 簡 韓 願 旗 紀 戯 喫 及 糾 禦 茜 飴 伊 異 磯 飲 雨 瓜 泳 越 焔 央 黄 音 暇 菓 蛾 懐 開 鎧 核 額 葛 鴨 勧 柑 緩 館 企 既 徽 技 桔 吸 給 魚 穐 絢 位 移 一 淫 卯 閏 洩 閲 煙 奥 岡 下 果 蝦 賀 戒 階 骸 殻 顎 褐 栢 巻 桓 缶 舘 伎 期 規 擬 橘 宮 旧 亨 悪 綾 依 維 壱 胤 鵜 噂 瑛 榎 燕 往 沖 化 架 課 雅 拐 貝 浬 獲 掛 轄 茅 喚 棺 翰 丸 危 棋 記 欺 詰 弓 牛 享 握 鮎 偉 緯 溢 蔭 窺 云 盈 厭 猿 応 荻 仮 歌 嘩 餓 改 凱 馨 確 笠 且 萱 堪 款 肝 含 喜 棄 貴 犠 砧 急 去 京 渥 或 囲 胃 逸 丑 運 穎 円 縁 億 何 河 貨 駕 劾 蛙 穫 樫 鰹 姦 歓 艦 岸 器 起 疑 杵 救 居 .326 - .3.

327 - .S-JIS 8B9E 8BAE 8BBE 8BCE 8BDE 8BEE 8C3F 8C4F 8C5F 8C6F 8C80 8C90 C89E 8CAE 8CBE 8CCE 8CDE 8CEE 8D3F 8D4F 8D5F 8D6F 8D80 8D90 8D9E 8DAE 8DBE 8DCE 8DDE 8DEE 8E3F 8E4F 8E5F 8E6F 8E80 8E90 JIS 3620 3630 3640 3650 3660 3670 3720 3730 3740 3750 3760 3770 3820 3830 3840 3850 3860 3870 3920 3930 3940 3950 3960 3970 3A20 3A30 3A40 3A50 3A60 3A70 3B20 3B30 3B40 3B50 3B60 3B70 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 供 彊 鏡 勤 謹 駒 薫 契 経 劇 倹 鍵 言 湖 伍 乞 弘 浩 腔 項 告 紺 裟 歳 材 咋 三 酸 姉 死 諮 怯 響 均 近 具 掘 訓 形 継 戟 倦 検 険 諺 狐 午 鯉 后 恒 港 膏 香 国 此 艮 坐 済 罪 搾 察 傘 餐 姿 氏 資 侠 恐 饗 巾 金 愚 窟 群 径 繋 撃 健 権 顕 限 糊 呉 交 喉 慌 溝 航 高 穀 頃 魂 座 災 財 昨 拶 参 斬 子 獅 賜 僑 恭 驚 錦 吟 虞 沓 軍 恵 罫 激 兼 牽 験 乎 袴 吾 佼 坑 抗 甲 荒 鴻 酷 今 些 挫 采 冴 朔 撮 山 暫 屍 祉 雌 兇 挟 仰 斤 銀 喰 靴 郡 慶 茎 隙 券 犬 鹸 個 股 娯 侯 垢 拘 皇 行 剛 鵠 困 佐 債 犀 坂 柵 擦 惨 残 市 私 飼 競 教 凝 欣 九 空 轡 卦 慧 荊 桁 剣 献 元 古 胡 後 候 好 控 硬 衡 劫 黒 坤 叉 催 砕 阪 窄 札 撒 仕 師 糸 歯 共 橋 尭 欽 倶 偶 窪 袈 憩 蛍 傑 喧 研 原 呼 菰 御 倖 孔 攻 稿 講 号 獄 墾 唆 再 砦 堺 策 殺 散 仔 志 紙 事 凶 況 暁 琴 句 寓 熊 祁 掲 計 欠 圏 硯 厳 固 虎 悟 光 孝 昂 糠 貢 合 漉 婚 嵯 最 祭 榊 索 薩 桟 伺 思 紫 似 協 狂 業 禁 区 遇 隈 係 携 詣 決 堅 絹 幻 姑 誇 梧 公 宏 晃 紅 購 壕 腰 恨 左 哉 斎 肴 錯 雑 燦 使 指 肢 侍 匡 狭 局 禽 狗 隅 粂 傾 敬 警 潔 嫌 県 弦 孤 跨 檎 功 工 更 紘 郊 拷 甑 懇 差 塞 細 咲 桜 皐 珊 刺 支 脂 児 卿 矯 曲 筋 玖 串 栗 刑 景 軽 穴 建 肩 減 己 鈷 瑚 効 巧 杭 絞 酵 濠 忽 昏 査 妻 崎 崎 鮭 鯖 産 司 孜 至 字 叫 胸 極 緊 矩 櫛 繰 兄 桂 頚 結 憲 見 源 庫 雇 碁 勾 巷 校 綱 鉱 豪 惚 昆 沙 宰 裁 埼 笹 捌 算 史 斯 視 寺 喬 脅 玉 芹 苦 釧 桑 啓 渓 鶏 血 懸 謙 玄 弧 顧 語 厚 幸 梗 耕 砿 轟 骨 根 瑳 彩 載 碕 匙 錆 纂 嗣 施 詞 慈 境 興 桐 菌 躯 屑 鍬 圭 畦 芸 訣 拳 賢 現 戸 鼓 誤 口 広 構 考 鋼 麹 狛 梱 砂 才 際 鷺 冊 鮫 蚕 四 旨 詩 持 峡 蕎 粁 衿 駆 屈 勲 珪 稽 迎 月 捲 軒 絃 故 五 護 向 庚 江 肯 閤 克 込 混 詐 採 剤 作 刷 皿 讃 士 枝 試 時 強 郷 僅 襟 駈 君 型 系 鯨 件 遣 舷 枯 互 醐 康 洪 肱 降 刻 痕 鎖 栽 在 削 晒 賛 始 止 誌 .

S-JIS 8E9E 8EAE 8EBE 8ECE 8EDE 8EEE 8F3F 8F4F 8F5F 8F6F 8F80 8F90 8F9E 8FAE 8FBE 8FCE 8FDE 8FEE 903F 904F 905F 906F 9080 9090 909E 90AE 90BE 90CE 90DE 90EE 913F 914F 915F 916F 9180 9190 JIS 3C20 3C30 3C40 3C50 3C60 3C70 3D20 3D30 3D40 3D50 3D60 3D70 3E20 3E30 3E40 3E50 3E60 3E70 3F20 3F30 3F40 3F50 3F60 3F70 4020 4030 4040 4050 4060 4070 4120 4130 4140 4150 4160 4170 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 次 式 疾 斜 酌 腫 衆 柔 出 準 署 尚 樟 笑 鉦 情 唇 神 塵 逗 瑞 整 誓 石 窃 扇 前 狙 双 操 草 識 質 煮 釈 趣 宗 襲 汁 術 潤 書 勝 庄 樵 粧 鍾 擾 拭 娠 秦 壬 吹 髄 澄 星 請 積 節 撰 繊 善 疏 叢 早 荘 滋 鴫 実 社 錫 酒 就 讐 渋 述 盾 薯 匠 床 沼 紹 鐘 条 植 寝 紳 尋 垂 崇 摺 晴 逝 籍 説 栓 羨 漸 疎 倉 曹 葬 治 竺 蔀 紗 若 首 州 蹴 獣 俊 純 藷 升 廠 消 肖 障 杖 殖 審 臣 甚 帥 嵩 寸 棲 醒 績 雪 栴 腺 然 礎 喪 巣 蒼 爾 軸 篠 者 寂 儒 修 輯 縦 峻 巡 諸 召 彰 渉 菖 鞘 浄 燭 心 芯 尽 推 数 世 栖 青 脊 絶 泉 舛 全 祖 壮 槍 藻 璽 宍 偲 謝 弱 受 愁 週 重 春 遵 助 哨 承 湘 蒋 上 状 織 慎 薪 腎 水 枢 瀬 正 静 責 舌 浅 船 禅 租 奏 槽 装 痔 雫 柴 車 惹 呪 拾 酋 銃 瞬 醇 叙 商 抄 焼 蕉 丈 畳 職 振 親 訊 炊 趨 畝 清 斉 赤 蝉 洗 薦 繕 粗 爽 漕 走 磁 七 芝 遮 主 寿 洲 酬 叔 竣 順 女 唱 招 焦 衝 丞 穣 色 新 診 迅 睡 雛 是 牲 税 跡 仙 染 詮 膳 素 宋 燥 送 示 叱 屡 蛇 取 授 秀 集 夙 舜 処 序 嘗 掌 照 裳 乗 蒸 触 晋 身 陣 粋 据 凄 生 脆 蹟 先 潜 賎 糎 組 層 争 遭 而 執 蕊 邪 守 樹 秋 醜 宿 駿 初 徐 奨 捷 症 訟 冗 譲 食 森 辛 靭 翠 杉 制 盛 隻 碩 千 煎 践 噌 蘇 匝 痩 鎗 耳 失 縞 借 手 綬 終 什 淑 准 所 恕 妾 昇 省 証 剰 醸 蝕 榛 進 笥 衰 椙 勢 精 席 切 占 煽 選 塑 訴 惣 相 霜 自 嫉 舎 勺 朱 需 繍 住 祝 循 暑 鋤 娼 昌 硝 詔 城 錠 辱 浸 針 諏 遂 菅 姓 聖 惜 拙 宣 旋 遷 岨 阻 想 窓 騒 蒔 室 写 尺 殊 囚 習 充 縮 旬 曙 除 宵 昭 礁 詳 場 嘱 尻 深 震 須 酔 頗 征 声 戚 接 専 穿 銭 措 遡 捜 糟 像 辞 悉 射 杓 狩 収 臭 十 粛 楯 渚 傷 将 晶 祥 象 壌 埴 伸 申 人 酢 錐 雀 性 製 斥 摂 尖 箭 銑 曾 鼠 掃 総 増 汐 湿 捨 灼 珠 周 舟 従 塾 殉 庶 償 小 松 称 賞 嬢 飾 信 疹 仁 図 錘 裾 成 西 昔 折 川 線 閃 曽 僧 挿 綜 憎 鹿 漆 赦 爵 種 蒐 戎 熟 淳 緒 少 梢 章 醤 常 侵 真 刃 厨 随 政 誠 析 設 戦 鮮 楚 創 掻 聡 .328 - .

329 - .S-JIS 919E 91AE 91BE 91CE 91DE 91EE 923F 924F 925F 926F 9280 9290 929E 92AE 92BE 92CE 92DE 92EE 933F 934F 935F 936F 9380 9390 939E 93AE 93BE 93CE 93DE 93EE 943F 944F 945F 946F 9480 9490 JIS 4220 4230 4240 4250 4260 4270 4320 4330 4340 4350 4360 4370 4420 4430 4440 4450 4460 4470 4520 4530 4540 4550 4560 4570 4620 4630 4640 4650 4660 4670 4720 4730 4740 4750 4760 4770 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 臓 属 太 対 退 宅 丹 胆 弛 逐 註 聴 沈 槻 釣 悌 徹 点 登 凍 盗 動 得 鳶 奈 軟 念 農 俳 楳 柏 賊 汰 耐 逮 托 叩 単 蛋 恥 秩 酎 帖 脹 珍 佃 鶴 抵 邸 撤 伝 菟 刀 淘 董 同 徳 苫 那 難 如 捻 覗 廃 煤 泊 蔵 族 詑 岱 隊 択 但 嘆 誕 智 窒 鋳 帳 腸 賃 漬 亭 挺 鄭 轍 殿 賭 唐 湯 蕩 堂 涜 寅 内 汝 尿 撚 蚤 拝 狽 白 贈 続 唾 帯 黛 拓 達 坦 鍛 池 茶 駐 庁 蝶 鎮 柘 低 提 釘 迭 澱 途 塔 涛 藤 導 特 酉 乍 二 韮 燃 巴 排 買 箔 造 卒 堕 待 鯛 沢 辰 担 団 痴 嫡 樗 弔 調 陳 辻 停 梯 鼎 鉄 田 都 塘 灯 討 憧 督 瀞 凪 尼 任 粘 把 敗 売 粕 促 袖 妥 怠 代 濯 奪 探 壇 稚 着 瀦 張 諜 津 蔦 偵 汀 泥 典 電 鍍 套 燈 謄 撞 禿 噸 薙 弐 妊 乃 播 杯 賠 舶 側 其 惰 態 台 琢 脱 旦 弾 置 中 猪 彫 超 墜 綴 剃 碇 摘 填 兎 砥 宕 当 豆 洞 篤 屯 謎 迩 忍 廼 覇 盃 陪 薄 則 揃 打 戴 大 託 巽 歎 断 致 仲 苧 徴 跳 椎 鍔 貞 禎 擢 天 吐 砺 島 痘 踏 瞳 毒 惇 灘 匂 認 之 杷 牌 這 迫 即 存 柁 替 第 鐸 竪 淡 暖 蜘 宙 著 懲 銚 槌 椿 呈 程 敵 展 堵 努 嶋 祷 逃 童 独 敦 捺 賑 濡 埜 波 背 蝿 曝 息 孫 舵 泰 醍 濁 辿 湛 檀 遅 忠 貯 挑 長 追 潰 堤 締 滴 店 塗 度 悼 等 透 胴 読 沌 鍋 肉 禰 嚢 派 肺 秤 漠 捉 尊 楕 滞 題 諾 棚 炭 段 馳 抽 丁 暢 頂 鎚 坪 定 艇 的 添 妬 土 投 答 鐙 萄 栃 豚 楢 虹 祢 悩 琶 輩 矧 爆 束 損 陀 胎 鷹 茸 谷 短 男 築 昼 兆 朝 鳥 痛 壷 帝 訂 笛 纏 屠 奴 搭 筒 陶 道 橡 遁 馴 廿 寧 濃 破 配 萩 縛 測 村 駄 腿 滝 凧 狸 端 談 畜 柱 凋 潮 勅 通 嬬 底 諦 適 甜 徒 怒 東 糖 頭 銅 凸 頓 縄 日 葱 納 婆 倍 伯 莫 足 遜 騨 苔 瀧 蛸 鱈 箪 値 竹 注 喋 牒 捗 塚 紬 庭 蹄 鏑 貼 斗 倒 桃 統 騰 峠 突 呑 畷 乳 猫 能 罵 培 剥 駁 速 他 体 袋 卓 只 樽 綻 知 筑 虫 寵 町 直 栂 爪 廷 逓 溺 転 杜 党 梼 到 闘 鴇 椴 曇 南 入 熱 脳 芭 媒 博 麦 俗 多 堆 貸 啄 誰 耽 地 蓄 衷 眺 朕 掴 吊 弟 哲 顛 渡 冬 棟 働 匿 届 鈍 楠 年 膿 馬 梅 拍 .

330 - .S-JIS 949E 94AE 94BE 94CE 94DE 94EE 953F 954F 955F 956F 9580 9590 959E 95AE 95BE 95CE 95DE 95EE 963F 964F 965F 966F 9680 9690 969E 96AE 96BE 96CE 96DE 96EE 973F 974F 975F 976F 9780 9790 JIS 4820 4830 4840 4850 4860 4870 4920 4930 4940 4950 4960 4970 4A20 4A30 4A40 4A50 4A60 4A70 4B20 4B30 4B40 4B50 4B60 4B70 4C20 4C30 4C40 4C50 4C60 4C70 4D20 4D30 4D40 4D50 4D60 4D70 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 函 醗 叛 釆 彼 誹 桧 廟 賓 斧 武 憤 弊 偏 圃 俸 飽 棒 撲 摩 鱒 粍 明 茂 尤 矢 涌 誉 熔 沃 乱 髪 帆 煩 悲 費 鼻 姫 描 頻 普 舞 福 扮 柄 変 捕 包 法 鳳 冒 朴 磨 桝 漫 民 盟 妄 戻 厄 諭 猶 輿 用 浴 卵 箱 伐 搬 頒 扉 避 柊 媛 病 敏 浮 葡 腹 焚 並 片 歩 呆 泡 鵬 紡 牧 魔 亦 蔓 眠 迷 孟 籾 役 輸 猷 預 窯 翌 嵐 硲 罰 斑 飯 批 非 稗 紐 秒 瓶 父 蕪 複 奮 蔽 篇 甫 報 烹 乏 肪 睦 麻 俣 味 務 銘 毛 貰 約 唯 由 傭 羊 翼 欄 箸 抜 板 挽 披 飛 匹 百 苗 不 符 部 覆 粉 閉 編 補 奉 砲 亡 膨 穆 埋 又 未 夢 鳴 猛 問 薬 佑 祐 幼 耀 淀 濫 肇 筏 氾 晩 斐 樋 疋 謬 錨 付 腐 封 淵 糞 陛 辺 輔 宝 縫 傍 謀 釦 妹 抹 魅 無 姪 盲 悶 訳 優 裕 妖 葉 羅 藍 筈 閥 汎 番 比 簸 髭 俵 鋲 埠 膚 楓 弗 紛 米 返 穂 峰 胞 剖 貌 勃 昧 末 巳 牟 牝 網 紋 躍 勇 誘 容 蓉 螺 蘭 櫨 鳩 版 盤 泌 備 彦 彪 蒜 夫 芙 風 払 雰 頁 遍 募 峯 芳 坊 貿 没 枚 沫 箕 矛 滅 耗 門 靖 友 遊 庸 要 裸 覧 幡 噺 犯 磐 疲 尾 膝 標 蛭 婦 譜 葺 沸 文 僻 便 墓 崩 萌 妨 鉾 殆 毎 迄 岬 霧 免 蒙 匁 柳 宥 邑 揚 謡 来 利 肌 塙 班 蕃 皮 微 菱 氷 鰭 富 負 蕗 仏 聞 壁 勉 慕 庖 蓬 帽 防 堀 哩 侭 密 鵡 棉 儲 也 薮 幽 郵 揺 踊 莱 吏 畑 蛤 畔 蛮 碑 枇 肘 漂 品 冨 賦 伏 物 丙 癖 娩 戊 抱 蜂 忘 吠 幌 槙 繭 蜜 椋 綿 木 冶 鑓 悠 雄 擁 遥 頼 履 畠 隼 繁 匪 秘 毘 弼 瓢 彬 布 赴 副 鮒 併 碧 弁 暮 捧 褒 忙 頬 奔 幕 麿 湊 婿 緬 黙 夜 愉 憂 融 曜 陽 雷 李 八 伴 般 卑 緋 琵 必 票 斌 府 阜 復 分 兵 別 鞭 母 放 訪 房 北 本 膜 万 蓑 娘 面 目 爺 愈 揖 夕 楊 養 洛 梨 鉢 判 藩 否 罷 眉 畢 表 浜 怖 附 幅 吻 塀 瞥 保 簿 方 豊 暴 僕 翻 枕 慢 稔 冥 麺 杢 耶 油 有 予 様 慾 絡 理 溌 半 販 妃 肥 美 筆 評 瀕 扶 侮 服 噴 幣 蔑 舗 菩 朋 邦 望 卜 凡 鮪 満 脈 名 摸 勿 野 癒 柚 余 洋 抑 落 璃 発 反 範 庇 被 逼 豹 貧 敷 撫 墳 平 箆 鋪 倣 鋒 某 墨 盆 柾 妙 命 模 餅 弥 湧 与 溶 欲 酪 .

331 - .S-JIS 979E 97AE 97BE 97CE 97DE 97EE 983F 984F 985F 986F 9880 9890 JIS 4E20 4E30 4E40 4E50 4E60 4E70 4F20 4F30 4F40 4F50 4F60 4F70 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 痢 琉 寮 緑 類 齢 楼 論 椀 留 料 倫 令 暦 蓮 榔 倭 湾 裏 硫 梁 厘 伶 歴 連 浪 和 碗 裡 粒 涼 林 例 列 錬 漏 話 腕 里 隆 猟 淋 冷 劣 呂 牢 歪 離 竜 療 燐 励 烈 魯 狼 賄 陸 龍 瞭 琳 嶺 裂 櫓 篭 脇 律 侶 稜 臨 怜 廉 炉 老 惑 率 慮 糧 輪 玲 恋 賂 聾 枠 立 旅 良 隣 礼 憐 路 蝋 鷲 葎 虜 諒 鱗 苓 漣 露 郎 亙 掠 了 遼 麟 鈴 煉 労 六 亘 略 亮 量 瑠 隷 簾 婁 麓 鰐 劉 僚 陵 塁 零 練 廊 禄 詫 流 両 領 涙 霊 聯 弄 肋 藁 溜 凌 力 累 麗 朗 録 蕨 .

332 - .3 JIS Kanji Level 2 S-JIS 989E 98AE 98BE 98CE 98DE 98EE 993F 994F 995F 996F 9980 9990 999E 99AE 99BE 99CE 99DE 99EE 9A3F 9A4F 9A5F 9A6F 9A80 9A90 9A9E 9AAE 9ABE 9ACE 9ADE 9AEE 9B3F 9B4F 9B5F 9B6F 9B80 9B90 JIS 5020 5030 5040 5050 5060 5070 5120 5130 5140 5150 5160 5170 5220 5230 5240 5250 5260 5270 5320 5330 5340 5350 5360 5370 5420 5430 5440 5450 5460 5470 5520 5530 5540 5550 5560 5570 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 弌 舒 仞 佩 俥 偃 儖 兩 冩 凰 剞 勸 卆 厥 呀 咒 唹 喟 嗤 噫 嚼 坩 埓 墅 壜 夭 娑 媽 孃 它 寳 弍 仭 佰 倚 假 僉 儕 兪 冪 凵 剔 辧 勹 卅 厮 听 呻 咫 啀 啻 嗔 噤 囁 圈 埀 堊 墹 壤 夲 奸 娜 嫣 孅 宦 尅 丐 于 仟 侑 倨 會 僊 儔 兮 冫 凾 剪 劬 匆 丗 厰 吭 咀 哂 啣 啾 嘔 嘯 囃 國 垈 埖 墟 壟 夸 妁 娉 嫗 孀 宸 將 丕 亞 价 佯 倔 偕 傳 儚 冀 决 刄 剴 劭 匈 卉 厶 吼 呶 咤 啌 喘 嗷 噬 囀 圍 坡 埣 墫 壯 夾 妝 娚 嫦 孑 寃 專 个 亟 伉 來 倪 偐 僂 儡 冂 冱 刋 剩 劼 甸 卍 參 吮 咄 咾 售 喞 嘖 噪 囈 圓 坿 堋 墺 壺 竒 佞 婀 嫩 孕 寇 對 丱 亠 佚 侖 倥 偈 僖 儺 囘 冲 刔 剳 劵 匍 凖 簒 吶 咐 咼 啜 單 嗾 嚆 囎 團 垉 堙 壞 壹 奕 侫 婬 嫖 孚 寉 尓 丶 亢 估 儘 倅 做 僞 儷 册 冰 刎 剿 勁 匐 卞 雙 吩 咆 哘 啅 啼 嗽 嚀 囑 圖 垓 堝 墻 壻 奐 妣 婉 嫺 孛 寔 尠 丼 亰 佛 俔 伜 偖 僥 儼 冉 况 刧 剽 勍 匏 卩 叟 吝 哇 哥 啖 喃 嘛 嚊 囓 嗇 垠 塲 墸 壼 奎 妲 娵 嫻 孥 寐 尢 丿 亳 佝 俟 俶 偬 僭 儻 冏 冽 刪 劍 勗 匕 卮 曼 呎 咢 哦 啗 喩 嗹 嚠 囗 圜 垳 堡 墮 壽 奚 姆 娶 嬌 孩 寤 尨 乂 亶 佗 俎 倡 偸 僣 儿 冑 凅 刮 劔 勞 匚 夘 燮 咏 咸 唏 唸 喇 噎 嚔 囮 圦 垤 塢 壅 夂 奘 姨 婢 嬋 孰 實 尸 乖 从 佇 俘 倩 傀 僮 兀 冓 凉 刳 劒 勣 匣 卻 叮 呵 咥 唔 唳 喨 噐 嚏 囹 圷 垪 塋 壓 夊 奢 姜 婪 嬖 孳 寢 尹 乘 仍 佶 俛 倬 傚 價 兒 冕 凛 刹 剱 勦 匯 卷 叨 咎 咬 哽 啝 嗚 營 嚥 圀 圸 垰 塰 壑 夐 奠 妍 媚 嬲 孵 寞 屁 亂 仄 侈 俑 俾 傅 僵 兌 冖 几 剏 劈 飭 匱 厂 叭 呟 哄 哮 喙 嗅 嘴 嚮 囿 坎 埃 毀 壗 夛 奧 姙 媼 嫐 學 寥 屆 亅 仆 侏 俚 俯 傴 儉 兔 冤 處 剄 劑 勠 匳 厖 叺 呱 哈 哭 喀 嗟 嘶 嚶 圄 圻 埆 塒 壙 梦 奬 姚 媾 嬪 斈 寫 屎 豫 仂 侘 俐 們 傲 儁 兢 冦 凩 剋 辨 勳 匸 厠 吁 呷 咨 哺 咯 嗄 嘲 嚴 圉 址 埔 堽 壘 夥 奩 娥 嫋 嬶 孺 寰 屓 亊 仗 佻 俤 倆 儂 竸 冢 凭 剌 勵 區 厦 吽 呰 哢 喊 嗜 嘸 囂 坏 埒 塹 壥 夬 娟 嫂 嬾 宀 寶 .3.3.

333 - .S-JIS 9B9E 9BAE 9BBE 9BCE 9BDE 9BEE 9C3F 9C4F 9C5F 9C6F 9C80 9C90 9C9E 9CAE 9CBE 9CCE 9CDE 9CEE 9D3F 9D4F 9D5F 9D6F 9D80 9D90 9D9E 9DAE 9DBE 9DCE 9DDE 9DEE 9E3F 9E4F 9E5F 9E6F 9E80 9E90 JIS 5620 5630 5640 5650 5660 5670 5720 5730 5740 5750 5760 5770 5820 5830 5840 5850 5860 5870 5920 5930 5940 5950 5960 5970 5A20 5A30 5A40 5A50 5A60 5A70 5B20 5B30 5B40 5B50 5B60 5B70 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 屐 岼 崟 嶄 巫 幟 廾 彑 徙 怙 恊 悵 慇 慚 憊 懣 抂 拈 捐 捩 攝 攬 收 斟 昃 晟 朧 枩 柞 梳 梵 岷 崛 嶂 已 幢 廖 弃 彖 徘 怐 恆 悄 惘 愾 慫 憑 懶 戞 抉 拜 挾 掾 搗 據 擶 攸 斫 旻 晢 曄 霸 杼 柝 栫 梠 屏 峅 崑 嶢 巵 幤 廣 弉 彗 徠 怩 恍 悛 慍 愨 慴 憫 懺 戡 找 拌 捍 揩 搨 擒 擴 畋 斷 杳 晰 暸 朮 杪 柢 桙 梺 孱 岾 崔 嶝 帋 幇 廝 彝 彙 徨 怎 恣 悖 愕 愧 慯 憮 懴 截 抒 拊 搜 揀 搏 擅 擲 效 旃 昵 暃 曖 朿 枌 柮 档 椏 屬 峇 崢 嶬 帚 幵 廚 彜 彡 徭 怱 恃 悗 愆 慊 慥 懌 懿 戮 抓 拂 捏 揆 摧 擇 擺 敖 旆 昶 暈 曚 朶 枋 枹 桷 梍 屮 峙 崚 嶮 帙 并 廛 弋 彭 徼 怛 恤 悒 惶 愿 慱 懊 懽 戰 抖 拇 掖 揣 摯 撻 攀 敕 旁 昴 暎 曠 杁 枦 柎 桾 桾 乢 峩 崙 嶽 帑 幺 廢 弑 彳 忖 怕 恂 悧 惷 愼 慟 應 懼 戲 拔 抛 掎 揉 摶 擘 擽 敍 旄 昜 暉 昿 朸 枡 柆 梟 椁 屶 峽 崘 嶐 帛 麼 廡 弖 彷 忻 怫 恬 悋 愀 愬 慝 懷 懾 戳 抃 拉 掀 插 摎 擂 攘 敘 旌 晏 暄 曦 朷 枅 柧 梏 棊 屹 峺 嵌 嶷 帶 广 廨 弩 徃 忤 怦 恫 惡 惴 愴 慓 懈 戀 扁 抔 挌 掫 揶 攪 擱 攜 敞 旒 晄 暘 曩 杆 枷 檜 梭 椈 岌 峭 嵒 嶼 帷 庠 廩 弭 徂 忸 怏 恙 悸 惺 愽 慵 懃 戈 扎 拗 拮 捶 揄 撕 擧 攅 敝 旛 晉 暝 曰 杞 柯 栞 梔 棘 岑 嶌 嵎 巉 幄 廁 廬 弸 彿 忱 怺 悁 惠 愃 慂 憙 懆 戉 扞 拑 拱 掣 搖 撓 舉 攤 敲 旙 晁 曁 曵 杠 枴 框 條 椢 岔 峪 嵋 巍 幃 廂 廱 彁 徊 忝 恚 悍 惓 愡 慄 憖 憺 戍 扣 抻 挧 掏 搴 撥 擠 攣 數 无 晞 暹 曷 杙 柬 栩 梛 椦 妛 崋 嵬 巓 幀 廈 廳 彈 很 悳 恁 惧 悴 惻 慳 憇 懋 戌 扛 拏 挂 掉 搆 撩 擡 攫 斂 旡 晝 曉 朏 杣 枳 桀 梃 棡 岫 崕 嵳 巒 幎 廐 廰 彌 徑 忿 恪 悃 忰 惱 慷 憬 罹 戔 扠 拿 挈 掟 搓 撈 抬 攴 斃 旱 晤 暾 朖 杤 柩 桍 檮 椌 岻 崗 嵶 巖 幗 廏 廴 彎 徇 怡 恷 悚 悽 愍 慘 憔 懍 戛 扨 拆 拯 掵 搦 撼 擣 攵 變 杲 晧 暼 朞 枉 枸 栲 梹 棍 岶 嵜 嶇 巛 幔 廸 弯 從 恠 恟 惆 愎 慙 憚 懦 扼 擔 拵 捫 搶 擯 攷 斛 昊 晨 朦 杰 柤 桎 桴 .

S-JIS 9E9E 9EAE 9EBE 9ECE 9EDE 9EEE 9F3F 9F4F 9F5F 9F6F 9F80 9F90 9F9E 9FAE 9FBE 9FCE 9FDE 9FEE E03F E04F E05F E06F E080 E090 E09E E0AE E0BE E0CE E0DE E0EE E13F E14F E15F E16F E180 E190

JIS 5C20 5C30 5C40 5C50 5C60 5C70 5D20 5D30 5D40 5D50 5D60 5D70 5E20 5E30 5E40 5E50 5E60 5E70 5F20 5F30 5F40 5F50 5F60 5F70 6020 6030 6040 6050 6060 6070 6120 6130 6140 6150 6160 6170

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

A

B

C

D

E

F

棔 椣 楡 榻 槲 樶 欅 歙 殪 麾 汾 洌 淦 湮 滿 溥 澎 濱 瀰 烙 熕 牋 狎 猥 玻 瑁 甍 畧 痂 痼 瘰 椡 楞 槃 槧 橸 檗 蘖 歔 殫 氈 汨 沺 浣 涸 渮 渝 滂 漾 澑 濮 瀾 焉 熨 燹 牘 狒 猾 珀 瑜 瓠 甕 畫 疳 瘁 瘻

棧 棆 楝 榧 樅 橇 蘗 櫺 歛 殯 氓 汳 泛 涓 淆 渙 游 溟 漓 濂 濛 瀲 烽 熬 燿 牴 狢 獎 珥 瑩 瓣 畭 畭 痃 痰 癇

棕 楹 榁 樮 榱 橢 檻 欒 歟 殲 气 沒 泯 浤 淬 湲 溂 潁 滷 潦 瀉 灑 焜 燗 爍 牾 狠 獏 珮 瑰 瓧 甞 畸 疵 痺 癈

椶 楷 楪 榑 樞 橙 櫃 欖 歡 殱 氛 沐 泙 浚 淞 湟 溪 漑 澆 澳 瀋 灣 焙 熹 爐 犂 狡 默 珞 瑣 瓩 甦 當 疽 痲 癆

椒 楜 榲 榠 槭 橦 櫂 鬱 歸 殳 氤 泄 泪 浹 淌 渾 溘 灌 潺 澣 濺 炙 煥 熾 爛 犁 狹 獗 璢 瑪 瓮 甬 疆 疸 痳 癜

椄 楸 榮 榜 樔 橈 檸 欟 歹 殷 氣 泱 洟 浙 淨 渣 滉 滬 潸 澡 瀑 炒 煕 燒 爨 犇 狷 獪 琅 瑶 瓲 甼 疇 疼 瘋 癘

棗 楫 槐 榕 槫 樸 檳 欸 歿 殼 汞 泓 衍 涎 淒 湫 溷 滸 澁 澤 瀁 炯 熈 燉 爭 犒 倏 獨 瑯 瑾 瓰 畄 畴 疱 瘍 癡

棣 楔 榿 榴 樊 樢 檬 欷 殀 毆 汕 沽 洶 涕 淅 渫 滓 滾 澀 澹 瀏 烱 煦 燔 爬 犖 猗 獰 琥 璋 瓱 畍 疊 痍 瘉 癢

椥 楾 槁 槞 樒 檐 櫞 盜 殄 毋 汢 泗 洫 濤 淺 湶 溽 漿 潯 濆 濾 炬 煢 燎 爰 犢 猊 獸 珸 璞 瓸 畊 疉 痊 瘟 癨

棹 楮 槓 槨 櫁 檍 櫑 欹 殃 毓 汪 泅 洽 涅 淙 湍 溯 滲 潛 澪 瀛 炸 煌 燠 爲 犧 猜 獵 琲 璧 瓷 畉 疂 痒 瘧 癩

棠 椹 榾 樂 樣 檠 櫟 飮 殍 毟 沂 泝 洸 淹 淤 渟 滄 漱 濳 濟 瀚 炳 煖 燬 爻 犹 猖 獻 琺 瓊 甄 畛 疔 痙 瘠 癪

棯 楴 槎 樛 樓 檄 檪 歇 殘 毬 沍 沮 洙 渕 淕 湃 溲 滯 潭 濕 潴 炮 煬 燧 爼 犲 猝 獺 瑕 瓏 甃 畆 疚 痣 瘡 癧

椨 椽 寨 槿 橄 檢 櫚 歃 殕 毫 沚 沱 洵 渊 淪 渺 滔 漲 澂 濬 瀝 烟 熏 燵 爿 狃 猴 珈 琿 瓔 甅 畚 疝 痞 瘢 癬

椪 楙 槊 權 樌 檣 櫪 歉 殞 毳 沁 沾 洳 涵 淮 湎 滕 滌 潼 濔 瀘 烋 燻 燼 牀 狆 猯 玳 瑟 珱 甌 畩 疥 痾 瘤 癰

椚 椰 槝 槹 橲 櫻 歐 殤 毯 沛 洒 淇 渭 渤 溏 潘 濘 瀟 烝 熄 牆 狄 猩 珎 瑙 甎 畤 疣 痿 瘴

- 334 -

S-JIS E19E E1AE E1BE E1CE E1DE E1EE E23F E24F E25F E26F E280 E290 E29E E2AE E2BE E2CE E2DE E2EE E33F E34F E35F E36F E380 E390 E39E E3AE E3BE E3CE E3DE E3EE E43F E44F E45F E46F E480 E490

JIS 6220 6230 6240 6250 6260 6270 6320 6330 6340 6350 6360 6370 6420 6430 6440 6450 6460 6470 6520 6530 6540 6550 6560 6570 6620 6630 6640 6650 6660 6670 6720 6730 6740 6750 6760 6770

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

A

B

C

D

E

F

癲 皸 眄 睾 矗 碚 祕 秬 穉 窶 竦 箘 篝 簧 籥 粽 絨 綫 縊 縲 辮 羂 羸 耒 聳 胛 膂 臉 與 艢 苣 皹 眩 睹 矚 碌 磧 祓 秡 穡 竅 竭 筺 箟 篩 簪 籬 糀 紂 絮 總 縣 縺 繿 罅 羆 譱 耘 聲 胥 隋 膠 臍 舊 艨 苟

癶 皺 眤 瞎 矜 碣 磚 祺 秣 穢 竄 竰 笄 箍 簑 簟 籵 糅 紜 絏 綢 縡 繧 纈 罌 羃 翅 耙 聰 胙 腆 膕 臑 舍 艪 苒

癸 盂 眞 瞋 矣 碵 磽 祿 稈 穩 窿 笂 筍 箜 簔 簷 粃 糂 紕 絣 綯 縒 繝 纉 罍 羈 翆 耜 聶 胝 脾 膤 臙 舐 艫 苴

發 盍 眥 瞑 矮 碪 磴 禊 稍 龝 邃 笏 笋 箚 篦 簫 粐 糘 紊 經 緜 縱 繖 續 罎 羇 翊 耡 聹 胄 腓 膣 臘 舖 舮 苳

皀 盖 眦 瞠 矼 碯 礇 禝 稘 穰 竇 笊 筌 箋 篥 簽 粤 糒 絅 綉 綸 縟 繞 纒 罐 羌 翕 耨 聽 胚 腑 腟 臈 舩 艱 苺

皃 盒 眛 瞞 砌 磑 礒 禧 稙 穹 竊 笆 筅 箒 籠 籌 粭 糜 絋 絛 綟 縉 繙 纐 网 羔 翔 耿 聿 胖 胼 膓 臚 舫 艷 莓

皈 盞 眷 瞰 砒 磆 礑 齋 稠 穽 竍 笳 筵 箏 簀 籃 粢 糢 紮 綏 綰 縋 繚 纓 罕 羞 翡 耻 肄 脉 腱 膩 臟 舸 艸 范

皋 盡 眸 瞶 礦 磋 礙 禪 稟 窈 竏 笘 筥 筝 簇 籔 粫 鬻 紲 絽 緘 縢 繹 纔 罔 羝 翦 聊 肆 胯 腮 膰 臠 舳 艾 苻

皎 盥 睇 瞹 砠 磔 礬 禮 禀 窗 竕 笙 筴 箙 簓 籏 粡 糯 紿 綛 緝 繆 繪 纖 罘 羚 翩 聆 肅 胱 腥 膵 臧 艀 芍 苹

皖 盧 睚 瞿 礪 碾 礫 禳 稱 窕 竓 笞 筧 篋 篳 籀 粨 糲 紵 綺 緤 繦 繩 纎 罟 羣 翳 聒 肛 脛 腦 膾 臺 艙 芒 苞

皓 盪 睨 瞼 硅 碼 祀 禹 稻 窘 站 笵 筰 篁 篷 籐 粳 糴 絆 綮 緞 縻 繼 纛 罠 羯 翹 聘 肓 脩 腴 膸 臻 艘 芫 茆

皙 蘯 睫 瞽 碎 磅 祠 禺 稾 窖 竚 笨 筱 篌 簗 籘 粲 糶 絳 綣 緻 縵 繻 纜 罨 羲 飜 聚 肚 脣 膃 膽 臾 艝 芟 苜

皚 盻 睛 瞻 硴 磊 祗 秉 稷 窩 竝 笶 筬 篏 簍 籟 粱 糺 絖 綵 緲 縹 纃 缸 罩 羹 耆 聟 肭 脯 膈 臀 舁 艚 芻 茉

皰 眈 睥 矇 碆 磬 祟 秕 穃 竈 竡 筐 筮 箴 篶 籤 粮 紆 絎 緇 緡 繃 緕 缺 罧 羮 耄 聢 冐 腋 膊 臂 舂 艟 芬 苙

皴 眇 睿 矍 硼 祚 秧 穗 窰 竢 箝 篆 簣 籖 粹 絲 綽 縅 縷 繽 罸 羶 耋 聨 肬 膀 膺 舅 艤 苡

- 335 -

S-JIS E49E E4AE E4BE E4CE E4DE E4EE E53F E54F E55F E56F E580 E590 E59E E5AE E5BE E5CE E5DE E5EE E63F E64F E65F E66F E680 E690 E69E E6AE E6BE E6CE E6DE E6EE E73F E74F E75F E76F E780 E790

JIS 6820 6830 6840 6850 6860 6870 6920 6930 6940 6950 6960 6970 6A20 6A30 6A40 6A50 6A60 6A70 6B20 6B30 6B40 6B50 6B60 6B70 6C20 6C30 6C40 6C50 6C60 6C70 6D20 6D30 6D40 6D50 6D60 6D70

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

A

B

C

D

E

F

茵 莪 萓 萸 葯 蒡 薜 蘋 蚩 蛟 蜷 螳 蠕 衾 袱 褓 覦 訐 誂 諤 謳 谿 貔 賽 赭 跟 躇 軅 輟 轢 逅 莟 菫 蔆 葹 蔡 蕁 蕷 藾 蚪 蛛 蜻 蝓 蟇 蠢 袞 裃 襃 襦 覬 訌 誄 諱 鞫 譟 豈 豼 賺 赱 跣 蹇 躅 軈 輛 轣 迹

茴 莢 菎 菻 萵 蓿 蘂 蕾 藺 蚋 蛯 蜥 蝣 蟆 蠡 衵 裄 褞 襤 覯 訛 誨 謔 謦 譬 豌 貘 賻 赳 跼 蹉 躄 軋 輌 轤 迺

茖 莖 菽 葭 蓊 蓴 蕋 薐 蘆 蚌 蜒 蜩 蝪 螻 蠱 衽 裔 褥 襭 覲 訝 誡 諠 謫 譯 豎 戝 贄 趁 踈 蹌 躋 軛 輦 辜 逑

茲 茣 萃 萪 葢 蔗 蕕 藉 蘢 蚶 蜆 蜚 蠅 蟯 蠶 袵 裘 褪 襪 覺 訥 誑 諢 謾 譴 豐 貭 贅 趙 踉 蹐 躊 軣 輳 辟 逕

茱 莎 菘 萼 蒹 蔘 薀 薺 蘚 蚯 蜈 蝠 螢 蟲 蠹 衲 裙 褫 襯 覽 訶 誥 諷 謨 譽 豕 貪 贊 跂 跿 蹈 躓 軼 輻 辣 逡

荀 莇 萋 蕚 蒿 蔬 薤 藏 蘰 蛄 蜀 蝟 螟 蟠 蠧 袂 裝 襁 襴 覿 詁 誦 諞 譁 讀 豢 貽 贇 趾 踝 蹙 躑 軻 輹 辭 逍

茹 莊 菁 蒄 蒟 蔟 薈 薹 蘿 蛆 蜃 蝸 螂 蠏 蠻 袗 裹 襄 襷 觀 詛 誚 諛 譌 讌 豬 貲 贏 趺 踞 蹤 躔 軫 轅 辯 逞

荐 荼 菷 葷 蓙 蔕 薑 藐 虍 蚰 蛻 蝌 螯 蠍 衄 袒 褂 褻 襾 觚 詒 誣 謌 譏 讎 豸 貳 贍 跏 踐 蹠 躙 軾 轂 辷 逖

荅 莵 萇 葫 蓍 蔔 薊 藕 乕 蛉 蜑 蝎 蟋 蟾 衂 袮 裼 褶 覃 觜 詆 諄 謇 譎 讒 豺 貮 贐 跚 踟 踪 躪 輊 輾 迚 逋

茯 荳 菠 蒭 蒻 蓼 薨 藝 虔 蠣 蜉 蝴 螽 蟶 衒 袙 裴 褸 覈 觝 詈 諍 謚 證 讓 貂 貶 齎 跖 蹂 蹣 躡 輅 轌 迥 逧

茫 荵 菲 葮 蓚 蕀 蕭 藥 號 蚫 蜍 蝗 蟀 蟷 衙 袢 裨 襌 覊 觧 詼 諂 諡 譖 讖 貉 賈 贓 跌 踵 蹕 躬 輕 轉 迢 逶

茗 莠 萍 蒂 蓐 蕣 薔 藜 虧 蛔 蛹 蝨 蟐 蠎 衞 袍 裲 褝 覓 觴 詭 諚 謖 譛 讙 貅 賁 賍 跛 踰 蹶 躰 輒 轆 迪 逵

茘 莉 萢 葩 蓁 蕘 薛 藹 虱 蛞 蜊 蝮 雖 蟒 衢 袤 褄 襠 覘 觸 詬 諫 謐 譚 讚 貊 賤 贔 跋 踴 蹲 軆 輙 轎 迯 逹

莅 莨 萠 葆 蓆 蕈 藪 蘊 蚓 蛩 蜴 蝙 螫 蠑 衫 袰 褌 襞 覡 訃 詢 諳 謗 譫 谺 貍 賣 贖 跪 蹊 蹼 躱 輓 轗 邇 迸

莚 菴 莽 萬 蓖 薇 蘓 蚣 蛬 蜿 蟄 蠖 袁 袿 褊 覩 訖 誅 諧 謠 豁 貎 賚 赧 跫 躁 躾 輜 轜 迴

- 336 -

S-JIS E79E E7AE E7BE E7CE E7DE E7EE E83F E84F E85F E86F E880 E890 E89E E8AE E8BE E8CE E8DE E8EE E93F E94F E95F E96F E980 E990 E99E E9AE E9BE E9CE E9DE E9EE EA3F EA4F EA5F EA6F EA80 EA90

JIS 6E20 6E30 6E40 6E50 6E60 6E70 6F20 6F30 6F40 6F50 6F60 6F70 7020 7030 7040 7050 7060 7070 7220 7230 7240 7250 7260 7270 7220 7230 7240 7250 7260 7270 7320 7330 7340 7350 7360 7370

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

A

B

C

D

E

F

遏 邂 鄒 醫 釵 鉋 鎔 鐇 鑰 閠 關 隶 霎 靜 鞐 韶 餔 饑 駮 騾 髏 魄 鮴 鯰 鰰 鴃 鶲 鸚 麸 黴 齔 遽 鄙 醯 釶 鉐 錙 鎹 鐐 鑵 閨 闡 陝 隸 霑 靠 鞜 韵 顱 餘 饒 駱 驕 髑 髻 魃 鯀 鰕 鱇 鴆 鵝 鷄 鸛 麪 黶 齣

遐 邁 鄲 醪 鈞 銜 錢 鏖 鐶 鑷 閧 闥 陟 隹 霏 靤 鞨 頏 顴 餡 饌 駲 驍 髓 鬆 魏 鯊 鰔 鰲 鴪 鵞 鷁 鸞 麭 黷 齟

遑 邀 鄰 醵 釿 銖 錚 鏗 鐫 鑽 閭 闢 陦 雎 霖 靦 鞦 頌 顳 餝 饕 駻 驛 體 鬘 魍 鮹 鰉 鱆 鴦 鵤 鶻 鹵 靡 黹 齠

遒 邊 酊 醴 鈔 銓 錣 鏨 鐵 鑚 閼 阡 陲 雋 霙 靨 鞣 頸 颪 餞 馗 駸 驗 髞 鬚 魎 鯆 鰓 鰾 鶯 鵑 鶸 鹹 黌 黻 齡

逎 邉 酖 醺 鈬 銛 錺 鏥 鐡 鑼 閻 阨 陬 雉 霤 勒 鞳 頤 颯 餤 馘 騁 驟 髟 鬟 魑 鯏 鰌 鱚 鴣 鵐 鶺 鹽 黎 黼 齦

遉 邏 酘 釀 鈕 鉚 錵 鏘 鐺 鑾 閹 阮 隍 雍 霪 靫 鞴 頡 颱 餠 馥 騏 驢 髢 鬢 魘 鯑 鰆 鱠 鴟 鵙 鷆 麁 黏 黽 齧

逾 邨 酣 釁 鈑 鋏 錻 鏃 鑁 钁 閾 阯 隘 襍 霰 靱 韃 頷 颶 餬 馭 騅 驥 髣 鬣 魴 鯒 鰈 鱧 鵄 鵲 鷏 麈 黐 鼇 齬

遖 邯 酥 釉 鉞 銹 鍜 鏝 鑒 鑿 闊 陂 隕 雜 霹 靹 韆 頽 飄 餮 馮 駢 驤 髦 鬥 鮓 鯣 鰒 鱶 鴕 鶉 鷂 麋 黔 鼈 齪

遘 邱 酩 釋 鉗 銷 鍠 鏐 鑄 閂 濶 陌 隗 霍 霽 鞅 韈 顆 飃 餽 馼 騙 驩 髯 鬧 鮃 鯢 鰊 鱸 鴒 鶇 鷙 麌 黜 皷 齷

遞 邵 酳 釐 鉅 鋩 鍼 鏈 鑛 閇 闃 陏 險 雕 霾 靼 韋 顏 飆 餾 駟 騫 驫 髫 鬨 鮑 鯤 鰄 鳧 鵁 鶫 鷓 麒 點 鼕 齲

遨 郢 酲 釖 鉉 錏 鍮 鏤 鑠 閊 闍 陋 隧 雹 靄 鞁 韜 顋 飩 饂 駛 騷 驪 髮 鬩 鮖 鯔 鰮 鳬 鴿 鵯 鷸 麕 黝 鼡 齶

遯 郤 醋 釟 鉤 鋺 鍖 鐚 鑢 閔 闌 陷 隱 霄 靆 靺 韭 顫 飫 饉 駝 驅 骭 髴 鬪 鮗 鯡 鰛 鳰 鴾 鵺 鷦 麑 黠 鼬 龕

遶 扈 醉 釡 鉈 鍄 鎰 鐔 鑞 閖 闕 陜 隲 霆 靈 鞆 齏 顯 餃 饅 駘 驂 骰 髱 鬮 鮟 鰺 鰥 鴉 鵆 鶚 鷭 麝 黥 鼾 龜

隨 郛 醂 釛 銕 錮 鎬 鐓 鑪 閘 闔 陞 隰 霈 靂 鞋 韲 顰 餉 饐 駑 驀 骼 髷 鬯 鮠 鯲 鰤 鴈 鵈 鶤 鷯 麥 黨 齊 龠

遲 鄂 醢 釼 鈿 鎭 鐃 鈩 閙 闖 隴 霓 靉 鞏 竟 餒 饋 駭 驃 髀 鬲 鮨 鯱 鰡 鳫 鶩 鷽 麩 黯 齒

- 337 -

S-JIS EA9E EAAE EABE EACE EADE EAEE

JIS 7420 7430 7440 7450 7460 7470

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

A

B

C

D

E

F

- 338 -

4. Memory Switch
Memory switch is a function to save the user selected settings into NV memory, where memory switch setting will be held unless memory switch is changed. Memory switch is changed by manual setting or by command in the memory switch change mode. * Hereafter, memory switch is referred to as MSW.

4.1 Memory Switches
4.1.1 CT-S280
No. MSW1-1 MSW1-2 MSW1-3 MSW1-4 MSW1-5 MSW1-6 MSW1-7 MSW1-8 MSW2-1 MSW2-2 MSW2-3 MSW2-4 MSW2-5 MSW2-6 MSW2-7 MSW2-8 MSW3-1 MSW3-2 MSW3-3 MSW3-4 MSW3-5 MSW3-6 MSW3-7 MSW3-8 MSW4-1 MSW4-2 MSW4-3 MSW4-4 MSW4-5 MSW4-6 MSW4-7 MSW4-8
●: Factory setting Setting Power ON Info Buffer Size Busy Condition Receive Error CR mode Reserved DSR Signal Reserved Reserved Reserved Spool Print Full Col Print Resume aft PE Reserved Reserved PNE Sensor Reserved Reserved Parallel 31 Pin Reserved Reserved Reserved CBM-270 Mode Resum Open Err Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved DC3 Function Reserved

OFF ● Send ● 4K bytes ● Full/Err ● Print ? ● Ignored ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Fixed ― ● Fixed ● Invalid ● LineFeed ● Next ― ● Fixed ● Valid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Valid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed Invalid ● Close ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● 2 Color ● Fixed

ON Not send 45 bytes Full No Print LF ― Valid ― ● Fixed ― Valid WaitData Top ● Fixed ― Invalid ― ― Invalid ― ― ― ● Valid Command ― ― ― ― ― ― B/W Reverse ―

- 339 -

No. MSW7-1 MSW7-2 MSW7-3 MSW7-4 MSW7-5 MSW7-6 MSW7-7 MSW8-1 MSW8-2 MSW9-1

Setting Baud Rate Data Length Stop Bit Parity Flow Control Reserved Reserved Reserved Paper Type Code Page

Default 9600bps 8bits 1bit None Xon/Xoff ― ― ― 1 Color PC437

MSW9-2 MSW9-3 MSW9-4 MSW10-1 MSW10-2 MSW10-3 MSW10-4

Int’Char Set Kanji JIS/Shift JIS Print Density Print Speed Reserved Reserved

USA OFF JIS 100% Level9 ― ―

Set Values 1200bps, 2400bps, 4800bps, 9600bps, 19200bps, 38400bps, 57600bps, 115200bps 7bits, 8bits 1bit, 2bits None, Odd, Even DTR/DSR, Xon/Xoff ― ― ― 1 Color, 2 Color PC437, Katakana, PC850, PC858, PC860, PC863, PC865, PC852, PC866, PC857, WindowsCode, Space page、PC864, ThaiCode18 USA, France, Germany, England, Denmark, Sweden, Italy, Spain, Japan, Norway, Denmark 2, Spain 2, Latin America, Korea ON, OFF JIS, Shift JIS 70%,75%,80%,85%,90%,95%,100%,105%, 110%,115%,120%,125%,130%,135%,140% Level1,Level2,Level3,Level4,Level5,Level6, Level7,Level8,Level9 ― ―

- 340 -

4.1.2 CT-S281
No. MSW1-1 MSW1-2 MSW1-3 MSW1-4 MSW1-5 MSW1-6 MSW1-7 MSW1-8 MSW2-1 MSW2-2 MSW2-3 MSW2-4 MSW2-5 MSW2-6 MSW2-7 MSW2-8 MSW3-1 MSW3-2 MSW3-3 MSW3-4 MSW3-5 MSW3-6 MSW3-7 MSW3-8 MSW4-1 MSW4-2 MSW4-3 MSW4-4 MSW4-5 MSW4-6 MSW4-7 MSW4-8 MSW5-1 MSW5-2 MSW5-3 MSW5-4 MSW5-5 MSW5-6 MSW5-7 MSW5-8 ●: Factory setting Setting Power ON Info Buffer Size Busy Condition Receive Error CR mode Reserved DSR Signal Reserved Reserved Auto Cutter Spool Print Full Col Print Resume aft PE Reserved Reserved PNE Sensor Resum Cttr Err Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved CBM270 Mode Resum Open Err P. Length Set Power on TOF FEED&CUT at TOF Paper Select Position detect C.Close Action Auto Paper Select Partial only Reserved Reserved USB Mode Reserved Reserved Reserved Clear PNE LED Reserved OFF ● Valid ● 4K bytes ● Full/Err ● Print “?” ● Ignored ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Fixed ― Invalid ● Invalid LineFeed ● Next ― ● Fixed Valid ● Valid ● Fixed ― ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed Invalid ● Close ● Auto Measure ● Invalid Invalid ● Thermal Roll ● Black Mark ● Find TOF ● Invalid Invalid ● Fixed ● Fixed Virtual COM ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Auto ● Fixed ON Not send 45 bytes Full No Print LF ― Valid ― ● Fixed ● Valid Valid ● WaitData Top ● Fixed ― ● Invalid Invalid ― ● Fixed ― ― ― ● Valid Command Command Valid ● Valid BM.P / Lbl.P Label Auto Measure Valid ● Valid ― ― ● Printer Class ― ― ― Paper set ―

- 341 -

75%. PC860. Spain 2. Model MSW4-4 MSW4-5 OFF OFF Standard Thermal paper Black mark detection Black mark model ON OFF Black mark paper/ Label paper Black mark detection Label model ON ON Black mark paper/ Label paper Label detection . ThaiCode18 USA.342 - .95%. Shift JIS 70%. OFF JIS. 9600bps. 19200bps. Xon/Xoff ― PC setting. Even DTR/DSR. PC852.Level2.Level6. PC857.130%. China ON.Level9 <<Difference of MSW by the model>> MSW4-4 and MSW4-5 are different by the model as follows. 4800bps. DTR/DSR. XON/XOFF ― 1 Color. PC863. Norway.No.90%. England.80%. Denmark. Level7.Level8.Level5.135%. PC858. Japan. Latin America. Odd. 8bits 1bit. PC865. 2 Color PC437. Italy.Level3. Katakana. PC866.105%. Denmark 2. WindowsCode.120%.Level4. 110%.140% Level1.125%.115%. Spain. France. Sweden. PC850.100%. 2400bps. Korea.85%. Space page、PC864. 38400bps 7bits. Croatia. Germany. 2bits None. MSW7-1 MSW7-2 MSW7-3 MSW7-4 MSW7-5 MSW7-6 MSW7-7 MSW8-1 MSW8-2 MSW9-1 Setting Baud Rate Data Length Stop Bit Parity Flow Control Reserved VCom Protocol Reserved Paper Type Code Page Default 9600bps 8bits 1bit None Xon/Xoff ― PC setting ― 1 Color PC437 MSW9-2 MSW9-3 MSW9-4 MSW10-1 MSW10-2 Int’Char Set Kanji JIS/Shift JIS Print Density Print Speed USA OFF JIS 100% Level9 Set Values 1200bps.

4.343 - . MSW1-1 MSW1-2 MSW1-3 MSW1-4 MSW1-5 MSW1-6 MSW1-7 MSW1-8 MSW2-1 MSW2-2 MSW2-3 MSW2-4 MSW2-5 MSW2-6 MSW2-7 MSW2-8 MSW3-1 MSW3-2 MSW3-3 MSW3-4 MSW3-5 MSW3-6 MSW3-7 MSW3-8 MSW4-1 MSW4-2 MSW4-3 MSW4-4 MSW4-5 MSW4-6 MSW4-7 MSW4-8 ●: Factory setting <<Difference of MSW by the model>> MSW3-4 and MSW4-2 are different by the model as follows.1.3 CT-S300 No. Model MSW3-4 MSW4-2 OFF OFF Standard model Thermal paper Front surface Black mark model (Sensor at front side of paper) ON Black mark OFF Front surface Black mark model (Sensor at back side of paper) ON Black mark ON Back side Setting Power ON Info Buffer Size Busy Condition Receive Error CR mode Reserved DSR Signal Init Signal Reserved Auto Cutter Spool Print Full Col Print Resume aft PE Paper width Reserved PNE Sensor Resum Cttr Err Resum Open Err Parallel 31 Pin Paper Select Column Number Reserved CBM1000 Mode Resum Open Err BM Measure BM Sensor Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Partial only OFF ● Valid ● 4K bytes ● Full/Err ● Print ? ● Ignored ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Invalid ― Invalid ● Invalid LineFeed ● Next ● 80mm ● Fixed ● Valid ● Valid ● close ● Valid ● Thermal ● 48/32 col ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Close ● Invalid ● surface ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed Invalid ON Not send 45 bytes Full No Print LF ― Valid Valid ● Fixed ● Valid Valid ● WaitData Top 58mm ― Invalid Invalid command Invalid Black MK 42/30 col ― Valid command Valid Back ― ― ― ― ― ● Valid .

1.4. Err ON Not send 45 bytes Full No Print LF ― Valid Valid ● Fixed ● Valid Valid ● WaitData Top 58mm ― Invalid Invalid ― Invalid Black MK 42/30Col ― Valid Command Auto Back ● Valid ― ― ― ― ● Valid Invalid ― ● Printer Class ― Invalid ― Paper set PE.4 CT-S310 No. MSW1-1 MSW1-2 MSW1-3 MSW1-4 MSW1-5 MSW1-6 MSW1-7 MSW1-8 MSW2-1 MSW2-2 MSW2-3 MSW2-4 MSW2-5 MSW2-6 MSW2-7 MSW2-8 MSW3-1 MSW3-2 MSW3-3 MSW3-4 MSW3-5 MSW3-6 MSW3-7 MSW3-8 MSW4-1 MSW4-2 MSW4-3 MSW4-4 MSW4-5 MSW4-6 MSW4-7 MSW4-8 MSW5-1 MSW5-2 MSW5-3 MSW5-4 MSW5-5 MSW5-6 MSW5-7 MSW5-8 ●: Factory setting Setting Power ON Info Buffer Size Busy Condition Receive Error CR mode Reserved DSR Signal Init Signal Reserved Auto Cutter Spool Print Full Col Print Resume aft PE Paper Width Reserved PNE Sensor Resum Cttr Err Reserved Parallel 31 Pin Paper Select Column Number Reserved CBM1000 Mode Resum Open Err Auto Length BM sensor FEED&CUT at TOF Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Partial only Buzzer Reserved USB Mode Reserved Power OFF Info Reserved Clear PNE LED FAULT Output OFF ● Valid ● 4K bytes ● Full/Err ● Print “?” ● Ignored ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Invalid ― Invalid ● Invalid LineFeed ● Next ● 80mm ● Fixed ● Valid ● Valid ● Fixed ● Valid ● Thermal ● 48/32Col ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Close ● Invalid ● Surface Invalid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed Invalid ● Auto ● Fixed Virtual COM ● Fixed ● Valid ● Fixed ● Auto ● PE. Err .344 - . PNE.

140% Level1. Denmark. Xon/Xoff ― PC setting.PC860. 110%. DTR/DSR. Spain 2. 115%. Even DTR/DSR. 100%. Level4.PC863. MSW7-1 MSW7-2 MSW7-3 MSW7-4 MSW7-5 MSW7-6 MSW7-7 MSW8-1 MSW8-2 MSW9-1 Setting Baud Rate Data Length Stop Bit Parity Flow Control Reserved VCom Protocol Reserved Paper Type Code Page Default 9600bps 8bits 1bit None Xon/Xoff ― PC setting ― 1 Color PC437 MSW9-2 MSW9-3 MSW9-4 MSW10-1 MSW10-2 Int’Char Set Kanji JIS/Shift JIS Print Density Print Speed USA OFF JIS 100% Level9 Set Values 1200bps. 4800bps. Korea. Norway. 130%. 8bits 1bit. Space page、PC864. Latin America. Odd. 38400bps 7bits.PC858. France. 120%. Level2. Spain. 9600bps. Croatia. 2 Color PC437. Shift JIS 70%. England.ThaiCode18 USA. Italy. 19200bps. 2bits None. Sweden. 90%.WindowsCode. 2400bps. 80%. Germany. Japan. 85%.PC857. Level8. 135%. PC865.345 - .No. 105%. Denmark 2. Level7.PC852.PC850. OFF JIS. Level5. XON/XOFF ― 1 Color. Level6. 95%. Model MSW3-4 MSW4-2 OFF OFF Standard model Thermal paper Front surface Black mark model (Sensor at front side of paper) ON Black mark OFF Front surface Black mark model (Sensor at back side of paper) ON Black mark ON Back side .PC866. Level3. 75%. 125%. Level9 <<Difference of MSW by the model>> MSW3-4 and MSW4-2 are different by the model as follows.Katakana. China ON.

1.5 CT-S2000 No.346 - . MSW1-1 MSW1-2 MSW1-3 MSW1-4 MSW1-5 MSW1-6 MSW1-7 MSW1-8 MSW2-1 MSW2-2 MSW2-3 MSW2-4 MSW2-5 MSW2-6 MSW2-7 MSW2-8 MSW3-1 MSW3-2 MSW3-3 MSW3-4 MSW3-5 MSW3-6 MSW3-7 MSW3-8 MSW4-1 MSW4-2 MSW4-3 MSW4-4 MSW4-5 MSW4-6 MSW4-7 MSW4-8 MSW5-1 MSW5-2 MSW5-3 MSW5-4 MSW5-5 MSW5-6 MSW5-7 MSW5-8 ●: Factory setting Setting Power ON Info Buffer Size Busy Condition Receive Error CR mode Reserved DSR Signal Init Signal Reserved Auto Cutter Spool Print Full Col Print Resume aft PE Reserved Reserved PNE Sensor Resum Cttr Err Reserved Parallel 31 Pin Reserved Reserved Reserved CBM1000 Mode Resum Open Err BM Measure Reserved Feed&Cut at TOF Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Partial only Buzzer Line Pitch USB Mode Reserved No use No use No use No use OFF ● Valid ● 4K bytes ● Full/Err ● Print ? ● Ignored ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Invalid ― Invalid ● Invalid ● LineFeed ● Next ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Valid ● Valid ● Fixed ● Valid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed Invalid ● Close ● Invalid ● Fixed Invalid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed Invalid ● Valid ● 360 Virtual COM ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ON Not send 45 bytes Full No Print LF ― Valid Valid ● Fixed ● Valid Valid WaitData Top ― ― Invalid Invalid ― Invalid ― ― ― ● Valid Command Valid ― ● Valid ― ― ― ― ● Valid Invalid 406 ● Printer Class ― ― ― ― ― .4.

Shift JIS 70%. 19200bps. PC863. 1 Color BM. 90%. 80%. 125%. 100%. Spain 2. Katakana. Spain. 120%.No. 1 Color Label. China ON. 115200bps 7bits. MSW7-1 MSW7-2 MSW7-3 MSW7-4 MSW7-5 MSW7-6 MSW7-7 MSW8-1 MSW8-2 MSW9-1 Setting Baud Rate Data Length Stop Bit Parity Flow Control DMA control VCom Protocol Print Width Paper Type Code Page Default 19200bps 8bits 1bit None DTR/DSR Valid PC setting 576dots 1 Color Normal PC437 MSW9-2 MSW9-3 MSW9-4 MSW10-1 MSW10-2 MSW10-3 Int’Char Set Kanji JIS/Shift JIS Print Density Print Speed ACK Timing America OFF JIS 100% Level9 Before BUSY Set Values 1200 bps. Level3. 95%. Denmark 2. 75%.347 - . Croatia. 432dots. 85%. PC850. PC857. 57600bps. 8bits 1bit. 130%. Invalid PC setting. Level7. Level5. 38400bps. PC858. 105%. Space page、PC864. Sweden. PC860. 360dots 1 Color Normal. Xon/Xoff Valid. Same Period. 110%. ThaiCode18 America. 2 Color Normal. Denmark. Italy. 384dots. Level8. 9600bps. PC865. Norway. 2400bps. Latin America. France. England. 512dots. XON/XOFF 640dots. 2 Color BM PC437. Odd. 420dots. Japan. 2bits None. Level4. 4800bps. 576dots. Germany. Model Standard Black mark model MSW4-4 MSW4-5 OFF OFF Thermal paper Black mark detection Label model ON ON Black mark paper/ Label paper Label detection ON OFF Black mark paper/ Label paper Black mark detection . PC866. 140% Level1. After Busy <<Difference of MSW by the model>> MSW4-4 and MSW4-5 are different by the model as follows. Level6. Level9 Before Busy. Level2. OFF JIS. WindowsCode. Even DTR/DSR. 135%. 436dots. PC852. 115%. DTR/DSR. Korea.

*3)Valid only with black mark or label-support model.6 CT-S4000 No. *2)Invalid when thermal rolled paper is selected by MSW4-4.4. MSW1-1 MSW1-2 MSW1-3 MSW1-4 MSW1-5 MSW1-6 MSW1-7 MSW1-8 MSW2-1 MSW2-2 MSW2-3 MSW2-4 MSW2-5 MSW2-6 MSW2-7 MSW2-8 MSW3-1 MSW3-2 MSW3-3 MSW3-4 MSW3-5 MSW3-6 MSW3-7 MSW3-8 MSW4-1 MSW4-2 MSW4-3 MSW4-4 MSW4-5(*3) MSW4-6 MSW4-7 MSW4-8 MSW5-1 MSW5-2 MSW5-3 MSW5-4 MSW5-5 MSW5-6 MSW5-7 MSW5-8 ●: Factory setting *1)Default for paper selection depends on the model selected. Err ON Not send 45 bytes Full No Print LF ― Valid Valid ● Fixed ● Valid Valid WaitData Top ― ― Invalid Invalid ― Invalid ― ― ― Valid Command Command Valid ● Valid BM. Black mark is optional.1.P/Lbl.Length Set Power on TOF FEED&CUT at TOF Paper Select(*1) Position Detect(*2) Reserved Reserved Partial only Buzzer Line Pitch USB Mode Reserved Power OFF Info Reserved Reserved FAULT Output OFF ● Valid ● 4K bytes ● Full/Err ● Print “?” ● Ignored ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Invalid ― Invalid ● Invalid ● LineFeed ● Next ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Valid ● Valid ● Fixed ● Valid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Close Auto Measure ● Invalid Invalid Thermal Roll Black Mark ● Fixed ● Fixed Invalid Valid ● 1/360 Virtual COM ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● PE.348 - . PNE.P Label ― ― ● Valid ● Invalid 1/406 ● Printer Class ― Valid ― ― PE. Err . Black mark option product is fixed at black mark detection. Setting Power ON Info Buffer Size Busy Condition Receive Error CR mode Reserved DSR Signal Init Signal Reserved Auto Cutter Spool Print Full Col Print Resume aft PE Reserved Reserved PNE Sensor Resum Cttr Err Reserved Parallel 31 Pin Reserved Reserved Reserved CBM1000 Mode Resum Open Err P.

100%. 576dots. OFF JIS. Odd. 90%. 120%. Sweden. Same Period. Level8. PC850. Katakana. France. Denmark 2. Space page、PC864. 320Kbytes.349 - . 8bits 1bit. Level2. England. PC865. 115200bps 7bits. DTR/DSR. 4800bps. Latin America. Level6. Germany. PC857. 660dots. 85%. 75%. 9600bps. MSW7-1 MSW7-2 MSW7-3 MSW7-4 MSW7-5 MSW7-6 MSW7-7 MSW8-1 MSW8-2 MSW9-1 Setting Baud Rate Data Length Stop Bit Parity Flow Control DMA control VCom Protocol Print Width Paper Type Code Page Default 19200bps 8bits 1bit None DTR/DSR Valid PC setting 832dots 1 Color PC437 MSW9-2 MSW9-3 MSW9-4 MSW10-1 MSW10-2 MSW10-3 MSW10-4 MSW10-5 Int’Char Set Kanji JIS/Shift JIS Print Density Print Speed ACK Timing NV User NV Graphic America OFF JIS 100% Level9 Before BUSY 192Kbytes 384Kbytes Set Values 1200bps. Spain. Croatia. PC852. Shift JIS 70%. 64Kbytes. 115%. 135%. 64Kbytes. 720dots. Level7. Denmark. Level4. 128Kbytes. PC866. 512dots 1 Color. 95%. 38400bps. PC858. XON/XOFF 832dots. Xon/Xoff Valid.No. 105%. Italy. Norway. Spain 2. 110%. 130%. 192Kbytes 0byte. 19200bps. China ON. Level9 Before Busy. 140% Level1. After Busy 1Kbytes. 80%. 384Kbytes <<Difference of MSW by the model>> MSW4-4 and MSW4-5 are different by the model as follows. Model MSW4-4 MSW4-5 OFF OFF Standard Thermal paper Black mark detection Black mark model ON OFF Black mark paper/ Label paper Black mark detection Label model ON ON Black mark paper/ Label paper Label detection . 2400bps. 125%. Level3. Level5. Korea. 256Kbytes. 57600bps. ThaiCode18 America. 192Kbytes. 2bits None. 128Kbytes. 2 Color PC437. Japan. PC863. PC860. Invalid PC setting. Even DTR/DSR. WindowsCode.

350 - .7 CT-S801/851 No. For Driver Chararacter space Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved OFF ● Valid ● 4K bytes ● Full/Err ● Print ? ● Ignored ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Invalid ― Invalid ● Invalid ● LineFeed ● Next ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Valid ● Valid ● Fixed ● Valid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed Invalid ● Close ● Fixed ● Fixed Invalid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed Invalid ● Valid ● 360 Virtual COM ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Invalid Invalid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ON Not send 45 bytes Full No Print LF ― Valid Valid ● Fixed ● Valid Valid WaitData Top ― ― Invalid Invalid ― Invalid ― ― ― ● Valid Command ― ― ● Valid ― ― ― ― ● Valid Invalid 406 ● Printer Class ― ― ― ― ― Valid ● Valid ― ― ― ― ― ― .4. MSW1-1 MSW1-2 MSW1-3 MSW1-4 MSW1-5 MSW1-6 MSW1-7 MSW1-8 MSW2-1 MSW2-2 MSW2-3 MSW2-4 MSW2-5 MSW2-6 MSW2-7 MSW2-8 MSW3-1 MSW3-2 MSW3-3 MSW3-4 MSW3-5 MSW3-6 MSW3-7 MSW3-8 MSW4-1 MSW4-2 MSW4-3 MSW4-4 MSW4-5 MSW4-6 MSW4-7 MSW4-8 MSW5-1 MSW5-2 MSW5-3 MSW5-4 MSW5-5 MSW5-6 MSW5-7 MSW5-8 MSW6-1 MSW6-2 MSW6-3 MSW6-4 MSW6-5 MSW6-6 MSW6-7 MSW6-8 ●: Factory setting Setting Power ON Info Buffer Size Busy Condition Receive Error CR mode Reserved DSR Signal Init Signal Reserved Auto Cutter Spool Print Full Col Print Resume aft PE Reserved Reserved PNE Sensor Resum Cttr Err PE signal by PNE Parallel 31 Pin Reserved Reserved Reserved CBM1000 Mode Resum Open Err Reserved Reserved Feed&Cut at TOF Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Partial only Buzzer Line Pitch USB Mode Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Act.1.

Model Standard Black mark model MSW4-4 MSW4-5 OFF OFF Thermal paper Black mark detection Label model ON ON Black mark paper/ Label paper Label detection ON OFF Black mark paper/ Label paper Black mark detection . England. XON/XOFF 640dots. 19200bps. Français. Level 3. 432dots. Level8. Space page、PC864. ThaiCode18 America. 384dots. 140% Level1. Spain 2. Denmark. Italiano. 115%. Level2. 360dots 1 Color Normal. 125%. 30seconds. 85%. 80%. 110%. Latin America. Norway. Japan. PC860. Invalid PC setting. Shift JIS English. Germany. Inverted MSW9-2 MSW9-3 MSW9-4 MSW9-6 MSW9-7 MSW9-8 MSW10-1 MSW10-2 MSW10-3 MSW10-6 MSW10-7 MSW10-8 Int’Char Set Kanji JIS/Shift JIS LCD Char Set LCD Ext Char Bklight Auto Off Print Density Print Speed ACK Timing Buzzer Volume Key Lock LCD Direction America OFF JIS English Invalid Never 100% Level9 Before BUSY Level2 Invalid Normal <<Difference of MSW by the model>> MSW4-4 and MSW4-5 are different by the model as follows. WindowsCode. 90%. Level5. Odd. 115200bps 7bits. 8bits 1bit. Katakana. 100%. 120%. PC850. Level3. OFF JIS. Level 4 Invalid. 130%. PC858. 75%. 4800bps. 57600bps. Level6. Denmark 2. After Busy Level 1. Level9 Before Busy. 38400bps. Level7. 512dots. Italy. Valid Never. PC865.No. Level 2. Croatia. 105%. 2 Color Normal PC437. Even DTR/DSR. Deutsch. PC857. 436dots.351 - . PC863. 135%. China ON. 5munites 70%. Japanese. France. 420dots. PC866. MSW7-1 MSW7-2 MSW7-3 MSW7-4 MSW7-5 MSW7-6 MSW7-7 MSW8-1 MSW8-2 MSW9-1 Setting Baud Rate Data Length Stop Bit Parity Flow Control DMA control VCom Protocol Print Width Paper Type Code Page Default 19200bps 8bits 1bit None DTR/DSR Valid PC setting 576dots 1 Color Normal PC437 Set Values 1200 bps. 2bits None. 9600bps. 576dots. 2400bps. Same Period. Valid Nornal. Sweden. Xon/Xoff Valid. Korea. DTR/DSR. Spain. Level4. Español. PC852. Chinese Invalid. 95%.

352 - .4. MSW1-1 MSW1-2 MSW1-3 MSW1-4 MSW1-5 MSW1-6 MSW1-7 MSW1-8 MSW2-1 MSW2-2 MSW2-3 MSW2-4 MSW2-5 MSW2-6 MSW2-7 MSW2-8 MSW3-1 MSW3-2 MSW3-3 MSW3-4 MSW3-5 MSW3-6 MSW3-7 MSW3-8 MSW4-1 MSW4-2 MSW4-3 MSW4-4 MSW4-5 MSW4-6 MSW4-7 MSW4-8 MSW5-1 MSW5-2 MSW5-3 MSW5-4 MSW5-5 MSW5-6 MSW5-7 MSW5-8 MSW6-1 MSW6-2 MSW6-3 MSW6-4 MSW6-5 MSW6-6 MSW6-7 MSW6-8 ●: Factory setting Setting Power ON Info Buffer Size Busy Condition Receive Error CR mode Reserved DSR Signal Init Signal Reserved Auto Cutter Spool Print Full Col Print Resume aft PE Reserved Reserved PNE Sensor Resum Cttr Err PE signal by PNE Parallel 31 Pin Reserved Reserved Reserved CBM1000 Mode Resum Open Err Reserved Reserved Feed&Cut at TOF Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Partial only Buzzer Line Pitch USB Mode Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Act.1.8 CT-S601/651 No. For Driver Chararacter space Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved OFF ● Valid ● 4K bytes ● Full/Err ● Print ? ● Ignored ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Invalid ― Invalid ● Invalid ● LineFeed ● Next ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Valid ● Valid ● Fixed ● Valid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed Invalid ● Close ● Fixed ● Fixed Invalid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed Invalid ● Valid ● 360 Virtual COM ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Invalid Invalid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ON Not send 45 bytes Full No Print LF ― Valid Valid ● Fixed ● Valid Valid WaitData Top ― ― Invalid Invalid ― Invalid ― ― ― ● Valid Command ― ― ● Valid ― ― ― ― ● Valid Invalid 406 ● Printer Class ― ― ― ― ― Valid ● Valid ― ― ― ― ― ― .

England. Katakana. PC863. Xon/Xoff Valid. Space page、PC864. 57600bps.No. Croatia. Invalid PC setting. Level 3. Germany. MSW7-1 MSW7-2 MSW7-3 MSW7-4 MSW7-5 MSW7-6 MSW7-7 MSW8-1 MSW8-2 MSW9-1 Setting Baud Rate Data Length Stop Bit Parity Flow Control DMA control VCom Protocol Print Width Paper Type Code Page Default 19200bps 8bits 1bit None DTR/DSR Valid PC setting 576dots 1 Color Normal PC437 Set Values 1200 bps. Shift JIS 70%. 105%. PC852. Spain 2. PC866. Level2. PC865. 110%. 384dots. 19200bps. 8bits 1bit. Spain. Korea. XON/XOFF 640dots. 512dots. 2bits None. China ON. Italy. Level 2. 115200bps 7bits. 420dots. PC850. Same Period. Sweden. PC858. 140% Level1. Level9 Before Busy. Even DTR/DSR. 135%. Odd. 2400bps. 576dots. 436dots.353 - . 130%. PC857. Level4. Norway. 432dots. OFF JIS. 85%. 360dots 1 Color Normal. 120%. Level7. 115%. PC860. Level3. Japan. Denmark. Latin America. Level5. 38400bps. 95%. DTR/DSR. WindowsCode. 100%. Level6. Model Standard Black mark model MSW4-4 MSW4-5 OFF OFF Thermal paper Black mark detection Label model ON ON Black mark paper/ Label paper Label detection ON OFF Black mark paper/ Label paper Black mark detection . After Busy Level 1. Denmark 2. 2 Color Normal PC437. France. 9600bps. 75%. 125%. Level8. 80%. Level 4 MSW9-2 MSW9-3 MSW9-4 MSW10-1 MSW10-2 MSW10-3 MSW10-6 Int’Char Set Kanji JIS/Shift JIS Print Density Print Speed ACK Timing Buzzer Volume America OFF JIS 100% Level9 Before BUSY Level2 <<Difference of MSW by the model>> MSW4-4 and MSW4-5 are different by the model as follows. ThaiCode18 America. 4800bps. 90%.

U Err(*) OFF ● Valid ● 4K bytes ● Full/Err ● Print ? ● Ignored ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Fixed ― ― ● Invalid ● LineFeed ● Next ― ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Valid ● Fixed ● Valid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed Close ON Not send 45 bytes Full No Print LF ― Valid ― ● Fixed ● Fixed Valid WaitData Top ● Fixed ― ― Invalid ― Invalid ― ― ― ― ● Command ●: Factory setting *This function is enabled for platen close/open operation when LT-2x21 is used. .D(*) Reserved Reserved Reserved Resum Cttr Err Reserved Reset Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Resum H.4.9 BD2-2220 No. MSW1-1 MSW1-2 MSW1-3 MSW1-4 MSW1-5 MSW1-6 MSW1-7 MSW1-8 MSW2-1 MSW2-2 MSW2-3 MSW2-4 MSW2-5 MSW2-6 MSW2-7 MSW2-8 MSW3-1 MSW3-2 MSW3-3 MSW3-4 MSW3-5 MSW3-6 MSW3-7 MSW3-8 Setting Power ON Info Buffer Size Busy Condition Receive Error CR mode Reserved DSR Signal Reserved Reserved Reserved Spool Print Full Col Print Resume aft H.1.354 - .

355 - .4.10 PMU2XXX No.1. MSW1-1 MSW1-2 MSW1-3 MSW1-4 MSW1-5 MSW1-6 MSW1-7 MSW1-8 MSW2-1 MSW2-2 MSW2-3 MSW2-4 MSW2-5 MSW2-6 MSW2-7 MSW2-8 MSW3-1 MSW3-2 MSW3-3 MSW3-4 MSW3-5 MSW3-6 MSW3-7 MSW3-8 MSW4-1 MSW4-2 MSW4-3 MSW4-4 MSW4-5 MSW4-6 MSW4-7 MSW4-8 MSW5-1 MSW5-2 MSW5-3 MSW5-4 MSW5-5 MSW5-6 MSW5-7 MSW5-8 ●: Factory setting Setting Power ON Info Buffer Size Busy Condition Receive Error CR mode Reserved DSR Signal Reserved Reserved Auto Cutter Spool Print Full Col Print Resume aft PE Paper Width Reserved PNE Sensor Resum Cttr Err Reserved Parallel 31 Pin Paper Select Reserved Reserved Reserved Resum Open Err Auto Length BM sensor FEED&CUT at TOF Base style Mechanism mounted Reserved Reserved Partial only Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Speed / Quality OFF ● Valid ● 4K bytes ● Full/Err ● Print “?” ● Ignored ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Fixed ― Invalid ● Invalid ● LineFeed ● Print next line ● 80mm ● Fixed Valid ● Valid ● Fixed ● Valid ● Thermal ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Close ● Invalid ● Surface Invalid ●PMU2xx0/2 ●LT-23xx ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed Quality Reserved Reserved ● Fixed ● Fixed ON Not send 45 bytes Full No Print LF ― Valid ― ● Fixed ● Valid Valid ● WaitData Print top line 58(60)mm ― ● Invalid Invalid ― Invalid Black MK ― ― ― Command Auto Back ● Valid PMU2xx1 LT-22xx ― ― Valid ― ― ― ― ― ● Speed ― ― .

Level3. Model Standard model MSW3-4 OFF Thermal paper ON Black mark model Black mark paper . 110%. 120%.No. After Busy <<Difference of MSW by the model>> MSW2-6. PC852. Germany. Space page、PC864. 75%. 115200bps 7bits. PC866. Japan. PC860. 115%. 8bits 1bit. Denmark 2. 4800bps. 130%. WindowsCode. France. Croatia. PC850. 85%. 38400bps. 105%.2400bps.95% . 9600bps. Level9 Before Busy. MSW4-4 and MSW4-5 are different by the model as follows. 57600bps. 125%. 2bits None. Norway. 135%. 90% . Model PMU2200 (A) PMU2210 (A) PMU2211 (A) PMU2202 (A) PMU2212 (A) PMU2310 (A) PMU2300 (A) PMU2301 (A) PMU2302 (A) MSW2-6 Paper width ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 58(60)mm 58(60)mm 58(60)mm 58(60)mm 58(60)mm 58(60)mm 80mm 80mm 80mm MSW4-4 Base style OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF PMU2XX0/2XX2 PMU2XX0/2XX2 PMU2XX1 PMU2XX0/2XX2 PMU2XX0/2XX2 PMU2XX0/2XX2 PMU2XX0/2XX2 PMU2XX1 PMU2XX0/2XX2 MSW4-5 Used mechnism ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF LT-22XX LT-22XX LT-22XX LT-22XX LT-22XX LT-23XX LT-23XX LT-23XX LT-23XX MSW3-4 is different by the model as follows. Spain 2. Level2. PC857. Same Period. Level6. Odd. England. 19200bps. Even DTR/DSR. PC863. China ON. PC858. Spain. Italy. Shift JIS 70%. Level4. Xon/Xoff - - PC437.356 - . OFF JIS.100%. Korea. 80%. 140% Level1. Katakana. Latin America. Denmark. Level8. PC865. Level5. MSW7-1 MSW7-2 MSW7-3 MSW7-4 MSW7-5 MSW7-6 MSW7-7 MSW9-1 Setting Baud Rate Data Length Stop Bit Parity Flow Control Reserved Reserved Code Page Default 9600bps 8bits 1bit None DTR/DSR - - PC437 MSW9-2 MSW9-3 MSW9-4 MSW10-1 MSW10-2 MSW10-3 Int’Char Set Kanji JIS/Shift JIS Print Density Print Speed ACK Timing USA OFF JIS 100% Level9 Before BUSY Set Values 1200bps . ThaiCode18 USA. Level7. Sweden.

1.357 - . MSW1-1 MSW1-2 MSW1-3 MSW1-4 MSW1-5 MSW1-6 MSW1-7 MSW1-8 MSW2-1 MSW2-2 MSW2-3 MSW2-4 MSW2-5 MSW2-6 MSW2-7 MSW2-8 MSW3-1 MSW3-2 MSW3-3 MSW3-4 MSW3-5 MSW3-6 MSW3-7 MSW3-8 MSW4-1 MSW4-2 MSW4-3 MSW4-4 MSW4-5 MSW4-6 MSW4-7 MSW4-8 MSW5-1 MSW5-2 MSW5-3 MSW5-4 MSW5-5 MSW5-6 MSW5-7 MSW5-8 ●: Factory setting Setting Power ON Info Buffer Size Busy Condition Receive Error CR mode Reserved DSR Signal Reserved Reserved Auto Cutter Spool Print Full Col Print Resume aft PE Paper Width Reserved PNE Sensor Resum Cttr Err Reserved Parallel 31 Pin Paper Select Column Number Reserved CBM1000 Mode Resum Open Err Auto Length BM sensor FEED&CUT at TOF Base style Mechanism mounted Reserved Reserved Partial only Reserved Reserved USB Mode Reserved Reserved Speed / Quality Reserved Reserved OFF ● Valid ● 4K bytes ● Full/Err ● Print “?” ● Ignored ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Fixed ― Invalid ● Invalid ● LineFeed ● Print next line ● 80mm ● Fixed Valid ● Valid ● Fixed ● Valid ● Thermal ● 48/32Col ● Fixed Invalid ● Close ● Invalid ● Surface Invalid ●PMU2xx0/2 ●LT-23xx ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Fixed ● Fixed Virtual COM ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Quality ● Fixed ● Fixed ON Not send 45 bytes Full No Print LF ― Valid ― ● Fixed ● Valid Valid ● WaitData Print top line 58(60)mm ― ● Invalid Invalid ― Invalid Black MK 42/30Col ― ● Valid Command Auto Back ● Valid PMU2xx1 LT-22xx ― ― Valid ― ― ● Printer Class ― ― Speed ― ― .11 PMU2XXXII No.4.

57600bps. Norway. Level4. Italy. MSW4-4 and MSW4-5 are different by the model as follows Model PMU2200 II(A) PMU2210 II(A) PMU2211 II(A) PMU2202 II(A) PMU2212 II(A) PMU2310 II(A) PMU2300 II(A) PMU2301 II(A) PMU2302 II(A) MSW2-6 Paper width ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 58(60)mm 58(60)mm 58(60)mm 58(60)mm 58(60)mm 58(60)mm 80mm 80mm 80mm MSW4-4 Base style OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF PMU2XX0/2XX2 PMU2XX0/2XX2 PMU2XX1 PMU2XX0/2XX2 PMU2XX0/2XX2 PMU2XX0/2XX2 PMU2XX0/2XX2 PMU2XX1 PMU2XX0/2XX2 MSW4-5 Used mechnism ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF LT-22XX LT-22XX LT-22XX LT-22XX LT-22XX LT-23XX LT-23XX LT-23XX LT-23XX MSW3-4 is different by the model as follows. Spain 2. 130%. Level2. Space page、PC864. 9600bps. PC860. Odd. 2bits None. PC865. 105%. Denmark 2. Even DTR/DSR. 8bits 1bit. Katakana. 85%. PC858. Shift JIS 70%. PC863. Level7. 80%. WindowsCode. Level3. 115%. Level8. Denmark. Latin America.No.358 - . Level6. Sweden. PC857. Level5. 120%. 125%. 110%. 100%. Spain. 4800bps. 90%. OFF JIS. 38400bps. 135%. Korea ON. Level9 <<Difference of MSW by the model>> MSW2-6. Xon/Xoff - - PC437. 95%. PC850. 75%. ThaiCode18 USA. Model Standard model MSW3-4 OFF Thermal paper ON Black mark model Black mark paper . PC866. England. Germany. MSW7-1 MSW7-2 MSW7-3 MSW7-4 MSW7-5 MSW7-6 MSW7-7 MSW9-1 Setting Baud Rate Data Length Stop Bit Parity Flow Control Reserved Reserved Code Page Default 9600bps 8bits 1bit None DTR/DSR - - PC437 MSW9-2 MSW9-3 MSW9-4 MSW10-1 MSW10-2 Int’Char Set Kanji JIS/Shift JIS Print Density Print Speed USA OFF JIS 100% Level9 Set Values 1200bps. Japan. 19200bps. 140% Level1. 115200bps 7bits. France. 2400bps. PC852.

Buffer size is fixed at 4k bytes regardless of this setting.12 CT-P292/293 No.3) ● 34(CT-P290.1) ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Close ― ― Invalid ― ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Quality ● Fixed ● Fixed ON Not send 45 bytes Full No Print LF ― Valid ― ● Fixed ● Valid Valid ● WaitData Print top line ― ― ● Fixed Invalid ― Invalid ― 32 32 ― Valid Command ● Fixed ● Fixed ● Valid ― LT-22xx ― ― Valid ― ― ― ― ― Speed MSW3-6 Reserved MSW3-7 Compatible Mode MSW3-8 Resum Open Err MSW4-1 Reserved MSW4-2 Reserved MSW4-3 FEED&CUT at TOF MSW4-4 Reserved MSW4-5 Reserved MSW4-6 Reserved MSW4-7 Reserved MSW4-8 Partial only MSW5-1 Reserved MSW5-2 Reserved MSW5-3 Reserved MSW5-4 Reserved MSW5-5 Reserved Speed / Quality MSW5-6 MSW5-7 Reserved MSW5-8 Reserved ●: Factory setting ― ― MSW2-2 is effective when DS-1 is set at ON (Valid). MSW1-1 MSW1-2 MSW1-3 MSW1-4 MSW1-5 MSW1-6 MSW1-7 MSW1-8 MSW2-1 MSW2-2 MSW2-3 MSW2-4 MSW2-5 MSW2-6 MSW2-7 MSW2-8 MSW3-1 MSW3-2 MSW3-3 MSW3-4 MSW3-5 Setting Power ON Info Buffer Size *1 Busy Condition Receive Error CR mode Reserved DSR Signal Reserved Reserved Auto Cutter Spool Print Full Col Print Resume aft PE Reserved Reserved Reserved Resum Cttr Err Reserved Parallel 31 Pin Reserved Column Number *2 OFF ● Valid ● 4K bytes ● Full/Err ● Print “?” ● Ignored ● Fixed ● Invalid ● Fixed ― Invalid ● Invalid ● LineFeed ● Print next line ● Fixed ● Fixed ― ● Valid ● Fixed ● Valid ●― ● 48(CT-P292.4.1. *2: Depending on DSW-6 setting . *1: If interface is parallel or USB.359 - .

Italy. 2400bps. 2bits None. PC863. 4800bps. 90%. Level5. PC850.No. PC852. MSW7-1 MSW7-2 MSW7-3 MSW7-4 MSW7-5 MSW7-6 MSW7-7 MSW9-1 Setting Baud Rate Data Length Stop Bit Parity Flow Control Reserved VCom Protocol Code Page Default 9600bps 8bits 1bit None DTR/DSR - PC setting PC437 MSW9-2 MSW9-3 MSW9-4 MSW10-1 MSW10-2 MSW10-3 Int’Char Set Kanji JIS/Shift JIS Print Density Print Speed Reserved USA OFF JIS 100% Level9 - Set Values 1200bps. WindowsCode. PC857. Japan. Level3. PC866. Norway. Spain. 38400bps. Space page、PC864. Level8. 140% Level1. PC858. ThaiCode18 USA. France. 80%. 125%. PC860. Sweden. 75%. 135%. Katakana. Level6. 105%. Denmark 2. XON/XOFF PC437. 115%. OFF JIS. 57600bps. 120%. England. Germany. Korea ON. Level2. 9600bps. 8bits 1bit. PC865. DTR/DSR. Even DTR/DSR. Shift JIS 70%. 19200bps. 130%. Denmark.360 - . 115200bps 7bits. Level4.110%. Odd. 95%. Level7. Latin America. 100%. Level9 - . Xon/Xoff - PC setting. Spain 2. 85%.

receive buffer is full with printer BUSY status. . From when free area decreases to 16 bytes until it increases to 26 bytes. refer to the operation manual or the like. From when free area decreases to 128 bytes until it increases to 256 bytes. OFF(0) Valid ON(1) Not send Power ON Info ON (1) OPERATION: Function to notify power ON is disabled. to notify the host of the printer power ON. OFF (0) OPERATION: Input buffer size is set to 4K bytes. sending status to host. 4.2.2 Details of Memory Switches This section describes the function of memory switch. ●MSW1-2: Input buffer [Outline] Select the input buffer (receive buffer) size.361 - . Some MSW may not be set or some values may not be selected depending on the model used.4. printer can send to host 3 byte power ON notify’s status data ( 3BH 31H 00H). receive buffer is full with printer BUSY status.1 MSW1 ●MSW1-1: Setting the power ON notify [Outline] At power ON. sending no status to host. Set to enable/disable for sending the power ON notify’s status data. For the MSW and value that can be set or selected with the model you are using. OFF (0) OPERATION: Function to notify power ON is enabled. OFF(0) 4Kbytes ON(1) 45bytes Buffer Size ON (1) OPERATION: Input buffer size is set to 45 bytes.

printer is BUSY. OFF (0) OPERATION: If receive buffer is full or off-line. OFF(0) Print ? ON(1) No Print Receive Error ON (1) OPERATION: Not printed as “?” OFF (0) OPERATION: Printed as “?” . [Additional Description] Even if ON is selected. printer is BUSY. Automatic status send function also runs. OFF(0) Buffer full/Off-line ON(1) Buffer full Busy Condition ON (1) OPERATION: If receive buffer is full. Automatic status send (ASB) function is enabled.●MSW1-3: Busy condition [Outline] Select the condition that printer is BUSY. overrun error and parity error. printer enters BUSY status when power is turned on or reset by I/F or at self test print MSW1-3 OFF ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● MSW1-3 ON ● ● ― ― ― ― ― ● Printer Status Power-up or reset used by I/F Self-print Cover open Paper-feed by FEED SW Paper-end (including print stop in PNE) Error generation Waiting during macro run by FEED SW Receive buffer full Off-line Buffer full ●MSW1-4: Receive error character [Outline] Select handling of data detected where the serial communication detects the receive data framing error.362 - . Automatic status send (ASB) function is disabled.

OFF(0) Ignored ON(1) LF CR mode ON (1) OPERATION: Select the same operation with LF when receiving CR code. Select enable/disable of reset function with this signal.●MSW1-5: CR code [Outline] Select the printer when receiving CR(<0D>H) code. OFF (0) OPERATION: CR code may be ignored with no actions if receiving CR code. OFF(0) Invalid ON(1) Valid DSR Signal ON (1) OPERATION: Used as reset signal OFF (0) OPERATION: Not used as reset signal ●MSW1-8: INIT signal [Outline] Printer can be reset with INIT (serial I/F-25Pin) signal. Select enable/disable of reset function with this signal. ●MSW1-6: Reserved [Fixed to OFF (0)] ●MSW1-7: DSR signal [Outline] Printer can be reset with DSR (serial I/F-6pin) signal.363 - . Print data in print buffer and put linefeeds as specified. OFF(0) Invalid ON(1) Valid INIT Signal ON (1) OPERATION: Used as reset signal OFF (0) OPERATION: Not used as reset signal .

FF or GS+FF command In Black mark mode or label model works same way. OFF(0) Invalid ON(1) Valid Spool Print ON (1) OPERATION: Buffering print is enabled. ・ If cut command such as GS+V ESC+i ESC +m are entered. OFF(0) Invalid ON(1) Valid Auto Cutter ON (1) OPERATION: Auto-cutter enabled OFF (0) OPERATION: Auto-cutter disabled ●MSW2-3: Buffering [Outline] Select buffering print enable/disable.2 MSW2 ●MSW2-1: Reserved [Fixed to ON(1)] ●MSW2-2: Auto-cutter operation [Outline] Select auto-cutter enable/disable. Buffering print means that save a certain amount of print buffer to internal RAM for collective printing ・ Save a certain amount of print buffer to internal RAM for collective printing. .364 - . entered data to print buffer is printed after no new deta comes to print buffer for certain period.2. ・ Even if no cut command is entered and the entered data does not reach the specified amount.4. OFF (0) OPERATION: Buffering print is disabled. print starts even before the specified amount is reached.

if cover open or PE is detected. <Example> If the first data after exceeding the full column is a control code such as<ESC !>. bar code. vertically-doubled character or page mode. print no data within buffer and further wait for print data. Cover Close corresponds to Head Down (Platen Close) and Cover Open to Head Up (Platen Open). it automatically prints data in buffer followed by a line-feed. or If ON (1) is set. OFF(0) Next ON(1) Top Resume aft PE ON (1) OPERATION: Restart printing from the heading of remaining data. . if cover open or PE is detected. OFF (0) OPERATION: Print data continued from the previous printing. paper is refilled with no-paper (PE) is detected. If OFF (0) is set. ●MSW2-5: Cover close return [Outline] Select the operating taken after printer cover is opened during printing. restart printing data immediately after an error data. print data within buffer and put a line feed. OFF(0) Line Feed ON(1) Wait Data Full Col print ON (1) OPERATION: If printer receives data/command exceeding the full column. During printing image. printer further waits for print data. During printing. OFF (0) OPERATION: If printer receives data/command exceeding the full column.●MSW2-4: Full Columns print [Outline] Select the processing if print data closes to the end of line or the right of print width. *With BD2-2220 and PMU series. restart printing from heading of the remaining data. printer operates following the command. If data exceeding the full column is a command. then cover is closed to restart printing. then after return. then after return.365 - .

366 - . OFF(0) Paper width 80mm ON(1) 58mm ON (1) OPERATION: Paper width is set 80mm OFF (0) OPERATION: Paper width is set 58mm ●MSW2-7: Reserved [Fixed to OFF (0)] ●MSW2-8: PNE sensor [Outline] Select paper near-end enable/disable. OFF(0) Valid ON(1) Invalid PNE Sensor ON (1) OPERATION: Disable paper near-end OFF (0) OPERATION: Enable paper near-end .●MSW2-6: Paper width [Outline] Select paper width.

OFF(0) Close ON(1) Command Resum Open Err Operation at ON (1): When the printer detects that cover is closed and the printer receives a command <DLE+ENQ+n>. . Cover Open corresponds to Head Up (Platen Open). it automatically clears the error.367 - .3 MSW3 ●MSW3-1: Auto-cutter return [Outline] Selects the return method from cutter lock error. ●MSW3-2: Clearing Cover Open Error [Outline] Selects the method of clearing Cover Open error. OPERATION at OFF (0): When paper near end is detected. printer output the PE signal from parallel interface. OFF(0) Valid ON(1) Invalid Resum Cttr Err ON (1) OPERATION: Return by command. After removing error cause. *With BD2-2220.2. return with command <DLE ENQ n>. Operation at OFF (0): When the printer detects that the cover is closed. After removing error cause. CT-S801/CT-S851/CT-S601/CT-S651 Selects the Valid/Invalid of PE singnal at detecting PNE OFF(0) Valid ON(1) Invalid PE output at PNE OPERATION at ON (1): When paper near end is detected.4. This is same behavior of ESC c 3 n command and n=15. OFF (0) OPERATION: Return with FEED switch. return by long pressing FEED SW (1 sec or longer). This is same behavior of ESC c 3 n and n=12. the error is cleared. printer does not output the PE signal from parallel interface.

. Select the handling of this signal.368 - . Control code <ESC ~ J> becomes available. OFF (0) OPERATION: CBM compatible mode is disabled. OFF(0) Thermal ON(1) Black Mark Paper Select Operation at ON (1): Sets black mark paper. ●MSW3-5: Column Number [Outline] Selects column number.●MSW3-3: Parallel 31 pin [Outline] Printer can be reset by parallel I/F –31 Pin signal. OFF(0) Invalid ON(1) Valid CBM Mode ON (1) OPERATION: Enable CBM compatible mode. OFF(0) Valid ON(1) Invalid Parallel 31 pin ON (1) OPERATION: Used as reset signal OFF (0) OPERATION: Not used as reset signal ●MSW3-4: Selecting paper [Outline] Selects either thermal paper or black mark paper. Operation at OFF (0): Sets thermal paper. OFF(0) 48/32 col ON(1) 42/30 col Column Number Operation at ON (1): Column number is set 42/30 columns Operation at OFF (0): Column number is set 48/32 columns ●MSW3-6: Reserved [Fixed to OFF (0)] ●MSW3-7: CBM compatible mode [Outline] Select enable/disable of CBM compatible mode.

Returned with command <DLE ENQ n> after cover is closed. OFF (0) OPERATION: Cover open error during printing becomes an automatic return error. OFF(0) Close ON(1) Command Resum Open Err ON (1) OPERATION: Cover open error during printing becomes a return allowed error.369 - . *With BD2-2220.●MSW3-8: Cover open during printing [Outline] Select the release method of cover open error during printing. Cover Close corresponds to Head Down (Platen Close) and Cover Open to Head Up (Platen Open). . Automatically returned from cover open error by closing the cover.

370 - . Operation follows the value set by <GS l>. OFF(0) surface ON(1) back BM sensor position ON (1) OPERATION: Black mark sensor detects a black mark on the printing surface. ●MSW4-4: Paper [Outline] Selects the type of paper used. OFF (0) OPERATION: Automatic length measurement is disabled. ●MSW4-2: Black mark sensor position [Outline] Selects black mark sensor position. set the enable/disable of automatic length measurement. OFF(0) Thermal roll paper ON(1) Black mark paper/Label paper Paper ON (1) OPERATION: Paper used is limited to black mark paper or label paper. printer feeds paper and cuts.2. OFF(0) Invalid ON(1) Valid Feed & Cut at TOF ON (1) OPERATION: Paper feed & cut at closing cover is enabled. (Black mark/label support model only) OFF(0) Invalid ON(1) Valid BM Measure ON (1) OPERATION: Automatic length measurement is enabled. OFF (0) OPERATION: Paper used is limited to thermal roll paper. ●MSW4-3: Paper feed & cut at closing cover [Outline] When cover is closed.4 MSW4 ●MSW4-1: Automatic length measurement [Outline] In selecting black mark paper. OFF (0) OPERATION: Black mark sensor detects a black mark on the printing back. OFF (0) OPERATION: Paper feed & cut at closing cover is disabled. measurement operation is taken. At power-up.4. .

Does not perform automatic length measurement. *If thermal roll paper is selected by MSW4-4. this function works at power on.Performs automatic length measurement. *This function is valid only with black mark specification or label specification. ** If the printer is turned off with receipt mode set by this function. . the printer goes back to label mode. OFF(0) Black mark ON(1) Label Position detect ON (1) OPERATION: Detects paper position by detecting the inter-label distance. ●MSW4-7: Auto paper Select (CT-S281 unique) [Outline] Selects Valid/Invalid of paper type auto select function. *Black mark detection is fixed with black mark specification. OFF(0) Invalid ON(1) Valid Auto Paper Select ON (1) OPERATION: OFF (0) OPERATION: Paper type auto selection function is valid Paper type auto selection function is invalidi ** Paper type auto select function determines the used paper type and sets the paper type automatically depending on the result of auto length measurement or finding black mark or top of label at power on/cover close. MSW4-1 Off .371 - . OFF (0) OPERATION: Detects the paper position by detecting the black mark. this function is invalid. ** Valid only if Black mark/Label is spected at MSW4-4 ** If MSW4-1 is set for auto length measurement or MSW4-2 is set to find TOF.Close Action ON (1) OPERATION: Feed paper to find top of form OFF (0) OPERATION: MSW4-1 On . ●MSW4-6: Behaviour by cover close [Outline] Selects the behavior at closing cover for black mark or label OFF(0) Find TOF ON(1) Auto Measure C.●MSW4-5: Position detect [Outline] Selects the method of detecting paper position.

2 color printing mode is set / cleared. OFF(0) 2 color printing ON(1) B/W reverse DC3 command function ON(1)) OPERATION: When DC3 command is received.372 - . not full cut. OFF(0) OPERATION::When DC3 command is received. partial cut. OFF(0) Invalid ON(1) Valid Partial only ON (1) OPERATION: When full cut command is received. full cut is taken. ●MSW4-8: Forcible partial cut [Outline] Select the operation taken when full cut command is received. . black/white reverse printing mode is set / cleared. is taken. OFF (0) OPERATION: When full cut command is received.●MSW4-7: DC3 command function switch (CT-S280 unique) [Outline] Select the oeration taken when DC3 command is received.

OFF(0) 360 ON(1) 406 Line Pitch ON (1) OPERATION: Basic vertical calculation pitch is set to 1/406 inch. When an error occurs or memory switch setting is changed manually. OFF (0) OPERATION: Basic vertical calculation pitch is set to 1/360 inch. Line-feed length is 3. OFF(0) Virtual COM ON(1) Printer Class USB Mode ON (1) OPERATION: Operated as Printer class OFF (0) OPERATION: Operated as virtual COM class ●MSW5-4: Reserved [Fixed to OFF (0)] . OFF(0) Valid ON(1) Invalid Buzzer ON (1) OPERATION: Disable buzzer When an error occurs or memory switch setting is changed manually.2.23mm by default.373 - .75mm by default. the buzzer sounds. OFF (0) OPERATION: Enable buzzer. ●MSW5-3: USB mode [Outline] Select USB mode. Line-feed length is 4.5 MSW5 ●MSW5-1: Buzzer [Outline] Select the enable/disable of buzzer. no buzzer sounds.4. ●MSW5-2: Basic vertical calculation pitch [Outline] Select the basic calculation pitch in the paper feed direction.

Error ON(1) PE. OFF (0) OPERATION: Function to notify power ON is disabled.374 - . Error FAULT Output ON (1) OPERATION At PE or Error. FAULT is output.●MSW5-5: Setting the power OFF notify [Outline] At power OFF. Set to enable/disable for sending the power OFF notify’s status data. OFF(0) Not send ON(1) Valid Power OFF Info ON (1) OPERATION: Function to notify power ON is enabled. ●MSW5-6: High quality printing mode [Outline] Selects the valid/invalid of high quality printing mode In high quality printing mode. OFF(0) Invalid ON(1) Valid High quality printing mode ON (1) OPERATION: Prints in high quality mode and less speed OFF (0) OPERATION: Prints in normal mode and normal speed ●MSW5-7: Not defined [Fixed to OFF (0)] ●MSW5-8: FAULT Output [Outline] Selects the condition of FAULT output OFF(0) PE. OFF (0) OPERATION: At PE or PNE or Error. sending no status to host. to notify the host of the printer power OFF. printing speed can be slower than normal mode. . FAULT is output. PNE. sending status to host. printer can send to host 3 byte power OFF notify’s status data ( 3BH 31H 00H).

OFF (0) OPERATION: Default of right space of each character is “1”... .375 - . (Same behavior as GS a n command and n = 15) OFF (0) OPERATION: FAULT signal is output in the error condition to parallel port. The right vertical dot column in character composition matrix is repeated in the additional right space. ASB is valid at power on. ASB is invalid at power on. Same behavior as ESC SP n command and parameter n = 0. number of columns for font B and C is decreased by 1 . (Same behavior as GS a n command and n = 0) ●MSW6-2: Character space mode [Outline] Selects the valid/invalid of mode to have right space for each character OFF(0) Invalid ON(1) Valid Character space mode ON (1) OPERATION: Default of right space of each character is “0”.4.6 MSW6 ●MSW6-1: Mode to use with the driver [Outline] Selects the valid/invalid of mode to use with the driver OFF(0) Invalid ON(1) Valid Mode to use with the driver ON (1) OPERATION: FAULT signal is not output in the error condition to parallel port.2.4. In this mode.

115200bps Baud Rate ●MSW7-2: Data length [Outline] Selects the data length. 38400bps. EVEN Parity ●MSW7-5: Flow control [Outline] Selects the flow control.57600bps. which is a serial interface communication condition.4. which is a serial interface communication condition.2. Enabled if DSW1-1 OFF is set [following memory switch setting].7 MSW7 ●MSW7-1: Baud rate [Outline] Selects the baud rate which is serial interface communication condition.376 - .4800bps. which is a serial interface communication condition. XON/XOFF Flow Control . Setting Value 7bits. Enabled if DSW1-1 OFF is set [following memory switch setting]. Enabled if DSW1-1 OFF is set [following memory switch setting]. which is a serial interface communication condition.8bits Data Length ●MSW7-3: Stop bit [Outline] Selects the stop bit. Setting Value 1200bps.2bits Stop Bit ●MSW7-4: Parity [Outline] Selects the parity.9600bps.2400bps. Setting Value DTR/DSR. Enabled if DSW1-1 OFF is set [following memory switch setting]. ODD. Setting Value 1bit. Enabled if DSW1-1 OFF is set [following memory switch setting]. Setting Value NONE.19200bps.

377 - . Setting Value Valid. selects the flow control when virtual COM is set. DTR/DSR.●MSW7-6: DMA control [Outline] Selects the valid/invalid of DMA (Direct Memory Access) control. Invalid DMA control ●MSW7-7: VCom flow control [Outline] In MSW5-3. Setting Value PC setting. XON/XOFF VCom Protocal .

8 MSW8 ●MSW8-1: Print width [Outline] Selects the print width in dots. 360dots. 720dots. 432dots. 660dots. 1 Color BM.4.378 - . 2 Color BM Paper Type . 1 Color Label. 640dots. 512dots. 436dots. 546dots Print Width ●MSW8-2: Paper type [Outline] Selects the paper type used. 390dots. 384dots. Setting Value 832dots. 2 color Normal. 576dots.2. Setting Value 1 Color Normal. 420dots.

PC858. Chinese . PC863. PC852.2. WindowsCode. Japan. Katakana. Spain. Deutsch. Germany. PC850. PC864. Norway. Setting Value PC437. Italiano.9 MSW9 ●MSW9-1: Code page [Outline] Selects the codepage. Français. UK. PC865. ThaiCode18 Codepage ●MSW9-2: International character [Outline] Selects the international character. France.379 - . Denmark. Denmark 2. Spain2. Shift JIS JIS/Shift JIS ●MSW9-5: Reserved [Fixed to OFF (0)] ●MSW9-6: Language for LCD message [Outline] Selects the language of message shown on the LCD. PC860. Setting Value JIS. Setting Value LCD Language English. OFF Kanji ●MSW9-4: JIS [Outline] Selects the kanji code system. PC857. Español. Sweden.4. Korea Int’Char Set ●MSW9-3: Kanji [Outline] Selects the enable/disable of Kanji. Japanese. Setting Value USA. PC866. Italy. Space page. Setting Value ON. Latin America.

Back light auto off Setting Value Never. 5 minutes . 30 seconds. Char Setting Value Invalid、Valid ●MSW9-8: Auto back light off time [Outline] Sets the time of LCD back light auto off.380 - .●MSW9-7: LCD download message [Outline] Selects the valid/invalid of download message for LCD. LCD Ext.

192Kbytes NV User ●MSW10-5: NV graphics memory capacity [Outline] Selects the NV graphics memory capacity. 135%. 115%.64Kbytes. 130%. Setting Value 0bytes. 110%. Level3. Setting Value 70%. Level2. Level8. 95%. Level7. After Busy ACK Timing ●MSW10-4: user NV memory capacity [Outline] Selects the user NV memory capacity. 384Kbytes NV Graphic ●MSW10-6: Buzzer volume [Outline] Selects the buzzer volumne level Setting Value Level1. Level3. Same Period. Setting Value 1Kbytes. 256Kbytes. Level6. 120%. 75%. 85%. 105%. 192Kbytes.381 - . Level2. 320Kbytes. Setting Value Before Busy. 64Kbytes.128Kbytes. Level9 Print Speed ●MSW10-3: ACK output timing [Outline] Selects the ACK signal output timing in parallel interface. . 90%. 125%. Level4 Buzzer volume Level 1 is the maximum and level 4 is the minimum. Setting Value Level1.2.10 MSW10 ●MSW10-1: Print density [Outline] Selects the print density. Level5. 80%. 100%. Level4. 128Kbytes. 140% Print Density ●MSW10-2: Print speed [Outline] Selects the print speed.4.

LCD display diirection Setting Value Normal.382 - . Invated .●MSW10-7: Key lock [Outline] Selects the valid/invalid of key lock function Setting Value Invalid、Valid Key lock ●MSW10-8: LCD display direction [Outline] Selects the direction of message on the LCD.

that has been stored in PAGE MODE is not printed.1.1 Explanation on PAGE MODE 5.383 - . APPENDIX 5. For example. the printer prints or feeds paper each time it receives a print or paper feed command. treated differently and stored separately for the STANDARD and PAGE MODES. In STANDARD MODE. the data received until then is printed in a batch.5. • ESC SP. it simply forwards them to the specified print area of memory. the maximum printable size of a bitmap image is 831 dots in the “y” direction (paper feed direction).1 Overview The printer has two print modes: STANDARD and PAGE. In PAGE MODE. the data received until then is printed in a batch. ESC FF ESC L STANDARD MODE ESC S FF PAGE MODE Print Print [Switching Between STANDARD MODE and PAGE MODE] 5. any print data. the data “ABCDEF” is written in the specified print area of memory. In PAGE MODE. The printer enters PAGE MODE with an ESC L. Instead it will be cleared. suppose you executed a print and line feed for data “ABCDEF”<LF>. When an ESC FF is executed. FS S (2) The maximum printable size of a bitmap image is 576 dots for STANDARD MODE.2 Values Set by Each Command in STANDARD MODE and PAGE MODE (1) The values set with commands are common to the STANDARD MODE and PAGE MODE. In STANDARD MODE. so that all commands received after that point are handled in PAGE MODE.1. however. ESC 3. however. and the memory location for the storage of the next print data is shifted one line. when the printer receives print commands and/or form feed commands. ESC 2. In PAGE MODE. the data “ABCDEF” is printed and paper is advanced one line.) . The values set with any of the commands listed below are. When an FF is executed. An ESC S causes the printer to immediately return to STANDARD MODE. after which the printer returns to STANDARD MODE. Only when an ESC FF or FF is executed all the data mapped in the print area will then be printed in a batch. (However 831 dots are reserved for “y” of the print area set by ESC W and the value of print direction “n” specified by ESC T is 1 or 3.

or a bar code taller than the character height. the ESC W sets the right end (as viewed facing the printer) as the start point (x0. the line feed width is as defined by a command such as ESC 2 or ESC 3.384 - . . LF or ESC J command) is received. when the printer receives print data. (If no ESC W is defined. The next mapping position will be the beginning of the line. falls short of the line feed width.) (2) With a print area defined by ESC W and a print direction specified by ESC T. (3) If print data (or the space to the right of a character) extends beyond the print area before a command that involves a line feed (for example. If the print data consists of characters.3 Mapping of Print Data in the Print Area Print data is mapped in the print area as follows: (1) The print area is set by ESC W. In this case. however. which is equivalent to 34 dots.5. the print data is mapped in the print area where point A (see the Figure 4-1 “Mapping Position for Character Data”) is used as the initial value of the start point. the default values are used to define the print area. When the printer has finished all of the print and paper feed actions specified before receiving an ESC W. If the print data for the next line includes a vertically doubled or taller character. y0): one edge running in the “x” (Horizontal) direction by “dx” pitch (inclusive of the start point). a line feed is automatically executed in the print area. so that the mapping position of the print data is moved one line. The print area is a rectangle defined by two edges extending from the start point (x0. a downloaded bitmap image extending two or more lines. the data. therefore. causing the upper dots of the character to overlap the print data of the current line. the print data is mapped with its lower-left point B aligned to the baseline.) When attempting to map the HRI characters of a bar code.1. (See the Figure 4-2 “Mapping Positions for Print Data”. and the other running in the “y” (Vertical) direction by “dy” pitch. If the print data is a downloaded bitmap image or a bar code. The line feed width needs to be increased. this start point serves as the baseline. the section above the standard character height will not be printed. y0) of the print area. (4) By default. the line feed width is 1/6 inch.

Mapping direction x0. y0 24-3 Baseline Point A Print area dx.385 - . dy Figure 5-1 Mapping Position for Character Data x*8 Bar code GS k m GS h n Downloaded bit image 1 Double height character 6*8=48 24*2-6 42 = 1 24-3 3 Point B 2 nH*256+n Bit image ESC * m nL nH GS * x y (HRI Characters) Point B Point B 6 Point B Baseline Figure 5-2 Mapping Positions for Print Data .

CHR$(0). (2) An ESC W specifies the print area. (4) Print data is sent."L".0) 200 Paper Page mode lesson Test1 400 Print area Print Direction Figure 5-3 Example 1: Results of Print . The program in Example 1 reserves a print area of 200 ・400 pitches extending from the start point (0."W". 140 PRINT #1,"Page mode lesson Test1" 150 PRINT #1,CHR$(&HC). (5) An FF instructs the printer to print the print data in a batch.CHR$(0).CHR$(0).CHR$(1).4 Example of Using PAGE MODE The following explains specific uses of PAGE MODE. and then prints the text “Page Mode lesson Test 1” on the first line of the print area as shown in Figure 5-3 “Example 1: Results of Print”.CHR$(0).CHR$(144). (6) After printing.CHR$(0). 120 PRINT #1,CHR$(200).1.5. When in PAGE MODE.386 - . 130 PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B).CHR$(0). (0. 110 PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B). the printer returns to STANDARD MODE. (3) An ESC T specifies the print direction."T". < Example 1 > 100 PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B). 0). the commands are typically sent from the host to the printer in the following sequence: (1) An ESC L puts the printer in PAGE MODE.

The line feed width conforms to the value specified by a command such as ESC 3. 150 PRINT #1,CHR$(&HA). 0. . to reserve a print area.CHR$(1). an ESC T is issued to specify the print direction to be “0” (130th line). an ESC W is used to send eight arguments. to reserve a print area that measures 200 from the start point (0. 130 PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B). the print area setup data are ORed with the previous data."L". an ESC L is sent to switch to PAGE MODE (100th line). < Example 2 > 100 PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B). It is possible to set as many print areas as desired before executing FF. Furthermore. and then execute the CAN command. and 1. 0. a line feed occurs between “lesson” and “Test 1” because the space “ “ next to “lesson” does not fit in the horizontal range of the 200 ・400-pitch print area. 120 PRINT #1,CHR$(200). 110 PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B). In this example. If you want to erase a section of mapped data. print data is sent (140th to 160th line)."T". 0) in the “x” direction and 400 in the “y” direction (110th to 120th line). the arguments are sent in the sequence of 0.CHR$(0).In Figure 4-3. 0. 144. First.CHR$(0).CHR$(0).CHR$(0). an FF is sent (170th line) to produce a print-out as shown in Figure 5-4 “Example 2: Result of Print”. After the above setup. 200. 170 PRINT #1,CHR$(&HC). Finally. You can. If print areas overlap each other. therefore. Next. 0.CHR$(0). use an ESC W to define a print area that encloses the section you want to erase. use the CAN command. 140 PRINT #1,"Page mode lesson2CAN command". n1 to n8. 160 PRINT #1, "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST1234567890".387 - .CHR$(144). The CAN command erases all data in the print area being specified.CHR$(0). It is important to remember that any part of a character that overlaps with the specified print area will be erased. so that the section of the data is erased."W".

< Example 2 > 180 PRINT♯1,CHR$(&H1B).CHR$(120). where the string “GHI” is removed.0) 200 Paper Page mode lesson 2CAN command 400 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOP QRST1234567890 Print area Print Direction Figure 5-4 Example 2: Result of Print Before an FF is sent (170th line)."W". the area where the string would have been is not used by the rest of the data. When strings are removed with CAN. 200 PRINT♯1,CHR$(&H18).CHR$(0).CHR$(72).CHR$(0). 190 PRINT♯1,CHR$(36). the following program code can be added to remove part of the data.(0. instead it is converted into a sequence of spaces.CHR$(48)CHR$(0). . a print-out is executed as shown in Figure 5-5 “Print Result of Adding a Program of Example 3 to Example 2”.388 - . As a result of the additional program code.CHR$(0).

389 - .0) 200 Paper Page mode lesson 2CAN command 400 Print Direction ABCDEF JKLMNOP Print area QRST1234567890 Figure 5-5 Print Result of Adding a Program of Example 3 to Example 2 .(0.

2. Usually.390 - . 5.2 Bidirectional Parallel Interface Overview The interface of the printer is a Level-1 compatible device according to IEEE-P1284.5. • Nibble Mode Data is transmitted from the printer to the host in units of four bits. it defaults to Compatibility mode. It supports the communication modes described in 5.1 Parallel Interface Communication Mode The parallel interface of the printer provides three communication modes as outlined below. the host must be capable of toggling the signal direction over the 8-bit data signal line. while communication from the printer to the host is called Reverse mode. • Byte Mode Data is transmitted from the printer to the host in units of one byte. When the printer is turned on or reset. .2. Communication from the host to the printer is called Forward mode.1 below. two sets of four-bit data are sent consecutively. The data transmission from the printer uses a status signal line. To send one byte of data in this mode. *Remarks: CT-P29x cannot use this mode. this mode is used for data transmission. You may switch to the other modes from Compatibility mode. • Compatibility Mode Data is transmitted from the host to the printer in units of one byte. For Byte mode. Data transmission from the printer uses an 8-bit data signal line.

2 Interfacing Phases Interfacing in each communication mode is divided into several phases. Aborted Transfer Termination from Other Modes (except EPP) Compatibility Mode Host Xmits Data Forward Idle End forward Data Xfer Event 1 Failed Negotiation Termination *Forward Data Transfer Event 6 Negotiation Event 6 Event 11 Host Busy Data Not Available Event 11 Reverse Data Transfer Event 7 Host Busy Data Available Event 7 Reverse Idle Event 18 Interrupt Host Event 21 .391 - .5.2. as well as a phase for mode switching. there is a phase for mode initialization. In addition. Interface signals may differ in name and function for different modes and different phases.

A general flow of negotiations is given below. it sets AckDataReq (PError) to Low. (10) If the printer has no communication data to send to the host. which corresponds to the Centronics interface phase.2. (3) The interface terminates the Negotiation phase and moves into the communication phase. and Xflag (Select) to the value corresponding to the communication mode. and then returns to the Compatibility mode. (Event 6) (9) If the printer has communication data to send to the host. (Event 4) (7) If the printer has communication data to send to the host. (11) If the printer cannot support the communication mode requested by the host. They remain in Compatibility mode as long as the host recognizes the connected device as an IEEE 1284 compatible device. the host and printer are in Compatibility mode by default. and HostBusy (nAutoFd) to Low. When the host intends to switch to the Nibble or Byte mode. (Event 3) (6) The host sets HostClk (nStrobe) and HostBusy (nAutoFd) to High. the host moves into the Host Busy Available phase or Termination phase. (Event 0) (3) The host sets IEEE 1284 Active (nSelectln) to High. nDataAvail (nFault) to Low. it sends a request and negotiates with the printer. the host moves into the Host Busy Data Not Available phase or Termination phase. and then returns to the Compatibility mode. Xflag (Select) to High. In response. (2) To start negotiations. the printer moves into the Negotiation phase. (Event 2) (5) The host sets HostClk (nStrobe) to Low. (Event 5) Xflag: Nibble Mode Byte Mode : Low : High (8) The printer sets PtrClk (nAck) to High to indicate that it is ready to read status lines. nDataAvail (nFault) to High. it sets Xflag (Select) as follows: When Nibble mode is requested : High When Byte mode is requested : Low . the host sets the communication mode request bit on the data path. Negotiation Procedure The negotiations proceed as follows: (1) In IEEE 1284 communication mode.392 - . (Event 1) (4) The printer responds by setting PtrClk (nAck) to Low. (2) The printer replies whether it can execute the mode requested by the host. the printer is started in Compatibility mode. the printer latches the data of the communication mode request bit. and AckDatReq (PError) to High.5.3 Negotiation Overview Usually. In response. (1) The host sets the IEEE 1284 Active signal to High.

but still remains in the printer state just after Termination. Once the nStrobe signal is set to High. (3) Negotiations can be entered from the Busy or Error state of the Compatibility mode. In this case. it must move into the Termination phase and return to the Compatibility mode. In this case. as a general rule. the printer immediately moves into the Negotiation phase when the high state of IEEE 1284 Active is detected. no nAck pulse will be output. For a request for any other mode. (4) If the host requested a communication mode that is not supported by the printer. even if the nAck pulse has yet to be output or is being output.393 - . the time when the negotiation process begins is. however. after the host sets nStrobe to High and then the printer outputs an nAck pulse. Xflag is set to Low. (2) In Compatibility mode.Precautions (1) The Negotiation phase is triggered when the IEEE 1284 Active signal sent by the host becomes High. Table Definitions of Request Bits in IEEE 1284 Communication Mode Bit Values (76543210) Xflag Hex Code When Supported In the Printer bit Definition 7 6 5 4 3 Request Extensibility Link Request EPP Mode Request ECP Mode with RLE Request ECP Mode Reserve Request Device ID:Return Data Using Nibble ModeRev Channel Transfer 10000000 01000000 00110000 00010000 00001000 00000100 00000101 00010100 00110100 00000010 00000001 00000000 Other than above 80H 40H 30H 10H 08H 04H 05H 14H 34H 02H 01H 00H Other than above High High High High High High High High High High High Low -- Low Low Low Low Low High High Low Low Low High Low Low 2 Byte Mode Rev Channel Transfer ECP Mode Transfer without RLE ECP Mode Transfer with RLE 1 O Reserve Byte Mode Reverse Channel Transfer non Nibble Mode Reverse Channel Transfer Illegal or Contradictory Request The printer only supports the Nibble and Byte modes. the printer will not return to the Busy or Error state before the negotiations. . *Remarks: CT-P292/293 support Nibble Mode only. if the printer has returned to Compatibility mode after Termination.

3. the printer repeats the steps from (2) onwards. (Events 8 and 9) (3) The host sets HostBusy (nAutoFd) to High to indicate that it has latched data and received the signal in Event 9. If the Negotiation phase has switched to the Host Busy Data Not Available phase. the host checks the signals set by the printer in Event 13. (10) If there is more data to be received from the printer. Remaining in the Host Busy Data Available phase. 2. (Event 7) (2) The printer places the low-order four bits on the reverse channel data line and sets PtrClk (nAck) to Low. With this check the host determines: 1. (9) If there is no more data to be sent from the printer after the transfer of one byte (two nibbles). Setting HostBusy (nAutoFd) to Low (Event 7) and moving to the Reverse Idle phase. (Event 18) (13) The printer sets PtrClk back to High. This completes transfer of the first nibble. (Event 11) (5) Steps (1) to (3) are repeated to transfer the high-order four bits. (6) After the host has set HostBusy (nAutoFd) to High (Event 10) and received data. the printer must set the four status lines as shown below. (1) After the negotiations for the entry into Nibble mode are completed. (12) If the host selected the Reverse Idle phase and new data becomes available to be sent from the printer. Whether there is more data to be sent from the printer to the host. 2. And whether data can be transferred from the host to the printer. (Event 11) (8) After Event 11. • nDataAvail (nFault) : Set to Low if there is data to be sent. • Xflag (Select) : Set to the current mode (i. the printer sets PtrClk to Low to request the host for an interrupt. the host sets HostBusy (nAutoFd) to Low to indicate that it is ready to receive data from the printer. The steps beginning from (1) are applicable when the Negotiation phase has switched to the Host Busy Data Available phase. Performing Termination and returning to the Compatibility mode. (11) If the host selected the Host Busy Data Available phase and set HostBusy (nAutoFd) to Low. the procedure starts at step (9).Data Communication from Printer to Host Nibble Mode In this mode. set to Low).394 - . (Event 19) . data is transferred between the printer and the host through the procedure described below. (Event 10) (4) The printer sets PtrClk (nAck) to High. 3. Setting HostBusy (nAutoFd) to Low and indicating that the host is ready to receive. Remaining in the Host Busy Data Not Available phase. (Event 13) • PtrBusy (Busy) : Returned to the status given in Forward mode. before proceeding to steps (6) and on. the host chooses one of three status selections: 1. 2. the host chooses one of three status selections: 1. (7) The printer sets PtrClk (nAck) to High.e. • AckDataReq (PError) : Set to Low if there is data to be sent.. Performing Termination and returning to the Compatibility mode.

(14) Upon receiving a request for interrupt from the printer. (Event 20) (15) Finally. and then the host moves to the Host Busy Data Available phase. the host responds by setting HostBusy (nAutoFd) to High. the printer responds to the host by setting AckDataReq (PError) to Low.395 - . (Event 21) .

2. the printer signals to the host whether it has more data to transfer. . (Event 10) (5) The printer must set the four status lines as shown below. data is transferred between the printer and the host through the procedure described below. (Event 17) (8) Events 10 and 16 may occur simultaneously. (Event 13) • PtrBusy (Busy): Returned to the status given in the Forward mode. This is indicated by switching the data bus to a high-impedance state and setting HostBusy (nAutoFd) to Low. set to Low). • AckDataReq (PError): Set to Low if there is data to be sent. (Event 11) (7) The host indicates that it has succeeded in receiving the data. This is indicated by setting HostClk (nStrobe) to Low (Event 16) and then to High. 2. Performing Termination and returning to the Compatibility mode. the procedure starts at step (9). the host indicates that it is ready to receive data from the printer. • nDataAvail (nFault): Set to Low if there is data to be sent.) (9) After transferring one byte of data. If the Negotiation phase has switched to the Host Busy Data Not Available phase. Setting HostBusy (nAutoFd) to Low and moving to the Reverse Idle phase. (6) The printer sets PtrClk (nAck) to High (Event 10) and ends the Byte handshake. (Such as when HostBusy and HostClk are used together.. Remaining in the Host Busy Data Available phase. Setting HostBusy (nAutoFd) to Low and indicating that the host is ready to receive. the host chooses one of three status selections: 1. (Event 9) (4) The host sets HostBusy (nAutoFd) to High to indicate that it has latched data and received the signal in Event 9. (Event 7) (10) When more data is to be received from the printer. the host chooses one of three status selections: 1. and Events 7 and 17 may occur simultaneously.e. (Events 14 and 7) (2) The printer places communication data on the data bus. (Event 15) (3) The printer sets PtrClk (nAck) to Low.Byte Mode In this mode. Remaining in the Host Busy Data Not Available phase. Performing Termination and returning to the Compatibility mode. When there is no more data to be received by the host from the printer. The steps beginning from (1) are applicable when the Negotiation phase has switched to the Host Busy Data Available phase. 3. 3.396 - . • Xflag (Select): Set to the status given during the last negotiation (i. (1) After the negotiations for the entry into the Byte mode are complete.

For a description of a request for a device ID. After receiving the ID of the length indicated by the first two bytes. . refer to the “Negotiation” section. The first two bytes of the device ID indicate the length of the entire device ID. If the host does not carry out Termination and tries to receive data.397 - . the type. it must do so consecutively. and other information regarding the printer connected to the interface. If the process is terminated halfway. When the host receives the device ID string of the length indicated by the first two bytes. the host must carry out the termination even if the printer has data to send (Data Available).Device ID The device ID is a character string that provides the ID. the printer discards the rest of the string. when the printer receives a new request for the device ID. the printer sends the printer status. it sends the device ID beginning from the first character of the ID. it replies with the following device ID: <00>H<2E>H MFG:CITIZEN; CMD:ESC/POS; MDL:CT-S300;(*) CLS:PRINTER; *This value differs by model and model name is returned. without terminating the process until the entire device ID is received. When the printer receives a request for a device ID from the host.

398 - . (2) Immediate termination: 1) If the interface is deactivated (IEEE 1284 Active: Low) without Event 22 having taken place. (Event 23) 2) The printer then inverts Xflag (Select) and sets PtrClk (nAck) to Low. 1) The printer responds to IEEE 1284 Active by setting PtrBusy (Busy) and nDataAvail (nFault) to High. (Event 28) 6) The printer changes PtrBusy (Busy) to be able to receive data from the host. if 1284 . . the host sets the signals as follows: • IEEE 1284 Active (nSelectln): Low • HostBusy (nAutoFd): High (Event 22) There are two methods of Termination: (1) Termination through a handshake between the host and the printer (2) Immediate termination (1) Termination through a handshake between the host and the printer: When switching from Reverse mode to Compatibility mode. In the Reverse Idle phase. the printer immediately performs Termination. it initiates the Interrupt phase indicated by Events 8 and 9. (Event 24) 3) The host sets HostBusy (nAutoFd) to Low. the data is not guaranteed.Termination Termination is the process of returning to Compatibility mode from the Nibble or Byte modes. If the printer has data to send. and sets PtrClk (nAck) to High. the printer interprets that the host has switched to the Termination phase. The notification may occur simultaneously with termination in order for the host to move from the Idle phase to the Compatibility mode.Active (nSelectIn) was set to Low before HostBusy (nAutoFd) changed from High to Low. (Event 25) 4) The printer returns nDataAvail (nFault). When performing Termination. Xflag (Select). and then completes the normal termination through handshaking. In this case. (Events 26 and 27) 5) The host sets HostBusy (nAutoFd) to High to terminate the handshake and return the interface to the Compatibility Mode Idle phase. the printer can notify the host that it has data to transfer to the host. and the printer switches the data bus from output to input within 1 µsec. this termination method can be used if the interface is activated (IEEE 1284 Active: High) and Event 22 has taken place. In this termination. and AckDataReq (PError) to the status given in the Compatibility mode.

399 - .3 Identification of Send Status Because the status sent from the printer has certain fixed bits. it is possible to identify to which command the status belongs. Identification of Send Status Command and Function GS I GS r XON XOFF DLE EOT ASB (1st byte) ASB (2nd . When using ASB (Automatic Status Back).5. and then the three consecutive bytes except for XOFF should be treated as ASB data.4th bytes) Status <0**0****>B <0**0****>B <00010001>B <00010011>B <0**1**10>B <0**1**00>B <0**0****>B . the first byte of ASB should be checked. however.

AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC DDDDDDDDDDDDDD EEEEEEEEEE If printing of “E” of 2 times vertical (48 dots) is attempted there. Only character can be printed here but printed on next label as feed amount cannot be applied. Here. Page mode. ESC FF or GS FF. however. Therefore. remainder of vertical print area must be 36 dots. After printing of “D” in the left figure. and barcode printing. (See figure below. Barcode and image are as shown on the next page. Image. . If. character height is 24 dots. If printing in vertical area is not available. vertical print area is calculated including line feed width in character height.4 Cautions on Black Mark/Label Paper Cautions on LF (CR). 48 dots are not printed in the remaining area of 36 dots. printing is started from the first print position of the next label. line feed width is 60 dots by the setting or command such as ESC 3 or the like. The user must use label while taking label size into account at all times and terminate printing of a sheet of label with FF. ESC J. The same principle applies to image and barcode. Printing of image greater than vertical print area of BM paper/label paper used is prohibited as a rule.400 - . line feed of “E” must also be included in the calculation of the height of “E”.5.) AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE 60 ドット As shown in the left figure. “E” is printed from next label’s first print position. ESC d.

Barcode. In this case. Page mode . downloaded image. head and bottom margins must be taken into account.401 - . download. Barcode. image is printed in two separated images as shown below. page mode Image greater than vertical print area of label paper used is printed over the label. Printing occurs in two or more separate areas.If printing of image greater than inter-BM distance/label paper length (vertical print area width) is attempted. NV image. NV image.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful